Skip to main content

Full text of "Harriman Alaska series"

See other formats


II 


ru 

o 

a- 

m 

m 

:  i-n 

i  a 

!  CD 


CD 

m 
a 


NEMERTEANS   OF  THE   PACIFIC 
COAST  OF   NORTH   AMERICA 

PART  I 


(xi) 


The  present  paper  was  originally  published  in  the  Proceedings  of 
the  Washington  Academy  of  Sciences,  vol.  in,  pp.  i-no,  March  26, 
1901.  It  is  here  reprinted  from  the  same  electrotype  plates,  so  that 
it  may  be  quoted  exactly  as  if  it  were  the  original.  The  original 
pagination  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  present  volume;  the  original 
numbers  of  the  plates  are  also  the  same  as  in  the  present  volume,  so 
that  no  change  has  been  necessary.  The  running  plate  caption  has 
been  changed  from  Proceedings  of  the  Washington  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences, vol.  in,  to  H.  A.  E.,  vol.  xi.  No  other  alterations  of  any 
kind  have  been  made,  save  the  introduction  of  the  illustration  at  the 
top  of  the  first  page,  in  place  of  the  running  heading  of  the  Academy's 
Proceedings,  and  the  change  of  the  title,  which  was  :  Papers  from 
the  Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  xx.  The  Nemerteans. 

The  author  desires  to  record  the  following  corrections  and  additions  : 
Page  3.    A  summary  of  the  contents  of  a  posthumous  paper  by  Mr.  B.  B.  Griffin 
on  the  Nemerteans  of  Puget  Sound  and  Alaska  is  given  on  pages  114-118  of 
Part  II.     This  paper  antedates  Part  I  of  the  present  report  and  necessitates 
the  following  changes  in  nomenclature  : 
"  Carinella  speciosa  sp.  nov."  should  read  Carinella  rubra  Griffin',  pp.  5,  7 

11-14. 
"Carinella  dinema  sp.  nov."  should  read  Carinella  sexlineata  Griffin;  pp.  5,  8, 

15,  16,  17. 
"  Carinoma  griffini  sp.  nov."  should  read  Carinoma  mutabilis  Griffin;  pp.  5,  8, 

20-23. 

"  Amphiporus  leuciodus  sp.  nov."  should  read  Amphiporus  imparispinosus  Grif- 
fin;  pp.  6,  9,  31,  51-53,  55. 
"Amphiporus  exilis  sp.  nov."  should  read  Amphiporus  formidabilis  Griffin;  pp. 

6.  S1-.1)6- 
Page  8,  third  line  from  top,  after  "  surface  "  add  :  -while  a  sixth  longitudinal  line 

is  often  indicated  along  the  mid-ventral  surface. 
Page  34,  at  end  of  second  paragraph  add  :   Stylets  are  spirally  futed,  and  appear 

as  if  braided.     See  footnote,  p.  144. 
Page  55,  at  end  of  last  paragraph  add :  except  in  Geonemertcs,  -where  BiJhmig 

(Zeits.f.  iviss.  Zool.,  Ixiv,  p.  34,  i8gS]  has  found  8  or  9  nephridiopores  above 

and  i  or  2  bcloiv  the  lateral  netves. 
Page  82,  add  :  Further  notes  on  coloration  and  distribution  of  Cerebratulus  albi- 

frons  are  given  in  Part  II,  p.  200. 

EDITOR. 


(xii) 


THE  NEMERTEANS   OF  THE 
EXPEDITION 

BY  WESLEY  R.   COE,  PH.D. 
YALE  UNIVERSITY 


CONTENTS 
Introduction 

Species  previously  recorded 

Species  here  recognized 

Keys  to  groups  and  species 

Systematic  discussion  of  genera  and  species  . 
Index    .  


3 

5 

7 

ii 

84 


THE  Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  during  the  months  of 
June  and  July,  1899,  afforded  exceptional  advantages  for  the 
investigation  and  collection  of  the  marine  invertebrate  fauna 
of  the  Alaska  coast  south  of  Bering  Sea. 

During  the  course  of  the  expedition  collections  of  Nemer- 
teans  were  made  at  Victoria  (Vancouver  Island)  and  Lowe  In- 
let in  British  Columbia  ;  at  New  Metlakahtla  (Annette  Island) , 
Cape  Fox,  Wrangell,  Farragut  Bay,  Taku  Harbor,  Juneau, 
Skagway,  Glacier  Bay,  Sitka,  and  Hot  Springs  on  the  islands 
and  mainland  of  southeastern  Alaska ;  at  Russell  Fiord  and 
Yakutat  Bay;  at  Orca  and  Virgin  Bay  in  Prince  William 
Sound ;  at  Kadiak ;  at  Popof  Island,  Shumagin  group ;  at 
Kukak  Bay  on  the  Alaska  Peninsula ;  and  at  Dutch  Harbor, 
Unalaska. 


2  COE 

Stops  were  made  also  on  St.  Paul,  St.  Matthew,  and  Hall 
Islands  in  Bering  Sea ;  at  Plover  Bay,  Siberia,  and  at  Port 
Clarence,  Alaska,  just  south  of  Bering  Strait.  At  these  latter 
localities,  however,  the  shores  are  surrounded  in  winter  by 
pack  ice,  which  prevents  the  existence  of  any  considerable 
amount  of  life  between  tides.  No  Nemerteans  were  found 
here  between  tides  in  the  limited  time  at  our  command,  though 
it  is  not  unlikely  that  in  deeper  water  an  abundance  of  these 
worms  could  have  been  obtained  by  the  dredge.  South  of 
Bering  Sea,  on  the  other  hand,  the  shores  are  densely  covered 
nearly  to  high  water  mark  with  a  luxuriant  growth  of  nearly 
all  classes  of  invertebrates. 

All  along  that  part  of  the  coast  which  borders  the  North  Pa- 
cific Ocean — from  Dixon  Entrance  to  the  Aleutian  Islands — 
with  the  exception  of  areas  subject  to  local  disturbing  elements, 
such  as  the  proximity  of  rivers  and  glaciers,  invertebrates  oc- 
cur in  remarkable  abundance.  Not  only  is  there  an  enormous 
number  of  individuals,  but  also  a  great  variety  of  species. 
And,  furthermore,  the  unusually  large  size  which  many  of  the 
species  attain  is  quite  as  striking  as  the  wealth  of  species  and 
individuals.  The  purity  of  the  water,  its  freedom  from  con- 
tamination from  muddy  streams,  and  the  great  rise  and  fall  of 
the  tides  with  their  consequent  swift  currents,  which  continu- 
ously provide  a  rapidly  changing  supply  of  pure  water,  furnish 
conditions  especially  favorable  to  the  growth  of  marine  inverte- 
brate animals. 

Exceptions  to  these  favorable  conditions  were  found  at  Ju- 
neau,  where  the  water  is  of  slightly  less  than  normal  density, 
and  contains  a  considerable  amount  of  sediment.  At  Skagway 
these  unfavorable  conditions  are  still  more  pronounced,  and 
here  very  few  Nemerteans  could  be  found  between  tides.  In 
Russell  Fiord  the  water  was  decidedly  brackish,  there  was  lit- 
tle tide,  and  almost  no  shore  collecting  could  be  done.  Local- 
ities in  the  vicinity  of  glacier  fronts  were  extremely  barren  of 
marine  life,  as  was  to  be  expected. 

Perhaps  the  locality  which  proved  the  most  fruitful  was 
Dutch  Harbor,  Unalaska,  although  the  stations  in  Prince 
William  Sound  were  but  little  inferior,  and  Sitka  was  found  to 
possess  an  extremely  rich  littoral  fauna. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  3 

Of  the  abundance  of  Nemerteans  collected,  colored  drawings 
were  made  of  most  of  the  species,  and  many  specimens  were 
carefully  preserved  for  anatomical  study,  and  have  proved  most 
interesting.  Serial  sections  of  most  of  the  species  have  been 
prepared,  and  details  of  their  anatomy  will  be  found  on  subse- 
quent pages. 

Two  other  members  of  the  expedition,  Prof.  William  E. 
Ritter,  of  the  University  of  California,  and  Prof.  Trevor  Kin- 
caid,  of  the  University  of  Washington,  have  generously  sub- 
mitted to  me  the  Nemerteans  collected  by  them. 

SPECIES    PREVIOUSLY    RECORDED. 

The  Nemertean  fauna  of  the  northwest  coast  of  North  America 
up  to  the  present  time  has  been  almost  entirely  neglected. 
Several  small  collections  have  been  made,  but  the  only  litera- 
ture relating  to  the  group  in  this  region  seems  to  be  a  paper  by 
Stimpson.  This  author1  gives  brief  Latin  diagnoses  of  the 
following  species  from  the  west  coast  of  North  America  : 

Emplectonema  virtde  Stimpson  [=  Nemertes  gracilis  John- 
ston =  Emplectonema  gracilis  Verrill].  Found  by  Stimpson 
under  stones  between  tides  in  San  Francisco  harbor.  This  spe- 
cies occurs  abundantly  along  the  whole  Pacific  coast  of  Alaska. 

Cosmocephala  beringiana  Stimpson  [=  Amphiporus  angu- 
latus\  .  Found  in  Bering  Strait  in  five  fathoms.  This  species 
also  is  abundant  along  the  whole  Pacific  coast  of  Alaska. 

Cerebratulus  impressus  Stimpson  [  =  Micrura  tmpressa]  . 
Found  in  twenty  fathoms  in  Bering  Strait.  This  species  was 
not  met  with  by  the  Harriman  Expedition. 

The  investigation  of  the  systematic  position  and  anatomy  of 
this  group  of  worms  has  been  rendered  much  less  difficult  since 
the  publication  of  Burger's  excellent  monograph  on  the  Nemer- 
teans of  the  Gulf  of  Naples.2  Burger's  classification  is  found  to 
be  admirable,  and  his  nomenclature  has  been  closely  followed  in 
the  present  work.  It  will  be  impossible,  however,  to  retain  the 
generic  names  Eunemertes  and  Eupolia  which  Burger  adopts, 
for  the  reason  that  they  have  been  antedated  by  Stimpson.  In 


.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  pp.  159-165,  1857. 
2  Fauna  und  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel.  Monogr.,  22,  1895. 


4  COE 

1857  Stimpson1  published  brief,  though  accurate,  diagnoses  of 
these  same  genera  under  the  names  Emplectonema  and  T&ni- 
osoma.  Moreover,  Stimpson  gives  as  the  type  of  Emplectonema, 
E.  camillea  [=  Borlasia  camillea  Quatr.  (1846)  =  Amphiporus 
neesii  Oersted  (1844)  =  Eunemertes  neesii  Vaillant  (1890)]. 
Not  only  this  species,  but  also  Stimpson's  other  species,  Em- 
plectonema niride  [=  Nemertes  gracilis  Johnston,  1837],  is  a 
typical  member  of  the  genus  named  by  Vaillant  more  than 
thirty  years  later.  With  these  facts  in  mind  it  is  obvious,  as 
has  been  already  pointed  out  by  Verrill,2  that  Stimpson's  name 
must  be  retained. 

The  status  in  regard  to  Eupolia  Hubrecht  (1887)  is  similar. 
Stimpson  named  Borlasia  quinquelineata  Quoy  et  Gaimard 
(1833)  as  belonging  to  his  new  genus  Tceniosoma,  and  described 
as  new  species  T.  septemlineatum  and  T.  aquale,  which  is 
probably  identical  with  quinquelineatum  Quoy  et  Gaimard. 
But  both  of  these  species  are  typical  of  Eupolia  Hubrecht. 
There  can  be  no  doubt,  therefore,  about  the  identity  of  the  two 
genera3  and,  as  in  the  case  of  Emplectonema,  Stimpson's  name, 
Tceniosoma,  must  hold. 

The  brevity  of  some  of  Stimpson's  generic  diagnoses,  as  men- 
tioned above,  is  justified  by  the  citation  of  well  known  typical 
species  of  those  genera,  and  in  such  cases  their  validity  cannot 
be  questioned.  Of  his  specific  descriptions,  on  the  other  hand, 
it  is  more  than  likely  that  some  will  prove  insufficient  for  an 
indisputable  determination  of  the  species. 

In  the  preservation  of  the  Nemerteans,  I  found  a  2-  to  5-per- 
cent solution  of  formalin  in  sea-water  to  yield  most  satisfactory 
results.  Most  forms  die  well-extended  if  a  few  drops  of  for- 
malin are  added  to  the  water  in  the  vessel  in  which  the  living 
worms  are  contained.  The  formalin  solution  preserves  the 
general  anatomical  and  some  of  the  histological  features  excel- 
lently, and  sharp  nuclear  stains  are  easily  secured,  especially 
with  the  epithelial  structures.  This  solution,  however,  works 

1  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1857. 

2 Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.,  vni,  p.  413,  1892  ;  ibid.,  ix,  p.  146,  1895. 

3 Burger  states  distinctly  in  his  great  Monograph  (p.  26)  that  "  Tceniosoma 
deckt  sich  mit  Eupolia,"  but,  for  some  reason,  does  not  consider  Stimpson's 
diagnoses  valid. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  5 

havoc  with  the  nervous  elements  and  with  the  connective  tissues. 
Specimens  killed  in  strong  alcohol  proved  valuable  adjuncts 
to  the  formalin  preparations.  In  most  cases  the  formalin  speci- 
mens have  been  eventually  transferred  to  alcohol  for  permanent 
preservation.  Corrosive  sublimate-acetic,  Gilson's  fluid,  and, 
for  nervous  elements,  Flemming's  solution  are  always  to  be 
recommended. 

For  serial  sections  no  stains  have  given  more  happy  results 
than  Delafield's  hasmatoxylin,  followed  by  Orange  G. 

In  the  limited  time  at  our  disposal  it  was  naturally  impossible 
to  make  an  exhaustive  collection  or  study  of  the  Nemertean 
fauna.  Some  thirty-two  species  were  collected,  however,  and  of 
these  twenty-seven  proved  to  be  new  to  science,  and  only  two  of 
the  remaining  species  have  been  recorded  from  the  Pacific. 

LIST    OF    SPECIES    HERE    RECOGNIZED. 

Following  is  a  list  of  the  species  recognized,  with  brief  notes 
on  their  general  distribution  so  far  as  our  collections  go  : 

PROTONEMERTEA. 

1 .  Carinella  speciosa  sp.  nov.     Along  the  whole  Pacific  coast  of 
Alaska.     Vancouver  Island  (Shearer).     Not  uncommon. 

2.  C.  dinema  sp.  nov.     Victoria,  B.  C.  ;   Sitka.     Uncommon. 

3.  C.  capistrata  sp.  nov.     Prince  William  Sound.     Common. 

MESONEMERTEA. 

4.  Cephalothrix linearis  (Rathke)  Oersted.     Pacific  coast.    Abun- 
dant. 

5.  Carinoma grijfini  sp.  nov.     Collected  by  Mr.  Creswell  Shearer 
at  Albert  Head,  Vancouver  Island. 

METANEMERTEA. 

6.  Emplectonema  gracile    (Johnston)     Verrill.      Pacific    coast. 
Abundant.     San  Francisco  (Stimpson). 

7.  E.  bilrgeri  sp.  nov.     Glacier  Bay  ;   Sitka.     Not  common. 

8.  Zygonemertes  thalassina   sp.   nov.      Sitka.     Not  uncommon. 

9.  Z.  albida  sp.  nov.     Victoria,  B.  C.     Uncommon. 

10.  Paranemertes  peregrina    gen.    et    sp.    nov.      Pacific    coast. 
Vancouver  Island  (Shearer).     Abundant. 

1 1 .  P.  pallida  sp.  nov.     Yakutat  Bay ;  Popof  Island.     Uncommon. 


0  COE 

12.  P.  carnea.  sp.  nov.    Pacific  coast.    Vancouver  Island  (Shearer). 
Common. 

13.  Amphiporus  angulatus    (Fabricius)    Verrill.     Pacific    coast. 
Abundant. 

14.  A.   bimaculatus    sp.     nov.       Southeast     coast.       Uncommon. 
Puget  Sound  (T.  Kincaid). 

15.  A.  tigrimis  sp.  nov.     Farragut  Bay.     Uncommon. 

16.  A.  nebulosus  sp.   nov.     Kukak  Bay,  Alaska  Peninsula.     Un- 
common. 

17.  A.  leuciodtis  sp.  nov.     Southeast  coast.     Common. 

18.  A.  exilis  sp.  nov.     Pacific  coast.     Abundant. 

19.  Tetrastemma  blcolor  sp.  nov.     Kadiak.     Not  common. 

20.  T".  aberrans  sp.  nov.     Glacier  Bay ;  Prince  William  Sound. 
Uncommon. 

21.  T.  c<ecum  sp.  nov.    Dredged  by  Dr.  Ritter  at  Kadiak.  Common. 

HETERONEMERTEA. 

22.  Tceniosoma  princeps  sp.  nov.     Southeast  coast.     Uncommon. 

23.  Lineus  viridis  (Fabricius)   Verrill.     Annette   Island.     Com- 
mon. 

24.  L.  torquattis  sp.  nov.     Prince  William  Sound.     Common. 

25.  Micnira  verrilli  sp.  nov.     Prince  William  Sound.     Not  un- 
common. 

26.  M.  alaskensis  sp.  nov.     Southeast  coast.     Common. 

27.  Cerebratulus  herculeus  sp.  nov.     Sitka.     Not  uncommon. 

28.  C.  marginatus  Renier.     Sitka.     Not  uncommon. 

29.  C.    occidentalis   sp.  nov.     Yakutat ;    Prince   William    Sound. 
Vancouver  Island  (Shearer).     Abundant. 

30.  C.  longiceps  sp.  nov.     Yakutat.     Uncommon. 

31.  C.  montgomeryi  sp.   nov.     Puget  Sound  to  Unalaska  Island. 
Common. 

32.  C.  albifrons  sp.  nov.     Near  Sitka.     One  specimen. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  the  above  list  represents  but  a 
few  weeks'  collecting,  and  sometimes  with  only  a  few  hours 
at  a  locality ;  too  much  confidence  therefore  should  not  be 
placed  on  the  distribution  or  comparative  abundance  of  the 
various  species.  Further  research  will  undoubtedly  add  greatly 
to  the  number  of  species,  and  judging  from  the  number  found 
in  so  short  a  time  it  seems  not  unlikely  that  the  list  may  eventu- 
ally be  more  than  doubled. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  7 

General  considerations  in  regard  to  the  anatomical  peculiar- 
ities of  the  Nemerteans  described  below  are  reserved  for  a 
future  paper.  My  reason  for  postponing  this  important  duty  in 
connection  with  the  study  of  the  collection  is  that  since  this 
article  was  written,  extensive  collections  of  Nemerteans  from 
the  west  and  northwest  coasts  of  America  and  the  Pacific  Ocean 
have  been  placed  in  my  hands.  These  collections  will  doubt- 
less include  other  forms  than  those  collected  on  the  Harriman 
Expedition,  and  it  seems  desirable  that  as  many  as  possible  be 
studied  before  drawing  any  general  conclusions  in  regard  to  the 
anatomical  peculiarities  presented  by  the  Alaska  forms. 

KEYS    TO    GROUPS    AND    SPECIES. 

For  convenience  in  determination,  the  species  at  present 
known  from  the  northwest  coast  of  America  may  be  arranged 
in  the  following  analytical  table,  based  mainly  on  superficial 
and  easily  distinguishable  characters. 

A.  Proboscis  without  stylets.     Mouth   posterior  to  brain.     Intestinal 

caecum  absent, 
a.  Lateral  nerves  external  to  musculature  of  body  walls. 

PROTONEMERTEA. 
aa.  Lateral  nerves  imbedded  in  or  between  muscular  layers  of  body 

walls b. 

b.  Musculature  of  body  walls  in  two  main  layers,  to  which  an 
inner  circular    layer  is  sometimes  added    in   the  esophagal 

region.     Cerebral  sense-organs  absent MESONEMERTEA. 

bb.  Musculature  of  body  walls  in  three  main  layers,  of  which  the 
inner  is  longitudinal.     Cerebral  sense-organs  present. 

HETERONEMERTEA. 

AA.  Proboscis  with  stylets.  Mouth  in  front  of  brain,  usually  opening 
with  proboscis  in  a  single  terminal  or  subterminal  pore.  In- 
testinal caecum  present.  Lateral  nerves  internal  to  muscular 
layers  of  body  walls METANEMERTEA. 

ORDER   PROTONEMERTEA. 

Body  remarkably  long,  soft,  and  fragile.  Head  distinctly  marked 
off  from  body,  usually  broader  than  neck,  often  flattened  dorso-ven- 
trally Carinella,  p.  1 1 . 

I.  Body  very  soft,   attaining  a  length  of  upwards  of  2  meters,  deep  red  or 
bright  vermilion C.sfeciosa,  p.  n 


8  COE 

2.  Color  brown  or  chocolate  with  numerous  narrow,  transverse  white  rings 

and  five  parallel,  longitudinal  white  lines,  of  which  one  is  in  the  dorso- 
median  line,  and  two  on  each  lateral  surface C.  dinema,  p.  15. 

3.  Color  brown  with  numerous  narrow  transverse  rings  and  three  parallel,  lon- 

gitudinal white  lines  of  which  one  is  in  the  dorso-median  line  and  one  just 
below  each  lateral  margin C.  capistrata,  p.  16. 

ORDER   MESONEMERTEA. 

A.  Body  musculature  consists  of  a  thin  outer  circular  layer  and  a 
strong  inner  longitudinal  layer  —  an  inner  circular  layer  is 
usually  wanting  entirely,  or,  if  present,  is  much  reduced.  Body 
long  and  filiform,  often  coiled  in  a  close  spiral.  Head  sharply 
pointed.  Mouth  placed  very  far  behind  the  brain.  Neph- 
ridia  not  discovered Cephalothrix,  p.  19. 

i.  Slender,  filiform,  pale  yellow,  sometimes  with  reddish,  grayish  or  greenish 
tinge.     No  ocelli  in  adult C.  linea ris,  p.  19. 

AA.  Body  musculature  consists  of  a  thin  outer  circular  layer,  a 
diagonal  layer,  a  longitudinal  layer,  and,  in  the  esophagal  re- 
gion, an  additional,  enormously  developed  inner  circular  layer. 
Head  broader  than  neck.  Nephridia  well  developed. 

Carinoma,  p.  20. 

l.  Body  rather  stout,  flattened  posteriorly.     Mouth  close  behind  brain.    Milk- 
white  with  grayish  or  brownish  mottlings,  and  darker  intestinal  lobes. 

C-  griffini,  p.  2O. 

ORDER  METANEMERTEA. 

A.  Body  long  and  slender.  Proboscis  sheath  usually  less  than  half 
the  length  of  body.  Proboscis  small ;  central  stylet  usually 
small Emplectonema,  p.  23 . 

1.  Stylets  slender,  curved.     Dark  green  or  pale  green  above,  and  whitish  or 

very  pale  greenish  below E.  gracile,  p.  23. 

2.  Stylets  straight  and  short,  with    swollen    bases.     Basis    of   central   stylet 

swollen  and  rounded  posteriorly.  Dark  brown  above,  flesh-color  be- 
neath  E.  burgeri,  p.  25. 

AA.  Body  moderately  elongated.  Proboscis  sheath  about  ^  to  ^  the 
length  of  body.  Central  stylet  well  developed. 

Paranemertes,  p.  32. 

1.  Two  or  4  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.     Color  purplish  brown,  dark-brown, 

or  orange-brown  above,  on  sides,  and  on  lateral  margins  of  ventral  sur- 
face; rest  of  ventral  surface  (often  only  the  median  third)  white  or 
yellowish  white P.  peregrina,  p.  33. 

2.  Four  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.     Opaque  white P,  pallida,  p.  36. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS.  9 

3.  Six  to   12   pouches   of  accessory  stylets.     Whitish,  pinkish  or  flesh- 
color P.  carnea,  p.  37. 

AAA.  Body  commonly  rather  short  and  thick.  Proboscis  sheath  us- 
ually reaches  nearly  or  quite  to  posterior  end  of  body.  Pro- 
boscis large  ;  central  stylet  well  developed a 

a.  Ocelli  numerous,  extending  along  the  lateral  nerves  beyond  the 
brain.  Basis  of  central  stylet  massive,  with  truncate  or  con- 
cave posterior  end Zygonemertes,  p.  28. 

1.  Each  of  the  2  pouches  of  accessory  stylets  contains  about  5  stubby  sty- 

lets.    Olive  green  above  and  below Z.  thalassina,  p.  29. 

2.  Each  pouch  of  accessory  stylets  contains  2  or  3  moderately  slender  sty- 

lets.    White Z.  albida,  p.  31. 

aa.   Ocelli  do  not  extend  posteriorly  beyond  the  brain.     Basis  of 

central  stylet  usually  rounded  posteriorly b. 

b.   Body  not  very  small.      Ocelli  usually  numerous. 

Amphiporus,  p.  40. 

1.  Short  and  broad.     Usually  two  pouches  of  accessory  stylets  with  5  to 

7  rather  slender  stylets  each.  Dark  purplish  or  chocolate-brown 
above,  with  a  triangular  white  spot  on  each  side  of  the  head ;  ventral 
surface  pinkish  or  flesh-color A.angulatus,  p.  41. 

2.  Basis   of  central  stylet  but  half  as   long  as  the  slender  stylet  itself. 

Usually  4  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.  Dorsal  surface  deep  brown- 
ish orange  with  2  conspicuous  oval  or  dark  brown  spots  on  head; 
ventral  surface  pale  orange  or  flesh-color A.  bimaculatus,  p.  44. 

3.  Body  rounded.     Color  of  females  yellowish  orange,  obscured  in  in- 

testinal region  (in  breeding  season)  by  dark-green  ova.  Males 
yellowish,  with  white  flecks A.  tigrinus,  p.  46. 

4.  Body  rather  broad  and  flat.    Whitish,  thickly  mottled  with  dark  brown 

blotches  and  dots;    ventral  surface  whitish A.  nebulosus,  p.  48. 

5.  Body  slender,  rather  small.     Ocelli  usually  15-40.     Usually  3  pouches 

of  accessory  stylets,  with  2  or  3  stylets  each.     White. 

A.  leuciodus,  p.  51. 

6.  Body  extremely  elongated  for  the  genus.     Ocelli  usually  60-250,  or 

more.  Usually  6  to  12  (most  commonly  8)  pouches  of  accessory 
stylets,  with  i  or  2  stylets  each A.exilis,  p.  54. 

bb.  Body  very  small.  Ocelli  few;  usually  4  well-developed 
ocelli  arranged  in  a  rectangle  ;  but  sometimes  these  4  eyes 
are  double  or  are  fragmented  into  4  groups  of  ocelli ;  occa- 
sionally ocelli  are  wanting Tetrastemma^.  57. 

1.  Ocelli  4.     Brownish-red  above,  with  median,  white   stripe;   ventral 

surface  white T.  bicolor,  p.  57. 

2.  Ocelli  of  4  groups,  each  consisting  of  several  pigment  spots  of  irreg- 

ular size.     Pale  yellow T,  aberrans,  p.  58. 

3.  Ocelli  wanting.     Hermaphroditic.     Whitish T.  ccecum,  p.  59. 


JO  COE 

ORDER   HETERONEMERTEA. 

A.  Head  without  deep  lateral,  longitudinal  furrows.     Proboscis  mus- 
culature of  two  layers Tceniosoma,  p.  6 1 . 

i.  Of  very  large  size,  reaching  a  length  of  2  meters  and  a  diameter  of  18  mm. 
Deep  yellow,  thickly  sprinkled  with  small  irregular,  dark  red  spots. 

T.  princeps,  p.  62. 

AA.  Head  with  deep,  horizontal  furrows.     Proboscis  usually  with 

three  muscular  layers  and  muscular  crossings. 

a.  Caudal  cirrus  absent.     Body  long  and  slender,  rounded  or  flat- 
tened;   very  contractile Lineus,  p.  64. 

1.  A  single  row  of  4-6  (or  sometimes  8)  ocelli  on  each  side  of  head.    Dusky, 

or  brownish  green,  dark  brown,  or  reddish  brown;  commonly  paler 
beneath L.  viridis,  p.  65. 

2.  No  ocelli  in  adult.     Dark,  reddish  brown  or  purple,  with  a  narrow  trans- 

verse white  band  connecting  posterior  ends  of  cephalic  furrows  across 
dorsal  surface  of  neck Z,.  torqiiatus,  p.  66. 

aa.  Caudal  cirrus  present.     Body  rather  firm ;    incapable  of  swim- 
ming  Micrura,  p.  68. 

1.  Dorsal  surface  deep  purple  or  wine-color  with  15-40  sharp,  pure  white, 

transverse  lines ;  tip  of  snout  with  triangular,  bright  orange  spot ; 
ventral  surface  of  body  pure  white M.  verrilli,  p.  68. 

2.  Body  flattened,  grayish  brown  above  with  narrow,  colorless,  transverse 

lines ;  with  a  small,  flesh-colored,  sub-truncate  head,  much  narrower 
than  body,  and  with  minute  gray  spots  near  antero-lateral  margins. 

M.  impressa,1  p.  70. 

3.  Salmon  or  flesh-color  (more  rarely  light  brownish);  lighter,  with  tinges 

of  brighter  red,  or  nearly  colorless  anteriorly.  Intestinal  lobes  more 
deeply  colored,  sometimes  chestnut-brown.  A  cream-colored  stripe  is 
conspicuous  in  the  ventral  median  line M.  alaskensis,  p.  71. 

aaa.  Caudal  cirrus  present  in  perfect  specimens,  but  often  missing. 
Body  long  and  flat,  with  thin  lateral  margins.  Swims  read- 
ily. Dorso-ventral  and  diagonal  muscles  well  developed. 
Eyes  usually  absent Ccrebratulus,  p.  74« 

1.  Very  large  and  stout,  becoming  2  meters  or  more  in  length,  and  25  mm. 

in  width.     Dark,  reddish  brown C.  herculeus,  p.  75. 

2.  Large  and  ribbon-like.     Slaty  brown  to  grayish  green,  with  thin,  white, 

lateral  margins C.  marginatus,  p.  75. 

3.  Rather  short.     Chestnut-brown  or  reddish  brown  in  esophagal  region, 

chocolate-brown  in  intestinal  region  above ;  brownish  flesh-color  to 
dark  brown  beneath,  with  a  median  longitudinal  ochre  stripe  along 
ventral  surface C.  occidentalism  p.  76. 

1  Known  only  from  Stimpson's  original  description — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci., 
Philadelphia,  p.  160,  1857. 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  II 

4.  Head  and  anterior  portions  of  body  narrow  and  slender,  with  remarkably 

long  and  deep   cephalic   furrows.      Dark   brown   or   purplish,    paler 
on  borders  of  cephalic  slits  and  tip  of  snout C.  longiceps,  p.  77. 

5.  Very  long  and  ribbon-like,  becoming  2  meters  or  more  in  length.     Deep 

blood-red  except  tip  of  snout,  which  is  yellowish  white  both  above  and 
below  C.  Montgomery  i,  p.  So. 

6.  Reddish  purple  except  head  which  is  white  on  both  dorsal  and  ventral 

surfaces  back  to  anterior  border  of  mouth C.  albifrons,  p.  82. 

SYSTEMATIC    DISCUSSION    OF    GENERA   AND    SPECIES. 

Carinella  Johnston. 
Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  London,  vi,  p.  232,  1833. 

The  species  belonging  to  this  genus  are  characterized  by  a  slender, 
soft,  rounded  body,  capable  of  extending  and  contracting  to  a  remark- 
able degree.  Head  distinctly  marked  off  from  body,  usually  much 
broader  than  parts  immediately  following,  often  flattened  dorso-ven- 
trally,  and  disk-like. 

On  each  side  of  body  a  transverse  furrow  separates  the  head  from 
the  esophagal  region.  Proboscis  opening  subterminal ;  mouth  a  small 
round  opening  on  ventral  surface  just  back  of  lateral  transverse  furrows. 
The  lateral  nerves  lie  outside  the  muscular  layers  of  the  body,  and 
just  beneath  the  basement  layer  of  the  integument.  The  body  walls  are 
made  up  of  a  very  thick  outer  epithelium  with  abundant  glands,  a 
basement  layer,  a  circular  muscular  layer,  and  a  longitudinal  muscular 
layer  in  the  order  named  from  without  inwards.  In  addition  to  these 
there  is,  in  the  esophagal  region,  an  inner  circular  muscular  layer 
which  often  forms  a  dorsal,  and  sometimes  a  ventral  crossing  with  the 
fibers  of  the  outer  circular  muscular  layer. 

Proboscis  sheath  usually  not  more  than  ^  the  length  of  body. 
Proboscis  small  and  short.  Ocelli  wanting.  Cerebral  sense  organs 
usually  represented  simply  by  a  pair  of  sensory  pits  in  the  epithelium, 
although  some  species  (cf.  C.  speciosa}  possess  a  pair  of  well-devel- 
oped sense  organs  with  ciliated  canal,  ganglion  cells  and  glands.  A 
pair  of  peculiar  lateral  sense  organs  is  usually  situated  well  back  in 
the  esophagal  region.  Some  of  the  species  show  elaborate  markings 
of  fine  white  lines  on  a  brownish  body,  others  are  homogeneous  in 
color.  Most  species  are  colored  in  some  shade  of  brown  or  red; 
some  are  bright  vermilion. 

i.    CARINELLA   SPECIOSA  sp.  nov. 
pi.  in,    fig.  6;  pi.  ix,  figs.  1-3;  pi.  x,  figs,  i,  2. 

Body  large,  very  long,  flattened  below,  rounded  above,  and  remark- 
ably soft  and  pliable.  This  beautiful  Nemertean  closely  resembles  C. 


12  COE 

polymorpka  in  external  appearance,  but  is  more  brightly  colored,  and 
shows  conspicuous  peculiarities  in  its  internal  anatomy.  The  body  is 
even  softer  than  that  of  C.  polymorpha,  and  more  distensible  ;  and  the 
species  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  enormously  developed 
cephalic  glands,  by  having  very  highly  specialized  and  sharply  defined 
cerebral  sense  organs  (with  ciliated  canal,  lined  with  glandular  and 
sensory  cells),  by  the  peculiarities  in  the  nephridia,  and  by  many  other 
details  of  structure. 

Head  rounded  in  front,  broader  than  parts  immediately  following, 
from  which  it  is  marked  off  by  lateral,  transverse  furrows.  Proboscis 
opening  and  mouth  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus.  Body  variable  in 
thickness  in  its  different  portions  according  to  state  of  contraction  of 
the  particular  part,  but  usually  flattened  below  and  rounded  above, 
with  well-rounded  lateral  faces ;  posterior  portion  of  body  much  more 
slender  than  anterior. 

The  worms  are  very  sluggish.  When  coiled  together  the  turns  of 
the  body  are  irregular  and  angular. 

Color. — This  is  the  most  brilliantly  colored  and  unquestionably  the 
most  striking  Nemertean  encountered  on  the  expedition.  The  color  of 
the  whole  body  was  a  deep,  rich  vermilion,  becoming  somewhat  paler 
and  more  yellowish  towards  the  posterior  end.  In  formalin  or  alcohol 
the  natural  color  quickly  disappears,  although  a  characteristic  marking 
still  remains.  This  feature  is  peculiar  to  C.  polymorpha  as  well. 
About  25  to  40  mm.  back  from  the  tip  of  the  head  (in  a  large  speci- 
men) is  a  broad  band  of  dark  brown  color  reaching  entirely  around 
the  body.  This  band  is  commonly  10  to  30  mm.  in  width,  is  very 
sharply  marked  off  anteriorly,  but  fades  out  gradually  behind.  All 
the  rest  of  the  body,  both  in  front  and  behind,  is  yellowish  or  grayish. 
This  marking  remains  after  imbedding  in  paraffin,  and  even  after 
sectioning  and  staining  in  haematoxylin  there  is  a  sharp  line  of  distinc- 
tion at  the  anterior  end  of  the  dark  band.  A  single  section,  cut 
obliquely,  shows  the  line  of  demarkation  perfectly.  The  difference 
lies  wholly  in  the  integument  and  does  not  affect  any  of  the  layers 
beneath.  In  the  integument  the  dark  band  is  characterized  not  only 
by  the  presence  of  an  abundance  of  minute  pigment  granules,  but  by  a 
decided  change  in  the  staining  qualities  of  the  closely  packed  gland 
cells. 

Size. — The  body  is  very  long,  one  specimen  measuring — when  sus- 
pended by  its  middle  portion,  and  therefore  well  extended — fully  three 
meters  in  length,  and  about  5  mm.  in  width.  Most  specimens,  how- 
ever, were  not  more  than  ^  as  long. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  13 

The  epithelium  of  the  body  is  very  thick,  and  filled  with  closely 
packed  gland  cells.  The  two  circular  muscular  layers  in  the  esopha- 
gal  region  show  almost  no  indication  of  a  mutual  crossing  of  fibers 
either  above  or  below,  although,  as  indicated  in  pi.  ix,  fig.  3,  a  few 
fibers  of  connective  tissue  and  fine  nerve  fibers  pass  at  intervals 
from  the  region  of  the  median  dorsal  nerve  to  the  internal  circular 
muscles. 

Proboscis. — Attached  to  tissues  of  head  just  opposite  the  mouth, 
and  therefore  a  considerable  distance  back  of  the  brain  commisures. 
Its  posterior  attachment  is  in  the  region  of  the  efferent  nephridial  ducts. 
The  muscular  layers  are  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus.  Two  large 
nerves  enter  the  latero-ventral  portion  of  the  proboscis  at  its  attach- 
ment, and  pass  backwards  on  opposite  sides  just  internal  to  the  cir- 
cular muscular  layer. 

The  proboscis  sheath  shows  a  homogeneous  basement  layer  beneath 
its  internal  lining  of  flattened  epithelium.  The  musculature  consists 
wholly  of  circular  fibers,  except  that  there  is  a  distinct  layer  of  longi- 
tudinal muscles  between  the  circular  muscles  of  the  proboscis  sheath 
and  the  epithelium  of  the  esophagus.  Lying  on  the  muscles  of  the 
proboscis  sheath  is  a  small  median  dorsal  nerve  which  runs  parallel 
with  the  median  nerve  outside  the  circular  body-muscles  and  corre- 
sponds to  the  inner  median  nerve  of  other  species. 

The  esophagus  is  provided  with  a  pair  of  nerves  continuous  with 
the  unusually  large  buccal  nerves.  The  cerebral  ganglia  are  situated 
wide  apart,  as  in  other  species.  The  anterior  portion  of  the  head 
receives  a  considerable  number  of  remarkably  large  nerves  (pi.  ix, 
fig.  i). 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — These  organs  deserve  special  attention 
because  of  their  high  degree  of  development.  They  are  each  pro- 
vided with  a  narrow  but  distinct  canal  leading  outward  to  the  lateral 
surface  of  the  integument.  The  sense  organs  lie  immediately  external 
to  the  dorsal  ganglia,  from  which  they  are  separated  only  by  a  few 
fibers  of  connective  tissue  which  here  represent  the  integumental  base- 
ment membrane  (pi.  x,  fig.  2).  In  size,  position  and  structure  these 
organs  are  closely  similar  to  those  of  C.  annulata,  as  figured  by 
Biirger.1  Each  consists  of  a  large,  rounded  mass  of  nerve  cells  and 
connective  tissue  surrounding  a  narrow,  central  canal  lined  with 
ciliated  and  specialized  sensory  epithelium  (pi.  ix,  fig.  2).  Periph- 
erally there  is  an  abundance  of  peculiar  glandular  cells,  and  the 
whole  is  separated  from  the  surrounding  integumental  cells  by  a  thin 

1  Fauna  und  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel,  Monogr.  22,  pi.  xn,  fig.  5. 


14  COE 

sheath  of  connective  tissue.  The  central  canal  leads  ventrally  and 
outwards  to  open  through  the  epithelium  of  the  lateral  margin  of  the 
head.  The  sense  organs  are  innervated  by  several  large  nerves  from 
the  adjacent  dorsal  ganglion  (pi.  x,  fig.  2). 

Cephalic  glands. — Enormously  developed,  making  up  a  large  por- 
tion of  tissues  of  snout  (pi.  ix,  fig.  i).  These  glands  are  closely 
packed  throughout  the  tissues  internal  to  the  integument,  and  form 
thick  layers  around  the  cephalic  blood  lacunae  and  the  rhynchodaeum. 
Nearer  the  brain  region  they  become  more  scattered,  and  disappear 
just  in  front  of  the  ganglia,  those  about  the  rhynchodseum  reaching 
back  a  little  farther  than  those  situated  external  to  the  blood  lacunae. 
The  secretion  from  the  glands  stains  most  intensely  with  hasmatoxylin. 
Most  of  the  anterior  glands  pour  out  their  secretion  on  the  tip  of  the 
snout ;  those  farther  back  open  along  the  whole  circumference  of  the 
body,  but  most  abundantly  near  the  lateral  margins  (pi.  ix,  fig.  i). 
Still  farther  back  all  the  glands  open  laterally. 

Nephridia. — Situated  mainly  in,  and  a  little  behind,  middle  third  of 
esophagal  region.  There  is  a  single  large  longitudinal  canal  on  each 
side,  lying  in  close  contact  with  the  dorsal  walls  of  the  large,  lateral 
blood  lacunae  (pi.  ix,  fig.  3).  The  nephridial  canals  reach  forward 
about  as  far  as  the  anterior  end  of  the  broad  band  mentioned  above  as 
becoming  darkly  colored  in  alcohol.  Near  its  posterior  end  each 
canal  exhibits  a  peculiar  relation  with  the  outer  integument.  At  sev- 
eral points  in  each  canal  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  canal  becomes  discon- 
tinued and  the  inner  ends  of  the  integumental  cells  reach  inward  into 
the  lumen  of  the  canal  (pi.  x,  fig.  i).  Sometimes  this  infolding  of 
the  integumental  cells  occupies  a  large  part  of  the  lumen  of  the  ne- 
phridial canal.  Superficially  these  areas  always  show  one  or  more 
openings  in  the  outer  layers  of  the  integument,  but  such  openings  do 
not  penetrate  the  nephridial  canal.  At  the  posterior  end  of  each  ne- 
phridial canal  there  is  one,  or  sometimes  two,  efferent  ducts  (pi.  ix, 
fig.  3)  which  lead  to  the  dorso-lateral  surface  of  the  body,  as  in  other 
species. 

Habitat. — The  species  was  found  at  Hot  Springs  (near  Sitka), 
Virgin  Bay  in  Prince  William  Sound,  and  at  Dutch  Harbor,  Unalaska.1 
Individuals  were  occasionally  seen  crawling  about  on  the  bottom  be- 
neath the  water,  and  in  such  instances  were  extremely  conspicuous, 
because  of  their  large  size  and  brilliant  vermilion  color.  They  were 
more  commonly  found  under  stones  near  low-water  mark,  but  were 
nowhere  abundant. 

1  Collected  also  by  Mr.  Shearer  at  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C. 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  15 

2.    CARINELLA   DINEMA  sp.  nov. 

Pl.  I,  figS.  2,  3. 

This  species  somewhat  closely  resembles  C.  superba  in  general  color 
of  body  and  the  thread-like  markings  thereon.  It  differs  from  this 
and  allied  species  in  many  details,  and  especially  in  having  two  lateral 
longitudinal  white  lines  on  each  side — hence  the  specific  name. 

Body  long  and  slender,  largest  in  esophagal  region,  rounded  an- 
teriorly, somewhat  flattened  on  ventral  surface  posteriorly.  Head 
broad,  flat,  often  emarginate  in  front ;  lateral,  transverse  furrows  back 
of  head  deep  and  conspicuous.  Proboscis-pore  subterminal.  Mouth 
rather  large  for  the  genus,  elongated  and  situated  slightly  in  front  of 
second  white  ring. 

Color. — General  color  dark  brown  with  a  more  or  less  pronounced 
yellowish  tone,  becoming  more  nearly  yellow  posteriorly.  The  mark- 
ings of  fine  longitudinal  and  transverse  white  lines  on  this  ground 
color  are  very  characteristic  and  stable.  Five  parallel,  longitudinal 
lines  run  nearly  the  whole  of  the  length  of  the  body,  and  there  are  a 
great  number  of  transverse  lines.  Of  the  five  longitudinal  lines,  one 
lies  in  the  middle  of  the  dorsal  surface  and  extends  from  the  most  an- 
terior transverse  ring  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  The  other  four 
lie  symmetrically  on  the  sides — two  almost  on  the  lateral  margins  ;  the 
other  two  much  nearer  the  ventral  surface.  Seen  in  section,  the  distance 
between  the  dorsal  median  line  and  the  upper  of  the  two  lateral  lines 
on  each  side  is  90°.  Two  lateral  lines  on  either  side  are  separated  by 
about  45°,  while  the  remaining  90°  lies  between  the  two  lower  lateral 
lines.  All  the  four  lateral  lines  extend  from  the  second  transverse  line 
to  about  y^  the  distance  towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  Here 
they  become  interrupted,  and  back  of  this  they  are  usually  indicated 
only  by  short  segments  and  scattered  dots,  though  their  course  may  be 
traced  nearly  to  the  end  of  the  body.  The  five  longitudinal  lines  are 
all  very  fine  and  sometimes  consist  of  rows  of  fine  white  dots  closely 
placed  together.  In  addition  to  these  five  longitudinal  lines  some  in- 
dividuals show  an  indication  of  a  median  ventral  longitudinal  line  in 
the  form  of  a  row  of  isolated  fine  white  dots  extending  from  behind 
the  mouth  nearly  to  the  fifth  white  ring. 

The  first  transverse  white  marking  lies  near  the  tip  of  the  snout.  It 
is  somewhat  wavy  in  outline  and  does  not  reach  below  the  lateral 
margin.  The  second  white  marking  is  broader  than  the  first,  but  is 
likewise  limited  to  the  dorsal  surface.  It  is  indicated,  however,  on 
the  lateral  surface  by  two  narrow  and  inconspicuous  spots.  The  third 


16  COE 

marking  is  not  represented  on  the  lateral  surfaces,  but  is  sharp  on  the 
dorsal  surface,  and  is  indicated  on  the  ventral  surface  by  a  few  scat- 
tered white  dots.  The  fourth  marking  is  very  sharp  and  extends  as  a 
ring  completely  around  the  body.  The  fifth  is  broader  than  any  of  the 
other  rings.  The  sixth  is  usually  merely  indicated  by  a  series  of  fine 
dots.  Posterior  to  the  sixth,  there  are  commonly  as  many  as  150  more 
or  less  distinct  and  perfect  rings,  arranged  at  fairly  regular  intervals 
throughout  the  length  of  the  body.  They  are  much  more  conspicuous 
on  the  dorsal  than  on  the  ventral  surface.  In  fact  a  large  number  of 
them  are  interrupted  on  the  ventral  surface  and  represented  only  by 
isolated  dots.  When  the  rings  are  well  developed  each  consists  of  two 
very  fine  white  rings  lying  side  by  side,  with  a  fine  brown  ring  between 
them.  Over  the  greater  portion  of  the  body  are  alternating  wider 
and  narrower  white  rings,  or  double  and  single  rings,  but  there  are 
always  exceptions  to  the  regularity  of  arrangement.  The  white  lines, 
both  longitudinal  and  transverse,  appear  as  if  formed  by  a  coating  of 
fine  white  particles  on  the  surface  of  the  body. 

The  region  of  the  proboscis-pore  is  very  pale.  Extending  outward 
and  backward  on  each  side  from  a  point  just  above  the  proboscis-pore 
is  a  shallow,  horizontal  groove.  Each  of  the  grooves  is  marked  by  a 
black  line,  and  each  extends  backward  as  far  as  the  first  transverse 
white  line.  They  do  not  quite  meet  in  front  however.  The  borders 
of  the  mouth  are  pale  in  color.  The  sides  of  the  brain  region  are  dark 
reddish. 

In  alcohol  the  body  is  grayish  as  far  back  as  the  fourth  white  ring. 
Here  it  abruptly  changes  to  black,  which  fades  into  dark  brown  through- 
out the  remainder  of  the  body.  The  markings  are  well  preserved. 

The  '•side  organs'  are  indicated  as  a  pair  of  rounded  pits  lying  just 
anterior  to  the  fifth  white  ring  and  immediately  below  the  dorsal  of 
the  two  white,  lateral,  longitudinal  lines  on  each  side. 

Habitat. — This  species  was  found  on  the  piles  of  a  wharf  at  Vic- 
toria, B.  C.,  and  was  also  found  among  hydroids,  etc.  at  Sitka.  The 
worms  were  from  300  to  500  mm.  long  in  extension,  with  a  diameter 
of  about  2  to  3  mm.  They  inhabited  grayish,  fragile,  parchment- 
like  tubes,  which  were  commonly  much  twisted  and  coiled.  But  few 
specimens  were  met  with. 

3.    CARINELLA   CAPISTRATA  sp.  nov. 
pi.  i,  fig.  i. 

This,  like  the  preceding  species,  resembles  C.  superba  (Kolliker) 
Burger  somewhat  closely  in  color  and  general  appearance.  A  careful 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  1 7 

examination  of  a  number  of  individuals,  however,  shows  that  the 
markings  on  the  body  present  such  constant  differences  that  the  two 
species  must  be  considered  distinct.  C.  capistrata  is  likewise  differ- 
ent from  any  of  the  other  related  and  described  species.  It  may  at 
once  be  distinguished  from  C.  superba  by  lacking  all  indications  of 
a  median  ventral  white  line.  The  markings  on  the  head  and  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  anterior  transverse  white  lines  distinguish  it  easily 
from  C.  annulata  and  C.  nothus  Burger ;  from  C.  dinema  it  may  be 
separated  by  the  presence  of  but  one  pair  of  lateral  white  lines,  in- 
stead of  the  two  pairs  found  in  C.  dinema. 

C.  capistrata  is  a  very  large  species,  attaining  a  length  of  more 
than  a  meter  with  a  diameter  of  about  5  mm.  near  the  anterior  end, 
and  of  2  to  3  mm.  farther  back.  The  worms  are  therefore  extremely 
long  and  slender,  and  the  diameter  in  the  esophagal  region  is  twice  as 
great  as  it  is  farther  back.  The  body  is  strongly  rounded  on  the  dorsal 
surface  throughout  its  whole  length ;  the  posterior  end  is  very  slender 
and  easily  broken. 

Head  broad,  flattened  dorso-ventrally,  rounded  or  emarginate  in 
front,  sharply  marked  off  from  succeeding  portions  by  a  pair  of  deep, 
lateral,  transverse  constrictions,  or  furrows.  Proboscis-pore  minute, 
subterminal,  bounded  on  each  side  by  a  shallow  horizontal  groove. 
Mouth  small,  slightly  elongated,  situated  immediately  behind  the 
lateral  furrows. 

Color. — General  color  of  body  rich,  deep  brown,  sometimes  vary- 
ing towards  grayish  black ;  posteriorly  becoming  lighter,  and  of  a 
yellowish  brown.  On  this  ground  color  is  a  series  of  conspicuous,  but 
fine,  longitudinal  and  transverse  white  lines  (pi.  i,  fig.  i).  The  lon- 
gitudinal lines  are  three  in  number  and  parallel — one  in  the  middle  of 
the  dorsal  surface,  the  others  just  ventral  to  the  lateral  margins.  The 
dorsal  line  extends  without  interruption  from  near  the  tip  of  the  head 
to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  The  lateral  lines,  on  the  other  hand, 
are  much  broken  up  in  the  anterior  portions  of  the  body,  and  in  the 
esophagal  region  are  only  indicated  at  intervals,  though  their  course 
can  be  followed  nearly  to  the  head  ;  throughout  all  the  rest  of  the 
length  of  the  body  they  are  sharp  and  distinct. 

The  transverse  white  lines,  excepting  the  most  anterior  one,  com- 
pletely encircle  the  body.  This  first  transverse  line  appears  as  a  sharp 
V-shaped  marking  a  little  back  of  the  head.  Its  angle  is  directed 
backward  and  its  extremities  reach  but  little  below  the  lateral  margins. 
The  median  dorsal  line  passes  through  the  angle  of  this  V-shaped 
marking,  and  at  the  point  of  intersection  the  white  area  is  somewhat 


l8  COE 

enlarged  to  form  a  small  oval  spot.  The  second  transverse  marking  is 
situated  some  20  to  30  mm.  (in  large  individuals)  from  the  first,  and 
completely  encircles  the  body.  This  ring  is  always  sharp  and  con- 
spicuous, and  in  alcoholic  specimens  is  still  more  distinct  in  that  it 
separates  a  paler  anterior  portion  from  the  much  darker  succeeding 
parts.  The  third  transverse  ring  is  also  complete,  and  is  commonly 
separated  from  the  second  by  about  half  the  distance  that  this  is  separated 
from  the  first.  The  fourth  and  fifth  rings  are  sometimes  interrupted 
below,  but  are  more  usually  complete,  and  are  much  nearer  together 
than  the  second  and  third.  Back  of  the  fourth  or  fifth  ring  we  find  a 
regular  succession  of  complete  rings  to  the  end  of  the  body.  It  is 
common  to  find  as  many  as  200  such  rings  arranged  at  fairly  regular 
intervals  and  separated  from  each  other,  when  the  worm  is  contracted, 
by  an  average  distance  of  about  the  diameter  of  the  body.  Some  of 
the  rings  are  wider  than  others,  but  nearly  all  are  as  narrow  as  fine 
threads ;  a  few  are  more  or  less  interrupted. 

The  anterior  and  lateral  margins  of  the  head  are  bordered  by  a  nar- 
row band  of  light  color,  as  in  several  other  species,  but  this  is  mainly 
visible  from  the  ventral  surface. 

The  ' side  organs'  are  indicated  by  a  pair  of  small  pits  situated  in 
the  third  transverse  white  ring  and  just  dorsal  to  the  position  of  the 
lateral  lines.  Their  position  is  about  the  same,  therefore,  as  in  C. 
super  ba. 

In  alcoholic  specimens  the  arrangement  of  the  white  longitudinal 
and  circular  lines  is  still  distinguishable,  except  near  the  anterior 
end  of  the  body,  which,  back  to  the  second  transverse  marking 
(first  complete  ring),  is  pale  or  grayish  brown.  Back  of  this  the 
color  abruptly  changes  to  very  dark  brown  or  black,  which  reaches 
posteriorly  50  to  75  mm.  (in  large  individuals)  and  then  gradually 
fades  out  into  light  brown,  which  continues  to  the  end  of  the  body. 
The  color  is  usually  paler  on  the  ventral  than  on  the  dorsal  sur- 
face. 

Habitat. — This  species  was  found  in  abundance  under  stones  near 
low-water  mark  at  Orca  and  Virgin  Bay  in  Prince  William  Sound,  but 
was  not  met  with  elsewhere.  The  worms  lived  in  long,  fragile,  gray- 
ish, paper-like  tubes  of  about  the  same  diameter  as  the  body.  These 
tubes  were  usually  twisted  about  horizontally  beneath  the  stones  under 
which  the  animals  live.  They  were  also  frequently  occupied  by  a 
species  of  polychastous  annelid  (Nereis),  which  was  often  associated 
with  the  Nemertean.  The  worms  are  sluggish  in  their  movements, 
and  break  up  posteriorly  if  roughly  handled. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  19 

Cephalothrix  Oersted. 
Entwurf  der  Plattwiirmer,  Kopenhagen,  1844. 

This  genus  includes  very  long,  slender,  filiform  species  which  show 
a  tendency  to  coil  in  a  close  spiral.  Brain  situated  well  behind  tip  of 
snout ;  mouth  several  times  as  far  posteriorly.  Head  sharply  pointed 
in  extension ;  proboscis-pore  on  ventral  side  a  little  back  of  its  extrem- 
ity. Inner  circular  muscular  layer  very  much  reduced,  or  (commonly) 
entirely  absent,  the  body  musculature  consisting  of  a  thin  outer  circu- 
lar muscular  layer  and  a  strong  inner  longitudinal  layer ;  lateral  nerves 
situated  in  the  longitudinal  muscular  layer ;  cerebral  sense  organs  and 
cephalic  furrows  wanting.  These  worms  resemble  in  external  appear- 
ance some  of  the  slender  Nematodes. 

4.    CEPHALOTHRIX    LINEARIS   (Rathke)  Oersted. 

Planaria  linearis  RATHKE,  Skrivter  af  Naturhist.  Selsk.   Kjobenhavn,  v,  p. 

84,  1799. 
Cephalothrix  linearis  OERSTED,  Entwurf  der  Plattwiirmer ,  p.  82,  Kopenhagen, 

1844. 

A  very  slender  thread-like  species  capable  of  great  extension  and 
contraction.  Individuals  may  be  extended  till  they  resemble  a  very 
fine  thread,  but  when  disturbed  commonly  coil  themselves  into  a  closely 
wound  spiral.  Body  commonly  rather  thicker  in  the  middle  and  taper- 
ing toward  both  extremities.  Head  very  long,  acutely  pointed  when 
extended.  Proboscis-pore  situated  ventrally,  some  little  distance  back 
from  tip  of  snout.  Mouth  very  far  back  ;  commonly  distant  from  tip 
of  snout  10  to  12  times  the  diameter  of  body;  or  it  is  perhaps  4  to  5 
times  as  far  back  as  is  the  brain. 

The  length  is  subject  to  the  greatest  variation.  Alaska  specimens 
commonly  extended  themselves  3  to  6  inches  or  more,  but  could  con- 
tract to  a  small  fraction  of  this  length. 

Ocelli. — Wanting  in  adults  although  the  embryos  are  provided  with 
a  single  pair  soon  after  leaving  the  egg. 

Color. — Usually  pale  yellow  throughout,  but  some  specimens  had  a 
distinct  reddish  tinge,  and  some  were  gray,  greenish,  or  pale  green. 
A  median  paler  line,  due  to  the  proboscis  sheath,  appears  on  the  dorsal 
surface  in  the  esophagal  region. 

Habitat. — The  species  is  very  common  well  up  toward  high- 
water  mark  under  stones  in  muddy  places,  among  decaying  mussels, 
etc.  The  worms  were  commonly  found  where  the  mud  was  black, 
slimy,  and  very  foul.  Scores  of  specimens  were  sometimes  found 
under  a  single  stone.  They  were  often  associated  with  slender  red- 


2O  COE 

dish  Nematodes.  Very  abundant  at  New  Metlakahtla,  Glacier  Bay, 
Sitka,  Orca  and  at  other  places.  The  species  is  also  common  on  the 
coast  of  New  England,  and  is  likewise  found  along  the  shores  of 
northern  Europe  and  in  the  Mediterranean. 

Carinoma  Oudemans. 

Circulatory  and  Nephridial  Apparatus  of  the    Nemertea,  Quart.  Journ.  Micr. 

Sci.,  xxv,  Suppl.,  pp.  1-80,  1885. 

Body  usually  slender,  often  thickened  and  rounded  anteriorly,  flat- 
tened in  intestinal  region ;  head  usually  wider  than  parts  immediately 
following;  mouth  situated  immediately  behind  the  brain;  proboscis 
pore  subterminal.  Lateral  slits,  cephalic  groves,  and  cerebral  sense 
organs  wanting.  Intestine  with  paired,  lateral  diverticula. 

Body  musculature  composed  of  two  muscular  layers  throughout 
length  of  body,  and  of  localized  supplementary  layers.  These  consist 
of  a  thick  internal  longitudinal  layer  and  a  thin  external  circular  layer, 
but  in  the  esophagal  region  a  second  circular  layer  lies  internal  to  the 
longitudinal  muscles,  and  just  in  front  of  the  nephridial  region  be- 
comes enormously  thickened.  In  the  anterior  portions  of  the  esoph- 
agal region  a  double  set  of  distinct  diagonal  muscles  lies  just  internal 
to  the  outer  circular  muscular  layer. 

The  lateral  nerves  are  situated  within  the  longitudinal  muscular 
layer. 

In  the  anterior  portions  of  the  esophagal  region  are  three  pairs  of 
longitudinal  blood  vessels,  of  which  one  pair  represents  the  main  lat- 
eral vessels  and  lies  beside  the  esophagus,  a  second  pair  lies  beside  the 
proboscis  sheath,  and  the  third  pair  is  situated  internal  to  the  ventral 
wall  of  the  proboscis  sheath  and  projects  freely  into  therhynchocoel. 

5.    CARINOMA   GRIFFINI  sp.  nov. 

Two1  species  of  this  interesting  genus  are  already  known  from 
-other  parts  of  the  world —  C.  armandi  Oudemans,  which  is  found 

1  Miss  C.  B.  Thompson  has  very  recently  added  a  third  species,  C.  tremapkoros 
(Zool.  Anz.,  Vol.  xxni,  No.  631,  pp.  627-630,  Dec.,  1900,  from  a  single  speci- 
men collected  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass.  I  have  found  this  species  rather  abundantly 
in  a  large  pond  at  Falmouth,  Mass.,  connected  with  Vineyard  Sound  by  a  very 
narrow  outlet,  and  consequently  but  little  affected  by  the  tides.  The  species 
must  be  unusually  hardy,  for  the  worms  lived  just  on  the  edge  of  the  pond  in 
sand  much  blackened  by  decaying  organic  matter.  They  have  moreover  to  en- 
dure great  changes  in  the  salinity  of  the  water  due  to  irregularity  in  rainfall  and 
evaporation.  Further  notes  in  regard  to  the  anatomy  of  this  species  will  be 
published  later,  together  with  colored  figures  of  the  living  worms. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


21 


occasionally  on  the  shores  of  England,  and  C.  patagonica  Burger,  of 
which  a  single  specimen  has  been  collected  from  the  Straits  of 
Magellan. 

This  new  species  was  found  by  Mr.  Creswell  Shearer  at  Albert 
Head  on  Vancouver  Island.  It  attains  a  length  of  upwards  of  600 
mm.  and  a  diameter  of  3-5  mm.  Anterior  portions  of  body  cylin- 
drical ;  intestinal  region  much  flattened.  Head  broader  than  neck, 
and  pointed,  rounded  or  emarginate  in  front  according  to  the  state  of 
contraction  (figs,  i  and  2). 

No  ocelli  were  found. 


*  '•••:••? 

£&•.'•'•'     V--r^$ 
*>3 


':'-'•.  -.-' . 

•ft  ;• 


FIG.  i.  FIG.  2. 

FIGS,  i  and  2.     Carinoma  griffini  sp.  nov.     Anterior  part  of  ventral  surface, 
i.  Head  extended  and  pointed.     2.  Head  contracted  and  emarginate.     X  §• 

Color. — General  color  milk-white  anteriorly,  with  brownish  mot- 
tlings  farther  back ;  intestinal  lobes  darker.  After  preservation  the 
color  is  completely  lost,  and  the  body  becomes  nearly  cylindrical 
throughout. 

Body  'walls. — In  internal  organization  this  species  agrees  closely 
with  the  descriptions  which  Burger  gives  of  C.  armandi1  and  of  C. 
patagonica?  but  presents  a  number  of  peculiarities,  which  may  be 
stated  briefly  as  follows  :  Outer  integument  divided  into  a  superficial 
and  a  deeper  layer  of  epithelial  cells,  separated  by  a  network  of  con- 
nective tissue  fibers.  Basement  layer  in  esophagal  region  about  equal 
in  thickness  to  the  integument  itself,  but  is  much  thinner  farther  back. 
Beneath  basement  layer  in  esophagal  region  is  a  loose  sheet  of  circular 
muscles,  and  beneath  this  a  double  set  of  diagonal  muscular  fibers. 


1  Fauna  u.  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel,  Monogr.  22,  Nemertinen,  1895. 
*Zeits.  f.  wiss.  Zool.,  Vol.  LXI,  pp.  19-20,  pi.  3,  figs.  1-9,  1896. 


22  COE 

The  main  longitudinal  muscular  layer  in  most  regions  of  the  body 
equals  in  thickness  that  of  all  the  other  muscular  layers  combined. 
The  lateral  nerve  cords  lie  imbedded  in  this  layer.  Internal  to  the 
longitudinal  muscles  lies  a  small  amount  of  gelatinous  tissue  or  paren- 
chyma of  the  body  cavity.  The  inner  circular  muscular  layer  extends 
from  the  mouth  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  esophagal  region.  Its 
fibers  are  continuous  with  those  of  the  proboscis  sheath.  Anteriorly, 
it  is  even  thinner  than  the  outer  circular  muscular  layer,  but  towards 
the  posterior  end  of  the  esophagal  region  it  increases  so  greatly  in 
massiveness  that  for  a  short  distance  it  exceeds  in  thickness  the  other 
muscular  layers  combined.  Having  reached  its  maximum  develop- 
ment (near  the  efferent  nephridial  ducts),  it  suddenly  disappears  en- 
tirely, its  dorsal  portion  remaining  for  a  few  sections  as  a  semicircular 
arch  above  the  proboscis  sheath. 

Proboscis  sheath. — This  organ  is  more  strongly  developed  than  in 
the  other  species  of  the  genus,  and  possesses  a  single  muscular  layer 
composed  of  circular  fibers  interlaced  with  longitudinal  fibers  in  small 
groups. 

Proboscis. — The  anterior  end  of  the  proboscis  is  attached  to  the  tis- 
tues  of  the  head  at  about  the  middle  of  the  brain  region.  It  walls  con- 
sist of  a  thin  outer  fibrous  layer,  on  which  rest  the  superficial  flattened 
epithelial  cells  bathed  in  the  fluid  of  the  rhynchocoel.  Beneath  is  the 
thick  layer  of  longitudinal  muscles  comprising  nearly  the  whole  of  the 
musculature.  Internal  to  these  are  a  few  scattered  circular  fibers,  then 
a  thin  basement  membrane,  and,  finally,  the  internal  layer  of  columnar 
epithelial  cells.  This  inner  epithelium  is  composed  of  a  simple  layer 
of  very  long  and  closely  pressed  cells,  a  portion  of  which  contain  rod- 
like  masses  of  secretion.  Their  nuclei  are  closely  packed  together 
peripherally,  and  comprise  several  layers  as  is  usual  in  much  crowded 
columnar  cells. 

A  pair  of  rather  large  nerves  extend  throughout  the  length  of  the 
proboscis  just  internal  to  the  circular  muscular  layer.  These  nerves 
originate  from  the  ventral  commissure  of  the  brain  very  much  as  in 
Carinella.  They  arise  from  the  anterior  border  of  the  commissure 
near  its  origin  from  the  ganglia,  and  pass  dorsally  to  the  point  where 
the  proboscis  is  attached  to  the  tissues  of  the  head.  They  then  enter 
the  proboscis,  and  take  up  lateral  positions  in  its  walls  corresponding  to 
those  of  the  lateral  nerves  in  the  walls  of  the  body. 

Nephridia. — The  condition  of  the  nephridial  system  is  in  many 
respects  intermediate  between  that  of  C.  patagonica  and  C.  armandi, 
the  mass  of  tubules  constituting  the  so-called  nephridial  glands  not  ex- 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  23 

tending  into  the  cavity  of  the  blood  space  nearly  so  far  as  in  the  former, 
but  are  much  more  profusely  branched  than  in  the  latter  species.  The 
single  pair  of  efferent  ducts  lies  in  the  same  region  as  the  posterior 
ends  of  the  series  of  '  nephridial  glands.'  Posteriorly  to  this  point  a 
single  unbranched  duct  of  large  size  runs  backward  on  each  side  for 
a  considerable  distance,  and  then  bends  sharply  and  runs  forward  to 
the  efferent  duct,  always  lying  close  beside,  and  just  external  to  that 
limb  of  the  duct  which  is  passing  backward.  The  efferent  ducts  open 
on  the  dorso-lateral  surfaces  of  the  body  at  the  posterior  end  of  the 
enormously  thickened  internal  circular  muscular  layer. 

The  blood  vascular  system,  brain,  buccal  nerves,  lateral  nerves,  and 
dorsal  and  ventral  median  nerves  are  much  as  in  C.  patagonica. 

Specimens  collected  in  August  had  just  discharged  their  sexual 
products.  In  one  individual  a  very  few  genital  sacks  still  retained 
their  mature  ova. 

Emplectonema  Stimpson. 

Emplectonema  STIMPSON,  Proc.  Philadelphia  Acad.,  p.  163,  1857. 
Nemertes  MclNTOSH,  British  Annelids,  Part  I,  Nemerteans,  Ray  Society, 

1872-1873. 
Eunemertes  VAILLANT,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Anneles,  Tome  3,  Paris,  1890. 

Body  very  long  and  slender,  varying  greatly  in  thickness  according 
to  state  of  contraction,  but  most  commonly  considerably  flattened ; 
often  sharply  bent  and  folded  into  an  irregular  mass  ;  integument  pro- 
vided with  an  unusual  abundance  of  mucous  secretion ;  proboscis  and 
mouth  opening  together  on  subterminal  portion  of  snout ;  proboscis 
sheath  limited  to  anterior  third  of  body ;  proboscis  slender  and  very 
short,  often  not  more  than  ^  the  length  of  body ;  a  large  number  of 
minute  eyes  usually  present ;  cerebral  sense  organs  situated  well  in  front 
of  brain,  and  usually  very  small.  The  species  are  of  sluggish  move- 
ment, and  many  of  them  are  found  very  near  high  water  mark  among 
mussels,  barnacles,  rockweeds,  etc. 

Of  the  genus  Emplectonema  two  species,  of  which  only  one  (1?.  gra- 
cz7e)  had  previously  been  described,  were  found  on  the  Harriman  ex- 
pedition. 

6.    EMPLECTONEMA   GRACILE   (Johnston)  Verrill. 

pi.  vin,  fig.  3. 

Nemertes  gracilis  JOHNSTON,  Mag.  Zool.  and  Bot.  London,  vol.  i,  1837-38. 
Emplectonema  viride  STIMPSON,  Proc.  Philadelphia  Acad.,  p.  163,  1857. 
Eunemertes  gracilis  VAILLANT,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Anneles,  Tome  3.   Paris,  1890. 
Eunemertes   gracilis    BURGER,    Fauna    u.    Flora    des   Golfes   von    Neapel, 

Monogr.  22,  Nemertinen,  p.  543,  1895. 
Emplectonema  gracilis  VERRILL,  Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.,  vni,  p.  413,  1892; 

ix,  p.  146,  1895. 


24 


COE 


Body  very  long  and  slender,  somewhat  flattened  below,  irregular  and 
ungraceful  in  form,  and  sluggish  in  movement.  Head  slightly  broader 
than  rest  of  body ;  snout  blunt,  posterior  extremity  of  body  tapering 
gradually  to  a  point. 

The  common  opening  of  the  mouth  and  proboscis  lies  ventrally,  a 
little  back  from  the  tip  of  the  snout.  The  cerebral  sense  organs  lie 
far  in  front  of  the  brain,  and  each  communicates  with  the  exterior  by 
a  canal  which  opens  on  the  ventro-lateral  margin  near  the  tip  of  the 
snout. 

Color. — Uniform  dark  green  above  and  nearly  white  below ;  some- 
times grayish  or  yellowish  green  above,  and  very  pale  yellowish  green 
below.  The  color  of  Alaska  specimens  is  as  a  rule  paler  and  more 
grayish  green  than  in  Mediterranean  specimens.  The  head  is  bordered 
with  a  narrow  band  of  white,  uniform  with  that  of  the  lower  surface. 
Back  of  the  head  is  an  inconspicuous  transverse  band  paler  than  the 
rest  of  the  dorsal  surface.  The  pigment  resides  wholly  in  the  integu- 
ment, the  muscular  layers  and  other  organs  of  the  body  being  prac- 
tically colorless. 

Ocelli. — The  eyes  (fig.  3)  are  characteristically  arranged  in  two 
groups  on  each  side  of  the  head.  The  anterior  group  on  each  side 

usually  consists  of  8  to  10  pigment-cups  ar- 
ranged in  a  single  row  near  the  antero-lateral 
border  of  the  head.  These  lie  deeply  imbedded 
in  the  tissues  of  the  head,  and  are  much  more 
conspicuous  from  the  ventral  surface  owing  to 
the  presence  of  much  pigment  on  the  dorsal 
surface  above  them  in  ordinary  states  of  con- 
traction. Each  posterior  group  lies  nearly 
above  the  brain  and  consists  of  10  to  20  ocelli 
in  an  irregular  cluster.  The  eyes  of  the  pos- 
terior groups  are  visible  only  from  the  dorsal 
surface,  and  are  smaller  in  size  than  those 
of  the  anterior  groups.  The  integument  may  be  scraped  off  so  as  to 
expose  the  eyes  clearly. 

Proboscis. — The  stylet  apparatus  is  especially  characteristic  of  the 
species.  The  basis  of  the  central  stylet  is  very  long  and  slender,  and 
is  twice  to  three  times  as  long  as  the  stylet  itself.  The  posterior 
end  is  sharply  swollen  into  a  flattened  knob  (pi.  vin,  fig.  3).  In 
front  of  the  knob  the  basis  decreases  in  diameter  evenly  towards  the 
anterior  end,  except  for  a  slight  constriction  which  occurs  at  about  y$ 
the  distance  from  the  posterior  end.  The  anterior  portion  is  slightly 


FIG.  3.  Emplectonema 
gracile.  Dorsal  view  of 
head  to  show  arrange- 
ment of  ocelli.  X  12- 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  25 

curved.  The  central  stylet  is  slender,  extremely  sharply  pointed,  and 
gracefully  curved  like  a  sabre  or  scythe.  There  are  two  accessory 
stylet  pouches,  and  each  commonly  contains  5  to  7  slender  stylets 
curved  like  the  central  one,  and  of  approximately  the  same  size  (pi. 
vin,  fig.  3). 

Habitat. — This  species  was  found  in  the  greatest  abundance  at  nearly 
all  the  collecting  stations  between  Victoria,  B.  C.,  and  Dutch  Harbor, 
Unalaska.  It  occurred  everywhere  along  the  shore,  and  was  most 
plentiful  near  high  water  mark,  crawling  over  the  thick  growth  of 
mussels  and  seaweeds.  Often  a  number  of  individuals  were  found 
coiled  together  in  a  single  slimy  mass,  and  on  being  disturbed  would 
crawl  apart  and  move  sluggishly  about,  but  usually  made  no  effort  at 
concealment.  Similar  masses  were  met  with  under  stones  in  very 
muddy  localities,  and  often  where  the  water  was  very  brackish.  This 
is  probably  the  most  abundant  species  of  Nemertean  on  the  Alaska 
coast,  and  is  found  nearer  high  water  mark  and  in  more  brackish  water 
than  almost  any  other  species. 

The  species  has  previously  been  recorded  from  the  coasts  of  Eng- 
land, the  northern  shores  of  Germany  and  France,  the  Mediterranean, 
and  Madeira.  It  was  also  found  by  Stimpson  under  stones  between 
tides  in  San  Francisco  harbor  and  described  as  E.  -viride. 

An  excellent  and  detailed  account  of  the  minute  anatomy  of  this 
species  is  given  in  Burger's  Monograph  of  the  Nemerteans  of  the  Gulf 
of  Naples.1 

Specimens  collected  in  Alaska  in  June  and  July  were  filled  with 
nearly  mature  genital  products,  in  closely  packed,  but  irregularly 
arranged  pouches.  The  genital  glands  were  often  noticeable  from  the 
exterior  because  of  their  pale  color. 

7.    EMPLECTONEMA   BCRGERI  sp.  nov. 

Pl.  ii,  figs.  1,2;    Pi.  vni,  fig.  i  ;  Pi.  xn,  fig.  3. 

Body  long,  flattened  both  above  and  below,  ribbon-like,  as  thick 
near  the  edges  as  in  the  median  line ;  head  usually  narrower  than  the 
parts  immediately  following  ;  posterior  extremity  slender.  The  rhyn- 
choda3um  opens  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  tip  of  the  snout ;  a  pair  of 
shallow  lateral  slits  occur  just  in  front  of  the  mouth. 

The  worms  attain  a  length  of  more  than  a  meter,  and  are  5  mm. 
or  more  in  width.  Like  other  species  of  the  genus  the  integument  is 
furnished  with  a  vast  amount  of  mucus. 

1  Fauna  u.  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel.  Monogr.  22,  1895. 


26 


COE 


Color. — The  color  varies  considerably,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  two 
color  varieties  on  pi.  n,  figs,  i  and  2.  The  commonest  form  is 
dark  velvety-brown  above,  with  a  paler  median  line,  much  paler  and 
slightly  yellowish  in  front,  and  flesh-colored  or  creamy  white  below. 
Other  individuals  have  the  whole  dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces  of  a  mot- 
tled reddish  brown  color,  with  a  tinge  of  purple,  while  the  ventral 
surface  is  pale  yellow  or  flesh-colored.  Sometimes  the  head  is  nearly 
colorless.  The  dorsal  surface  almost  always  has  an  appearance  sug- 
gestive of  velvet.  This  color  is  superficial,  and  is  easily  removed  by 
rough  handling. 

Proboscis. — Proboscis  small,  very  short  and  delicate,  sometimes 
scarcely  more  than  J^-  the  length  of  body.  The  proboscis  sheath 
reaches  well  toward  middle  of  body,  but  is  very  small  toward  its  pos- 
terior end ;  in  esophagal  region  it  is  well  developed,  with  a  thick  outer 
layer  of  circular  muscles,  and  a  thin,  inner,  longitudinal  muscular 
layer.  The  rhynchodffium  passes  backward  a  considerable  distance 
before  the  intestinal  canal  is  separated  from  the  proboscis  opening. 

The  armature  of  the  proboscis  consists  of  a  weak  central  stylet,  and 
a  pair  of  pouches  of  accessory  stylets  (pi.  vui,  fig.  i).  The  basis  of 
the  central  stylet  is  rather  slender  in  front,  slightly  contracted  near  its 

posterior  third,  from  which  point  it  swells  out 
suddenly  into  a  large  spherical  bulb.  The  cen- 
tral stylet  is  slightly  shorter  than  its  basis.  Each 
of  the  reserve  pouches  usually  contains  three 
small  stylets  with  swollen  bases.  The  posterior 
chamber  of  the  proboscis  is  narrow.  The  pro- 
boscis is  provided  with  n  distinct  nerves. 

Ocelli. — The  ocelli  are  very  numerous.  On 
each  side  of  the  tip  of  the  snout  is  an  elongated 
cluster  of  minute  eyes,  all  situated  near  the  dor- 
sal surface,  and  without  regularity  of  arrange- 
ment. Their  number  is  commonly  60  or  more 
on  each  side  (fig.  4).  Back  of  these  are  a  few 
other  eyes,  likewise  very  minute,  situated  deep  in  the  tissues  of  the 
body,  and  seen  only  with  difficulty.  They  are  scattered  irregularly 
from  near  the  lateral  borders  in  front  of  the  brain  inward  towards  the 
median  line  (fig.  4). 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Unusually  large.  They  lie  lateral  to  the 
rhynchodaeum,  and  slightly  in  front  of  the  brain.  The  ducts  by  which 
they  communicate  with  the  exterior  pass  forward  to  open  latero-ven- 
trally. 


FIG.  4.  Emplecto- 
nema  biirgeri.  Dor- 
sal view  of  head  to 
show  arrangement  of 
ocelli.  X  8- 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  27 

The  pair  of  blood  lacuna  in  the  head  are  rather  small,  and  pass 
backward  in  numerous  branches.  The  dorsal  vessel  in  the  proboscis 
sheath  has  several  communications  with  the  lateral  vessels  in  the 
esophagal  region. 

In  the  region  of  the  brain  a  great  abundance  of  sub-muscular  glands 
appears,  occupying  the  whole  lateral  aspects  of  the  body  and  reaching 
far  backward.  As  usual,  they  are  multicellular.  Their  ducts  pierce 
the  muscles  and  integument  of  the  body  wall  to  open  on  the  sides  of 
the  body  in  enormous  numbers.  Farther  back  they  are  restricted  to  a 
narrow  region  in  each  section  just  lateral  to  the  nerve  cords,  and  open 
somewhat  ventrally  from  the  lateral  edge.  They  continue  in  dimin- 
ished numbers,  but  of  large  size,  backward  beyond  the  point  where 
the  esophagus  opens  into  the  intestine  (pi.  xn,  fig.  3). 

Alimentary  canal. — A  pair  of  remarkably  narrow  intestinal  caeca 
reach  forward  well  toward  the  brain.  Their  diameter  for  a  long  dis- 
tance back  is  insignificant  compared  with  that  of  the  esophagus. 
They  occupy  positions  ventro-laterally  to  the  proboscis  sheath  and 
above  the  esophagus.  Occasional  pouches  are  sent  off  laterally  into 
the  tissues  above  the  nerve  cords.  Farther  back  they  become  larger 
and  extend  laterally  beyond  the  ventrally  placed  nerve  cords.  Towards 
the  middle  of  the  esophagal  region  the  pouches  become  paired  with 
considerable  regularity.  A  well  developed  network  of  muscular  fibers 
and  connective  tissue  reaches  between  the  pouches  from  the  muscular 
layer  above  to  that  below  the  alimentary  canal.  The  pouches  lie  close 
together  still  farther  back,  and  near  the  posterior  end  of  the  esophagal 
region  extend  on  each  side  below  the  esophagus  and  open  together 
from  opposite  sides.  The  two  intestinal  caeca  are  thus  connected  to- 
gether. From  this  point  backward  the  esophagus  decreases  rapidly  in 
size,  the  caecum  becomes  large  and  is  divided  into  numerous  pouches 
by  fibrous  partitions  extending  between  the  muscular  layers  above  and 
below,  and  eventually  the  esophagus  opens  into  the  intestine  by  a 
narrow  slit  in  its  dorsal  wall  (pi.  xn,  fig.  3). 

Reproductive  organs. — Far  in  front  of  the  opening  of  the  esoph- 
agus into  the  intestine  the  reproductive  glands  make  their  first  appear- 
ance. The  anterior  pouches  are  scattered,  and  lie  above  the  intestinal 
caeca  well  towards  the  sides  of  the  body.  These  open  directly  on  the 
dorso-lateral  surfaces.  Farther  back  similar  ones  appear  below  the  in- 
testinal canal,  and  these  open  ventrally  (pi.  xn,  fig.  3).  In  the  intes- 
tinal region  the  glands  are  very  numerous  and  are  scattered  just  inside 
the  muscular  layers  all  over  the  body — dorsally,  ventrally  and  laterally. 
As  many  as  20  to  30  glands  in  a  male  are  met  with  in  a  single  section. 


28  COE 

Their  ducts  lead  directly  to  the  surface  of  the  body,  and  consequently 
open  at  any  point  instead  of  in  certain  definite  regions  as  in  many 
species. 

Both  lateral  nerves  and  blood  vessels  join  above  the  hind  gut  as  in 
most  other  Nemerteans — the  union  of  the  nerves  lying  ventral  to  that 
of  the  blood  vessels. 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Prof.  Dr.  Otto  Burger,  of  Got- 
tingen,  whose  monograph  on  the  Nemerteans  of  the  Gulf  of  Naples 
forms  by  far  the  most  important  contribution  which  has  yet  appeared 
relating  to  this  group  of  worms. 

Habitat. — Several  individuals  are  often  found  knotted  together  in  a 
seemingly  inextricable  mass.  The  body  lies  coiled  in  a  mass,  and  is 
bent  and  folded  in  sharp  angles. 

The  species  was  found  under  mussels  on  rocks  between  tides  at 
Glacier  Bay  (W.  E.  Ritter)  and  at  Sitka. 

Zygonemertes  Montgomery. 
Zool.  Jahrb.,  x,  p.  2,  1897. 

A  species  of  Nemertean  was  found  at  Sitka  which  agrees  very 
closely  with  Verrill's  description  of  Amphiporus  virescens.1  The 
detailed  anatomical  description  given  by  Montgomery,3  however,  shows 
at  once  that  the  Alaska  Nemertean  is  a  distinct  species.  Mont- 
gomery has  created  a  new  genus  for  A.  virescens  Verrill  based  on  its 
anatomical  peculiarities,  especially  the  structure  of  the  proboscis  and 
proboscis  sheath.  This  genus  he  named  Zygonemertes,  with  the 
following  characters  as  its  chief  peculiarities  : 

(i)  The  proboscis  sheath  reaches  to  the  end  of  the  body,  while  (2) 
the  thickened  proboscis  is  but  half  as  long;  (3)  basis  of  central  stylet 
large,  elongated  ;  flattened  or  slightly  concave  posteriorly  ;  (4)  central 
stylet  massive,  not  half  the  length  of  its  basis  :  (5)  ten  or  eleven  pro- 
boscidial  nerves ;  (6)  body  contractile,  shape  like  Amphiporus,  not 
as  elongate  as  in  Emplectonema ;  (7)  ocelli  numerous  and  small,  ex- 
tending along  the  nerve  cords  posterior  to  the  brain. 

While  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  these  characters  are  mainly  of  spe- 
cific rather  than  of  generic  rank,  yet  I  am  convinced  that  because  of 
the  large  number  of  species  already  in  the  genus  Amphiporus  the 
establishment  of  this  new  genus  will  be  of  great  practical  convenience. 
The  most  tangible  characters  of  the  group  are  :  ( i )  the  eyes  extend 
posteriorly  beyond  the  brain  along  the  lateral  nerve  cords,  and  (2)  the 

1  Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.,  vui,  p.  20,  1892. 

2  Zool.  Jahrb.,  x,  p.  2  to  4,  12,  1897. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


basis  of  the  central  stylet  is  massive  and  has  a  concave  or  a  truncated 
posterior  end,  while  the  stylet  itself  is  comparatively  weak.  Of  course 
the  number  of  nerves  in  the  proboscis  cannot  be  considered  a  generic 
character.  There  are  two  Alaska  species,  then,  which  may  be  placed 
in  the  genus — Z.  thalassina,  which  is  closely  allied  to  the  type  species, 
and  Z.  albida,  which  is  a  minute,  white  form. 

8.    ZYGONEMERTES   THALASSINA  sp.  nov. 
pi.  n,  fig.  5 ;  Pi.  vn,  fig.  i ;  pi.  xni,  fig.  2. 

Zygonemertes  thalassina  differs  from  Z.  virescens  chiefly  in  the 
following  peculiarities  :  Color  of  former  species  much  darker ;  eyes 
more  numerous ;  shape  of  basis  and  central  stylet  of  proboscis  differ- 
ent ;  usually  5  stubby  stylets  in  each  lateral  pouch,  and  1 2  nerves  in 
proboscis.  There  are  minor  differences  in  other  anatomical  details. 

Zygonemertes  thalassina  has  a  slender,  somewhat  flattened  body ; 
head  broad,  not  sharply  marked  off  from  body ;  one  or  two  pairs  of 
very  inconspicuous  oblique  furrows  on  sides 
of  head.  The  worms  are  active,  and  are  rest- 
less in  confinement. 

Ocelli. — Ocelli  very  numerous  ;  arranged 
in  two  or  three  longitudinal  rows  along  sides 
of  head,  and  extending  backward  along  lat- 
eral nerve  cords  far  behind  brain.  They  are 
smaller  posteriorly  than  in  front  and  are  more 
widely  scattered.  In  front  of  the  brain  there 
are  sometimes  40  or  more  ocelli  arranged  in 
two  or  three  irregular  rows  (fig.  5)  which 
follow  the  general  outline  of  the  lateral  mar- 
gin of  the  head.  Immediately  in  front  of  the 
brain  about  a  half  dozen  much  smaller  eyes 
are  seen,  and  lateral  to  the  brain  are  com- 
monly 10  to  12  ocelli  of  moderate  size.  Be- 
hind these  are  usually  8  to  15  small  ocelli 
scattered  along  the  nerve  cords  at  irregular 
intervals.  These  commonly  reach  nearly  as 
far  behind  the  brain  as  the  distance  from  the 
brain  to  the  tip  of  the  snout  in  moderate  ex- 
tension. In  sections  (pi.  xin,  fig.  2)  they 

are  found  to  lie  quite  internal  to  the  body  musculature  and  almost  di- 
rectly upon  the  lateral  nerves. 

Size  and  color. — The   specimens  obtained  were  from  30  to  60  mm. 


FIG.  5.  Zygonemertes 
thalassina.  Dorsal  view 
of  head  showing  outline 
of  brain  and  lateral  nerves, 
and  arrangement  of  ocelli. 


30  COE 

in  length  in  moderate  extension,  and  ratner  slender.  The  color  was 
olive-green  both  above  and  below.  A  coating  of  brown  particles  was 
sometimes  scattered  over  the  dorsal  surface.  The  proboscis  is  pale. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  sheath  extends  to  posterior  end  of  body ; 
the  proboscis  extends  only  about  half  way  to  posterior  extremity.  The 
central  stylet  is  remarkably  short  and  blunt.  Its  basis  (pi.  vn,  fig.  i) 
is  at  least  twice,  and  often  three  times,  as  long  as  the  stylet  itself,  and 
is  massive  in  proportions.  Its  diameter  is  nearly  constant  throughout 
its  length,  although  it  is  narrowed  in  front  and  constricted  slightly  at 
about  three-fourths  the  distance  towards  its  posterior  end.  The  pos- 
terior extremity  is  sharply  truncate  or  concave  and  often  shows  serrated 
edges  (pi.  vn,  fig.  i).  There  are  two  lateral  pouches  of  accessory 
stylets,  and  each  usually  contains  five  stylets  similar  in  size  and  shape 
to  the  central  stylet.  The  character  of  these  remarkably  stubby  stylets 
is  shown  in  pi.  vn,  figures  la  and  ib. 

The  lateral  stylet  pouches  are  imbedded  in  a  thickened  glandular 
wreath,  yellowish  in  color,  which  lies  around  the  circumference  of  the 
proboscis  in  front  of  the  stylet.  The  mass  of  muscular  tissue  surround- 
ing the  basis  of  the  central  stylet  is  unusually  thickened,  and  this  ne- 
cessitates an  unusually  long  canal  leading  from  the  posterior  chamber 
to  the  stylet  region.  In  each  of  the  two  specimens  sectioned  the  pro- 
boscis was  provided  with  12  nerves. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Situated  immediately  in  front  of  brain, 
but  in  the  ventral  portion  of  the  head.  The  canals  leading  to  the  ex- 
terior pass  obliquely  forward  and  downward,  and  open  on  the  antero- 
ventral  surface  near  the  tip  of  the  snout. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridia  extend  from  a  point  immediately  in 
front  of  the  brain  backward  throughout  nearly  the  whole  length  of  the 
esophagal  region.  There  is  a  single  pair  of  efferent  ducts  situated  in 
the  region  of  the  brain,  and  opening  to  the  exterior  on  the  ventro- 
lateral  aspects  of  the  body.  In  the  specimens  examined  one  of  these 
ducts  lay  as  far  forward  as  the  ventral  commissure  of  the  brain,  while 
the  other  was  situated  opposite  the  posterior  end  of  the  ventral  brain- 
lobe. 

Montgomery1  mentions  for  Z.  virescens  that  the  superficial  epithelium 
of  the  body  contains  numerous  yellowish,  sickle-shaped  bodies  situated 
among  the  epithelial  cells.  These  also  occur  in  Z.  thalassina,  but 
here  they  are  of  various  sizes,  and  differ  greatly  in  shape.  Some  are 
sickle-shaped,  others  are  rod-like  or  irregular  in  form,  and  have  every 
appearance  of  having  been  formed  in  the  gland  cells  of  the  epithelium. 

1Zoo\.  Jahrb.,  x,  p.  2,  1897. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


31 


Somewhat  similar  bodies  may  be  found  in  various  other  Metanemerteans, 
notably  in  Amphiporus  bimaculatus  and  A.  leuciodus.  Here  too  they 
appear  to  originate  as  secretions  in  the  glandular  cells  of  the  epithelium. 

The  lateral  nerve  cords  unite  above  the  posterior  end  of  the  alimen- 
tary canal  as  usual. 

The  tissues  of  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain  contain  large  numbers 
of  sub-muscular  glands  which  open  mainly  on  the  ante  rior  extremity, 
although  a  portion  of  them  open  directly  outwards.  These  sub-mus- 
cular glands  do  not  extend  back  into  the  esophagal  region  as  they  do 
in  many  other  species. 

The  intestinal  caecum  is  paired  from  its  origin.  Its  two  branches  ex- 
tend forward  on  each  side  of  the  esophagus  until  they  reach  nearly 
to  the  brain.  Here  they  bend  dorsally  (pi.  xui,  fig.  2)  and  terminate  by 
abutting  closely  against  the  posterior  ends  of  the  dorsal  brain-lobes. 

The  ova  are  large  and  opaque.  They  appeared  to  be  fully  mature 
in  June. 

Habitat. — This  species  was  found  only  at  Sitka,  where  it  was  not 
uncommon  among  hydroids,  broken  shells,  etc.,  in  clear  water. 

9.    ZYGONEMERTES   ALBIDA  sp.  nov. 
pi.  in,  fig.  2  ;  pi.  vin,  fig.  5. 

This  is  a  small,  moderately  slender  spe- 
cies, very  active  in  habits.  It  was  met  with 
only  at  Victoria,  B.  C.,  on  the  piles  of  a 
wharf.  Sexually  mature  individuals  were 
not  more  than  25  mm.  in  length.  It  was 
associated  with  Amphiporus  leuciodus, 
which  it  somewhat  resembles. 

Color. — There  are  no  markings  on  the 
body,  the  color  being  white  with  a  tinge 
of  yellow  both  above  and  below. 

Ocelli. — This  species  may  be  easily  rec- 
ognized from  other  described  forms  by  the 
arrangement  of  the  eyes  (fig.  6).  These 
are  scattered  somewhat  irregularly  on  the 
head  in  front  of  the  brain,  and  extend  back- 
ward as  a  single  row  on  each  side  along  the  FIG.  6.  Zygonemertes  al- 

lateral  nerves  for  about  two-fifths  the  length      b{da-     Outline  of  anterior 

,  ,,  ,          ,          .  rrn  11-          .1          portion    of    body   to    show 

of  the  esophagal  region.     The  ocelli  on  the  ,  J     ...     . 

arrangement  ot   ocelli,     or, 

head  are  roughly  arranged  in  two  irregular  brain  .  B>  lateral  nerve  .  /5> 
rows  on  each  side.  There  is  an  outer  row  proboscis  sheath.  X  12. 


32  COE 

of  9  to  1 2  eyes  near  each  lateral  border  of  the  snout,  and  another  row 
inside  and  somewhat  posterior  to  the  latter,  containing  about  6  small 
ocelli  on  each  side,  and  of  these  3  commonly  lie  nearly  above  the 
brain.  Back  of  the  brain  7  to  10  ocelli  occur  at  widely  separated 
intervals  above  the  lateral  nerve  on  each  side. 

Proboscis. — Proboscis  comparatively  large  ;  central  stylet  moderately 
slender  ;  basis  dark,  moderately  elongated,  of  nearly  uniform  diameter 
throughout,  and  sharply  truncated  posteriorly  (pi.  vm,  fig.  5).  Ac- 
cessory stylet  pouches  two  in  number,  each  commonly  containing  two 
or  three  moderately  slender  stylets. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Large,  and  situated  immediately  in  front 
of  brain. 

The  eggs  of  these  worms  are  few  in  number,  but  are  fully  YJ,  the 
diameter  of  the  body  in  size;  consequently  there  can  be  but  a  single 
row  on  each  side.  The  sexual  products  are  mature  in  June. 

Paranernertes  gen.  nov. 

Body  of  large  size,  rather  stout,  usually  much  rounded  in  the  eso- 
phagal  region  but  flattened  posteriorly.  Head  not  marked  off  from 
body,  of  variable  form,  in  some  states  of  contraction  often  emarginate 
in  front.  There  is  commonly  a  pair  of  inconspicuous  oblique  furrows 
back  of  head.  The  nerve  cords  and  blood  vessels  join  on  the  dorsal 
side  of  the  posterior  end  of  the  intestine. 

The  mouth  opens  into  the  rhynchodseum.  The  proboscis  sheath 
commonly  reaches  but  little  beyond  the  middle  of  the  body — in  P. 
peregrina  to  ^  the  distance  towards  the  posterior  extremity.  The 
proboscis  is  small  (P.  pallida},  of  medium  size  (P.  peregrina},  or 
large  (P.  carnea}.  There  is  a  single  central  stylet  in  the  proboscis, 
and  usually  four  or  more  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.  Some  indi- 
viduals of  P.  peregrina,  however,  have  but  two.  Ocelli  are  numer- 
ous and  minute.  The  cerebral  sense  organs  are  rather  small  and  lie  in 
front  of  the  brain.  Sub-muscular  glands  are  usually  well  developed. 

The  species  of  this  new  genus  show  considerable  resemblance  to 
those  of  Emplectonema  Stimpson.  They  differ,  however,  in  general 
shape  and  appearance  of  body,  never  being  very  long  or  slender,  and 
individuals  do  not  coil  their  bodies  into  a  mass  as  those  of  Emplecto- 
nema are  so  prone  to  do.  The  proboscis  is  much  larger  and  the 
central  stylet  is  always  well  developed.  The  proboscis  sheath  is  also 
much  longer.  In  many  respects  the  genus  resembles  Amphiporus. 
The  body  is  much  longer,  however,  and  not  nearly  so  contractile,  the 
proboscis  is  not  nearly  so  large,  and  the  proboscis  sheath  is  not  so  long. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  33 

The  armature  of  the  proboscis  resembles  that  in  some  species  of  Am- 
phiporiis. 

Paranemertes  is  represented  on  the  coast  of  Alaska  by  at  least 
three  species. 

10.    PARANEMERTES   PEREGRINA  sp.  nov. 

pi.  n,  fig.  6 ;  pi.  in,  fig.  5  ;  pi.  vn,  fig.  7. 

Body  moderately  elongated,  flattened  below,  rounded  on  dorsal  sur- 
face ;  anterior  portion  slightly  more  slender  than  middle  region ;  pos- 
terior tapering  gradually  to  extremity. 

Head  very  variable  in  shape,  commonly  wider  than  the  portion  of 
body  immediately  following ;  flattened,  sometimes  sharply  demarcated 
by  lateral  constrictions.  Tip  of  snout  pointed,  rounded,  or  emargi- 
nate  according  to  the  state  of  contraction.  On  each  side  of  the  head 
is  an  inconspicuous  V-shaped  furrow,  with  the  ends  pointing  ob- 
liquely forward  above  and  below.  The  upper  limb  of  the  furrow 
reaches  into  the  dark  color  of  the  dorsal  surface,  where  it  is  sometimes 
conspicuous  from  its  light  color. 

Color. — The  color  varies  considerably  as  may  be  seen  from  a  com- 
parison of  pi.  n,  fig.  6,  and  pi.  in,  fig.  5,  but  is  commonly  homo- 
geneous dark  brown,  orange  brown,  or  purplish  brown  above  and  on 
the  sides,  while  the  ventral  surface  is  opaque  white  or  whitish  yellow. 
In  most  specimens  the  dark  purple  of  the  dorsal  surface  encroaches 
considerably  on  the  ventral  surface,  shading  gradually  into  whitish  or 
yellowish.  Seen  from  the  ventral  surface  therefore  the  worms  appear 
dull  white  or  yellowish  white,  with  a  wide  border  of  dark  purple. 
Oftentimes  the  whitish  color  occupies  scarcely  more  than  the  median 
third  of  the  ventral  surface.  Anteriorly  the  whitish  color  covers  the 
whole  ventral  surface,  and  on  the  head  it  covers  also  the  sides  and 
front.  The  head  is  dark  purplish  brown  above,  bordered  in  front  and 
laterally  by  the  light  color  of  the  ventral  surface.  At  the  posterior 
border  of  the  head  is  a  small  angular  spot  on  each  side  corresponding 
in  color  with  that  of  the  ventral  surface.  Behind  the  head  is  a  nar- 
row, V-shaped,  dorsal  marking,  usually  of  lighter  color,  with  its  ends 
pointing  forward  and  outward.  In  paler  individuals  the  pinkish 
color  of  the  brain  lobes  can  be  distinguished.  The  natural  color  oi 
the  body  is  well  retained  in  formalin  or  alcohol. 

Size. — Individuals  of  all  sizes  from  20  to  400  mm.  were  met  with, 
but  the  most  common  size  was  about  150  mm.  in  extension.  The 
width  was  commonly  about  5  mm. 


34 


COE 


rangement  of 
ocelli.  Dorsal 
surface.  X  6. 


Ocelli. — Numerous  minute  eyes  are  arranged  in  two  groups  on  each 
side  (fig.  7).  Of  these,  an  anterior  group  of  12  or  more  small  pig- 
ment spots  are  scattered  along  each  side  of  the  antero-lateral  margin, 
while  about  as  many  more  occupy  an  irregular  cluster  on 
each  side  just  in  front  of  the  brain.  These  latter  ocelli 
are  usually  well  separated  from  the  anterior,  or  mar- 
ginal groups. 

Proboscis. — Proboscis  of  medium  size  (as  in  Amphi- 
porus},  slightly  yellowish,  and  usually  everted  when  the 
animal  is  killed.  The  extruded  proboscis  is  short  and 
thick  with  an  unusually  slender  posterior  chamber.  The 
armature  (pi.  vii,  fig.  7)  consists  of  a  small,  slender, 
sharply  pointed  central  stylet,  and  with  either  2  or  4 

FIG.  7.  Par-    Couches  of  reserve  stylets.     The  basis  of   the  central 
anemertes  per-  .        .  ..          .      ..    .    .  .  , 

O         stylet  is  very  small  and  slightly  enlarged  posteriorly ; 

ifne  of  anterior  tne  reserve  stylets  are  slender  and  sharp  like  the  central 
portion  of  body  one,  and  commonly  number  from  6  to  10  in  each  pouch, 
to  show  the  ar-  When  four  pouches  are  present  the  number  of  stylets  in 
each  is  as  great  as  when  there  are  only  two  pouches. 

The  mouth  and  proboscis  open  together,  but  the 
rhynchodaeum  is  short.  The  proboscis  sheath  reaches 
about  three-fourths  the  length  of  the  body,  or  sometimes  more  than 
three-fourths.  In  each  of  four  specimens  sectioned  there  were  14  con- 
spicuous nerves  in  the  proboscis.  The  proboscis  has  a  remarkably  nar- 
row ring  of  gland  cells  on  the  periphery  near  the  posterior  end  of  the 
basis  of  the  central  stylet. 

A  crowded  mass  of  multicellular  glands  occupies  the  anterior  por- 
tion of  the  head.  The  anterior  ones  open  on  the  tip  of  the  snout.  In 
the  brain  region  they  open  mostly  on  the  lateral  surfaces  of  the  body, 
while  farther  back,  and  in  the  esophagal  region,  they  assume  the 
character  of  sub-muscular  glands.  No  difference  in  appearance  is  no- 
ticeable between  the  cephalic  glands  and  those  in  the  esophagal  region. 
They  are  present  in  the  esophagal  region  only  about  as  far  back  as 
the  openings  of  the  nephridia.  Throughout  their  course  they  open  to 
the  exterior  (by  innumerable  ducts  which  pass  through  the  muscular 
and  basement  layers)  on  the  ventro-lateral  aspects  of  the  body. 

Alimentary  canal. — A  pair  of  slender  branches  of  the  intestinal 
caecum  reach  forward  nearly  to  the  brain  commissures  and  lie  well 
above  the  lateral  nerve  cords.  At  about  the  point  of  the  nephridial 
openings  these  branches  pass  ventrally  and  occupy  a  position  beneath 
the  esophagus.  Another  pair,  coming  forward  from  behind,  take 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  35 

their  places.  The  ventral  branches  join  to  form  the  main  median 
caecum,  from  which  short  branches  pass  obliquely  forward  and  dor- 
sally  at  intervals.  In  cross  section  two  pairs  of  branches  are  usually  seen 
besides  the  main  caecum.  One  pair  of  these  lies  above  and  one  be- 
low the  lateral  nerves.  They  are  disposed  in  such  a  way  that  one  pair 
ends  at  about  the  point  where  the  second  pair  anteriorly  originates. 
The  branches  are  only  irregularly  arranged  in  pairs.  The  esophagus 
opens  into  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  main  caecum. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridia  occupy  the  anterior  z/$  of  the  esoph- 
agal  region.  They  are  large,  with  numerous  branches  lying  above  the 
lateral  nerves,  and  frequently  passing  internally  to  the  nerves  and  be- 
neath the  esophagus.  They  reach  forward  nearly  to  the  brain.  At 
about  1/3  of  their  distance  posteriorly  the  main  nephridial  tubes,  lying 
above  the  lateral  nerves  increase  greatly  in  size  and  a  pair  of  remark- 
ably large  efferent  ducts  pass  externally  to  the  lateral  nerves  to  open  on 
the  lateral  aspects  of  the  body  slightly  below  the  lateral  margins.  The 
main  duct  reaching  posteriorly  from  this  point  is  larger  than  that  in 
front. 

Blood  -vessels. — There  is  a  pair  of  large  blood  lacunae  in  the  head  as 
usual ;  they  join  anteriorly  by  a  broad  anastomosis.  The  three  longitu- 
dinal vessels  are  well  developed  to  the  end  of  the  body  where  they  an- 
astomose above  the  anus.  Sometimes  the  dorsal  vessel  lies  beside  or 
even  above  the  proboscis  sheath  throughout  a  portion  of  its  course, 
instead  of  below  the  sheath  as  usual. 

Nervous  system  and  sense  organs. — The  cerebral  sense  organs  lie 
well  in  front  of  the  brain,  and  external  to  the  blood  lacunas.  They 
open  into  a  slight  furrow  on  the  lateral  aspects  of  the  head  a  little  an- 
terior to  their  own  position.  The  lateral  nerves  form  a  commissure 
above  the  anus  as  usual. 

Reproductive  organs. — The  sexual  products  were  nearly  mature  in 
June  and  July.  They  are  formed  in  numerous  pouches  which  sur- 
round the  intestinal  canal  on  all  sides.  In  a  male  as  many  as  twenty 
sexual  pouches  were  seen  in  a  single  section.  They  open  directly  to 
the  exterior,  whatever  be  their  position. 

Habitat. — This  is  a  restless  Nemertean,  and  on  cloudy  days  was  fre- 
quently met  with  crawling  about  over  the  stones  on  the  beach  between 
tides — which  peculiarity  has  suggested  its  specific  name.  It  was  found 
abundantly  at  nearly  all  the  collecting  stations  from  Victoria,  B.  C.,  to 
Unalaska  Island,  and  is  one  of  the  commonest  Nemerteans  of  the  coast. 
It  occurs  from  low  tide  well  up  toward  high  water  mark  in  every 
variety  of  location — under  stones,  among  seaweeds,  barnacles,  mus- 


36  COE 

sels,  etc.  The  individuals  are  very  voracious  feeders,  and  were  taken 
not  infrequently  with  partially  swallowed  Chaetopods.  Their  tenacity 
of  life  is  remarkable — they  will  live  for  days  in  a  small  quantity  of 
filthy  water. 

ii.    PARANEMERTES   PALLIDA  sp.  nov. 

Pl.  VII,  fig.  3;  Pl.  XII,  fig.    I. 

Body  rather  large,  stout,  rounded,  and  almost  cylindrical  anteriorly, 
somewhat  flattened  behind  when  extended ;  head  variable  in  shape, 
not  sharply  marked  off  from  portions  immediately  following,  at 
certain  states  of  contraction  emarginate  in  front.  A  pair  of  incon- 
spicuous oblique  furrows  back  of  head.  When  contracted  the  worms 
are  nearly  cylindrical  and  of  about  the  same  diameter  throughout,  ex- 
cept at  the  extremities,  both  of  which  are  pointed. 

Color. — The  \vhole  body,  both  above  and  below,  is  commonly  uni- 
form opaque  white,  sometimes  showing  traces  of  yellowish  or  reddish 
tints,  especially  in  the  anterior  portions. 

Ocelli. — Ocelli  minute  and  numerous.  In  ordinary  states  of  con- 
traction they  are  arranged  in  a  pair  of  elongated,  irregular  clusters  on 
the  antero-lateral  margins  of  the  head.  The  number  of  such  ocelli  is 
sometimes  30  or  more  in  each  of  the  two  clusters. 

Proboscis. — Small,  short,  and  unusually  slender  (pi.  xn,  fig.  i).  Its 
armature  consists  of  a  moderately  slender  central  stylet  and  usually  4 
pouches  of  accessory  stylets.  The  basis  of  the  central  stylet  is  mod- 
erately slender,  slightly  constricted  near  its  middle  portion,  rounded 
behind,  and  of  approximately  equal  length  with  the  stylet  (pi.  vn,  fig. 
3).  There  are  commonly  two  accessory  stylets  in  each  of  the  4 
pouches.  The  chambers  posterior  to  the  stylet  apparatus  are  remark- 
ably narrow. 

The  mouth  opens  into  the  rhynchodseum.  The  proboscis  sheath 
extends  but  little  beyond  the  middle  of  the  body,  and  sometimes  not  so 
far  as  the  middle.  One  specimen  had  9  nerves  in  the  proboscis  ;  an- 
other had  10.  These  nerves  do  not  all  enter  the  proboscis  from  the 
ventral  side,  as  they  do  in  Amphiporus  angulatus,  but  those  supply- 
ing the  dorsal  portion  enter  direct  from  that  side. 

Closely  packed  sub-muscular  glands  are  present  on  the  right  and 
left  sides  of  the  body,  and  extend  well  inward  towards  the  median  line. 
Their  ducts  pierce  the  musculature  and  other  layers  of  the  body  walls 
mainly  on  the  latero-ventral  aspects  of  the  body.  Twenty  or  more 
are  frequently  met  with  in  a  single  section.  These  glands  occupy  also 
the  region  in  front  of  the  brain,  and  extend  backward  in  decreasing 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  37 

numbers  to  the  commencement  of  the  intestinal  region.  In  front  of 
the  brain  is  a  large  and  irregular  cluster  of  glands,  which  open  ante- 
riorly on  the  tip  of  the  snout. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Situated  in  front  of  brain,  and  near  latero- 
ventral  margins  of  head.  The  ducts  which  place  them  in  communi- 
cation with  the  exterior  run  obliquely  forward  and  downward,  and 
open  immediately  on  the  surface. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  canals  extend  from  near  the  brain 
throughout  almost  the  entire  esophagal  region.  The  main  trunks  lie 
above  the  lateral  nerve  cords,  and  send  off  numerous  branches  both 
ventral  and  dorsal  to  the  nerves.  There  is  a  single  pair  of  remarkably 
large  efferent  ducts  opening  just  below  the  lateral  margins  of  the 
body,  and  slightly  anterior  to  the  middle  of  the  esophagal  region.  In 
one  series  of  sections  these  ducts  are  so  precisely  paired  that  both  ap- 
pear in  a  single  section  (pi.  xn,  fig.  i).  The  efferent  ducts  pass 
from  above  obliquely  downwards  and  external  to  the  nerve  cords. 

The  blood- vascular  system  consists  of  cephalic  lacunae,  and  anasto- 
mosing longitudinal  vessels,  as  in  related  genera. 

The  intestinal  caecum  does  not  reach  forward  nearly  to  the  brain. 
There  are  comparatively  few  lateral  diverticula  (pi.  xn,  fig.  i). 

The  lateral  nerve  cords  unite  above  the  posterior  end  of  the  intestine. 

Paranemertes  pallida  was  found  only  at  Yakutat  and  at  Sand  Point 
on  Popof  Island,  and  few  specimens  were  obtained.  These  were 
about  150  mm.  to  250  mm.  in  length,  and  perhaps  5  mm.  in  width. 
They  were  found  between  tides  under  stones  covered  with  algae. 

12.    PARANEMERTES   CARNEA  sp.  nov. 
pi.  in,  figs.  3,  4;  pi.  vn,  fig.  4;  pi.  vin,  fig.  7. 

This  species  was  found  to  be  extremely  variable  in  size,  shape  of 
body,  and  head,  and  especially  in  the  armature  of  the  proboscis.  As 
shown  in  pi.  in,  figs.  3  and  4,  the  body  is  rather  stout,  rounded  in 
the  esophagal  region,  flattened  both  above  and  below  posteriorly,  and 
ending  rather  abruptly  behind.  The  head  is  very  variable  in  shape, 
being  pointed,  rounded,  broadened,  or  emarginate  in  front,  according 
to  its  state  of  contraction.  It  is  most  commonly  a  little  broader  than 
the  parts  immediately  following,  and  is  not  distinctly  marked  off, 
although  a  slight  oblique  furrow  on  each  side  is  sometimes  seen  behind 
the  brain.  From  the  dorsal  surface  the  furrows  of  the  two  sides  give 
the  appearance  of  a  very  faint  V-shaped  marking  with  the  angle  pro- 
jecting backward  in  the  median  line.  A  little  farther  forward,  as 
seen  in  pi.  vin,  fig.  7,  a  pair  of  shallow  furrows  occupies  the  sides  of 


COE 


the  head.  These  are  also  V-shaped  with  the  angle  projecting  back- 
ward on  the  lateral  margins.  The  ventral  limb  of  each  V-shaped  fur- 
row reaches  nearly  to  the  opening  of  the  rhynchodzeum  ;  on  the  dorsal 
surface  the  ends  of  the  dorsal  limbs  are  separated  by  about  y§  the 
diameter  of  the  body  in  ordinary  states  of  contraction  (fig.  8). 

In  microscopic  sections  the  V-shaped  grooves  on  each  side  of  the 
head  are  conspicuous,  because  of  their  differentiated  epithelium.  In 
these  shallow  depressions  the  epithelial  cells  are  of  smaller  size,  more 
slender  in  form,  and  seem  to  partake  more  of  the  nature  of  sensory 
cells.  In  these  grooves  the  ordinary  glandular  cells  are  wanting.  In 
the  ventral  limb  of  each  V-shaped  groove  opens  the  tube  which  places 
the  cerebral  sense  organs  in  communication  with  the  exterior. 

Ocelli. — There  are  commonly  20  to  32  eyes  on  the  head  arranged 
in  4  more  or  less  distinct  clusters,  though  their  relative  positions  change 
with  the  contraction  of  the  head.  The  two  anterior  clusters  contain 
about  4  to  6  eyes  each,  and  occupy  the  antero-lateral  margins  of  the 
head  (figs.  8,  9).  The  posterior  clusters  lie  directly  back  of  these, 


FIG.  8.  FIG.  9. 

FIGS.  8  and  9.  Paranemertes  carnea.  8.  Outline  of  head  from  dorsal  sur- 
face showing  arrangement  of  ocelli.  The  two  pairs  of  lateral  indentations  indi- 
cate the  lateral  and  dorsal  furrows.  X  8.  9.  Outline  of  the  head  when  extended. 
Dorsal  surface,  showing  arrangement  of  ocelli.  X  6. 

and  immediately  in  front  of  the  brain.  Each  of  these  clusters  contains 
8  to  12  scattered  ocelli.  An  individual  from  Taku  Harbor  had  6 
ocelli  in  each  anterior  cluster,  and  10  in  each  posterior  one.  Another 
specimen  had  only  3  or  4  eyes  in  each  of  the  four  clusters,  but  in  this 
case  the  ocelli  were  larger.  A  specimen  from  Popof  Island  had  3 
large  eyes  in  each  anterior,  and  6  to  8  in  each  posterior  cluster ;  one 
from  Virgin  Bay  had  6  in  each  anterior,  and  7  in  each  of  the  others, 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  39 

and  had  3  single  eyes  between  the  anterior  and  posterior  clusters, 
while  one  from  Yakutat  had  3  large  ocelli  in  a  row  on  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  head,  and  a  pair  of  scattered  clusters  of  8  to  12  eyes 
each  in  front  of  the  brain.  When  the  head  is  contracted  so  that  it  is 
emarginate  in  front,  the  arrangement  of  the  eyes  into  clusters  disap- 
pears, and  they  are  then  all  scattered  irregularly  on  the  antero-lateral 
margins.  Figs.  8  and  9  show  the  general  arrangement  of  the  eyes. 

Color. — The  whole  body,  both  above  and  below,  is  a  homogeneous, 
very  pale  red  or  flesh-color  (pi.  in,  figs.  3,  4),  and  is  entirely  with- 
out markings  except  for  a  longitudinal  median  line  of  deeper  red, 
showing  the  position  of  the  proboscis  sheath,  and  the  deeper  color  of 
the  intestinal  lobes.  In  some  specimens  the  reddish  color  was  more 
pronounced  anteriorly,  and  some  were  very  pale.  The  intestinal  lobes 
are  seen  through  the  clear  tissues  of  the  body  walls  as  narrow,  trans- 
verse markings,  slightly  darker  than  the  rest  of  the  body.  The  reddish 
color  of  the  brain  and  lateral  nerves  is  often  conspicuous  from  the 
dorsal  surface  (pi.  in,  fig.  3). 

Size. — Individuals  were  seen  which  were  500  mm.  long  in  greatest 
extension,  although  the  majority  were  less  than  half  this  length. 

Proboscis. — Mouth  and  proboscis  open  together  through  a  subter- 
minal  pore.  The  proboscis  is  large  (pi.  vni,  fig.  7)  and  of  moderate 
length.  The  short  proboscis  sheath  does  not  reach  far  beyond  the 
middle  of  the  body.  The  armature  of  the  proboscis  shows  marked 
variations.  The  size  and  shape  of  the  central  stylet  and  its  basis, 
however,  remain  fairly  constant.  The  central  stylet  is  of  the  regular 
Amphiporus  type,  is  moderately  slender,  and  rests  on  a  moderately 
slender  basis.  The  basis  is  slightly  narrower  in  front  and  is  rounded 
behind  (pi.  vn,  fig.  4).  The  number  of  pouches  of  accessory  stylets 
is  commonly  from  6  to  12.  One  specimen  had  12  of  these  pouches, 
each  with  one  or  two  slender  stylets ;  each  of  two  others  had  six 
pouches  with  two  stylets  in  each  pouch.  Three  specimens  had  each 
twelve  nerves  in  the  proboscis,  while  a  fourth  specimen  had  but 
eleven. 

Cerebral  sense-organs. — Unusually  small  and  situated  some  distance 
in  front  of  brain-lobes.  They  occupy  positions  very  close  to  the  ven- 
tro-lateral  borders  of  the  head,  and  beneath  the  cephalic  blood  lacunae. 

Nephridia  profusely  branched,  and  extending  throughout  the  greater 
portion  of  esophagal  region,  though  they  do  not  reach  the  brain. 
Their  numerous  branches  ramify  both  above  and  below  the  lateral 
nerve-cords,  and  several  efferent  ducts  of  small  size  lead  to  the  exterior 
from  both  the  dorsal  and  ventral  branches.  There  may  be  about  five 


40  COE 

pairs  of  efferent  ducts,  all  of  which  open  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  lateral  nerves.  In  one  series  of  sections  a  small  efferent  duct  from 
one  of  the  branches  above  the  lateral  nerve  was  followed  only  two  sec- 
tions farther  back  by  a  similar,  though  larger,  duct  from  a  branch  below 
the  lateral  nerve  on  the  same  side.  The  nephridia  end  posteriorly  near 
the  point  where  the  esophagus  opens  into  the  intestine. 

Sub-muscular  glands  of  limited  number  lie  between  the  muscula- 
ture and  the  intestine  and  proboscis  sheath.  These  glands  are  closely 
packed  together  in  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain ;  back  of  this  point 
they  become  widely  scattered,  although  they  do  not  cease  entirely  until 
back  of  the  esophagal  region. 

A  short  intestinal  caecum  with  a  few  wide  lateral  diverticula  extends 
forward  beneath  the  esophagus.  This  cascum  is  shorter  than  in  most 
species  of  the  genus,  and  does  not  reach  nearly  to  the  brain.  The 
esophagus  also  is  short  and  opens  directly  into  the  dorsal  wall  of  the 
intestine. 

A  pair  of  large  blood  lacunas  occupies  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head 
as  usual. 

The  lateral  nerves  and  longitudinal  blood  vessels  join  above  the  pos- 
terior end  of  the  alimentary  canal,  as  in  most  species. 

Reproductive  glands  in  both  male  and  female  are  very  numerous, 
and  are  situated  both  above  and  below  the  intestine.  They  open  di- 
rectly to  the  surface,  as  could  be  determined  from  their  rudimentary 
ducts,  although  the  sexual  products  were  very  immature  in  June  and  July. 

Habitat. — This  species  is  conspicuous  because  of  its  clear,  rosy  or 
flesh-like  color,  which  is  all  the  more  striking  in  contrast  with  the  black 
mud  in  which  it  is  usually  found.  It  occurs  between  tides  in  muddy 
locations  over  a  large  portion  of  the  southern  Alaska  coast.  It  was 
collected  at  Taku  Harbor,  Sitka,  Yakutat,  Prince  William  Sound,  and 
Popof  Island,  although  only  a  few  were  found  at  each  locality.  Usually 
but  one  or  two  specimens  were  found  in  several  hours'  digging. 

Amphiporus  Ehrenberg. 
Symbolce  Physical,  Berlin,  1831. 

This  is  by  far  the  most  common  genus  on  the  Alaska  coast,  and  to  it 
belong  six  of  the  thirty  species  of  Nemerteans  collected. 

The  genus  Amphiporus  includes  mostly  rather  stout,  solid,  often 
flattened  forms,  usually  of  considerable  size,  which  are  capable  of  an 
almost  incredible  amount  of  extension  and  contraction.  A  few  forms, 
however,  are  long  and  cylindrical,  even  when  contracted,  but  others 


ALASKA     NEMERTEANS 


41 


can  contract  until  the  body  becomes  almost  barrel-shaped.  The  worms 
can  neither  swim  nor  roll  up  spirally. 

Proboscis. — Provided  with  a  single,  well-developed  central  stylet, 
with  a  cartridge-shaped  basis,  and  with  two  or  more  pouches  of  acces- 
sory stylets.  The  proboscis  sheath  usually  reaches  nearly  or  quite  to 
the  end  of  the  body. 

Ocelli, — Usually  present  in  very  considerable  numbers.  A  few 
forms  are  without  eyes,  and  a  few  others  have  but  a  single  pair — there 
are  never  4.  The  eyes  do  not  extend  far  behind  the  brain. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Usually  well  developed.  Their  position 
is  most  commonly  in  front  of  the  brain,  but  they  are  sometimes  beside 
or  even  behind  the  ganglia. 

13.  AMPHIPORUS   ANGULATUS   (Fabr.)  Verrill. 
pi.  vi,  fig.  4 ;  pi.  vn,  figs.  2,  2a ;  pi.  xi,  fig.  2  ;  pi.  xm,  fig.  3. 

Fasciola  angulata  O.  FABRICIUS,  Miiller's  Verm.  Terrest.  et  Fluv.,  i,  p.  58, 

1774. 

Omatoplea  stimpsonii  GIRARD,  in  Stimpson,  Invert,  of  Grand  Manan,  Smith- 
sonian Contributions  to  Knowledge,  p.  28,  1853. 

Nareda  superba  (?)  GIRARD,  loc.  cit. 

Cosmoccphala  beringiana  STIMPSON,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  p. 
165,  1857. 

Ai'iphiporus  angulatus  (FABR.)  VERRILL,  Marine  Nemerteans  of  New  Eng- 
land, Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  p,  10,  1892. 

"  This  large  and  conspicuous  species  is  gen- 
erally easily  recognized  by  its  clear  dark  purp- 
lish or  chocolate-brown  color  above,  with  pale 
margins  and  a  trapezoidal  or  triangular  white 
spot  on  each  side  of  the  head  and  usually  with 
a  narrow  white  line  across  the  neck  ;  and  by  the 
pinkish  or  flesh-colored  lower  surface.  Ocelli 
in  two  or  more  rows  in  an  elongated  groove  on 
each  antero-lateral  margin  of  the  head,  and  a 
pair  of  small  sub-dorsal  clusters  on  the  transverse 
white  nuchal  band."  (Verrill,  loc.  cit.)  The 
arrangement  of  the  eyes  and  markings  on  the 
head  of  the  Alaska  specimens  are  shown  in  iig. 
10  and  in  pi.  vi,  fig.  4.  In  ordinary  state  of 
contraction  the  body  is  rather  short  and  stout. 
When  disturbed  it  can  become  so  greatly  thick- 
ened anteriorly  that  its  transverse  diameter  is  fully  y$  as  great  as  its 
length.  In  extension  the  body  is  but  moderately  elongated,  and  is 
relatively  broad  and  flat.  It  contracts  very  much  as  does  a  leech. 


FIG.  10.  Amphi- 
porus  angulatus.  Dor- 
sal view  of  anterior  por- 
tion of  body  showing 
markings  on  the  head 
and  the  arrangement  of 
ocelli.  X  8- 


42  COE 

The  Alaska  specimens  are  commonly  larger  than  have  been  recorded 
elsewhere,  often  measuring  200  mm.  or  more  in  length  and  10  mm.  in 
width. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  is  large,  thick,  and  pale  reddish  or 
salmon  in  color.  The  smallest  specimen  collected  had  17  nerves  in 
the  proboscis;  four  other  specimens  examined  had  each  18  probos- 
cidial  nerves,  one  had  19  nerves,  and  two  others  had  20  each.1  This 
shows  more  strikingly  than  has  previously  been  pointed  out  that  the 
number  of  nerves  in  the  proboscis  is  variable  to  a  very  considerable  ex- 
tent. Burger2  has  shown  that  Drepanoporus  crassus  may  have  19  or 
20  nerves,  and  D.  spectabilis  24  or  26.  Nevertheless  in  the  other 
Alaska  species  the  number  has  been  found  surprisingly  constant.  The 
number  of  nerves  in  any  particular  proboscis  remains  perfectly  con- 
stant so  far  as  I  have  observed  from  the  anterior  end  back  as  far  as  the 
stylet  region.  Here  they  break  up  into  a  plexus  and  lose  their  iden- 
tity. The  nerves  in  A.  angulatus  enter  the  proboscis  at  its  anterior 
attachment  and  in  its  ventral  portion  (pi.  xi,  fig.  2).  They  then 
divide  into  their  definite  number  of  branches  (usually  18)  which  pass 
obliquely  dorsally  and  arrange  themselves  symmetrically  on  the  periph- 
ery. The  proboscis  sheath  extends  within  a  few  sections  of  the  pos- 
terior end  of  the  body. 

The  armature  of  the  proboscis  is  made  up  of  a  moderately  slender 
central  stylet,  and  (usually)  two  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.  The 
basis  of  the  central  stylet  is  about  as  long  as  the  stylet  itself.  It  is 
moderately  slender,  constricted  near  its  middle  (pi.  vn,  figs.  2,  2«), 
enlarged  and  rounded  posteriorly.  Each  reserve  pouch  commonly 
contains  5  to  7  rather  slender  stylets,  similar  in  size  and  shape  to  the 
central  stylet. 

Ocelli. — Numerous  and  characteristic  in  arrangement.  The  dark 
pigment  on  the  head,  however,  often  renders  them  difficult  of  accurate 
determination.  Girard3  states  for  Omatoplea  stimpsonii  that  there  are 
six  or  more  minute  eyes  "  situated  in  an  oblique,  simple  row,  on  either 
side  of  the  head  anteriorly."  The  same  author  (loc.  cit.)  describes 

JOf  eight  specimens  of  this  species  from  Eastport,  Maine,  one  had  but  17 
nerves  in  the  proboscis,  six  had  18  each,  and  one  had  19  or  20.  Other  anatom- 
ical details  in  the  eastern  form  agree  perfectly  with  those  of  specimens  from 
Alaska.  I  have  recently  examined  a  number  from  the  original  locality  of  Stimp- 
son's  C.  beringiana  (Bering  Strait),  and  have  no  doubt  as  to  the  specific  identity 
of  this  form  with  that  from  southern  Alaska  and  from  Eastport,  Maine. 

2  Fauna  u.  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel.  Monogr.  22,  Nemertinen,  p.  372, 
1895. 

3 Marine  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  Smithsonian  Contr.  to  Knowledge,  p.  28,  1853. 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  43 

Nareda  superba  as  having  but  a  single  pair  of  rounded  ocelli  situated 
wide  apart  on  the  transverse  white  band  of  the  neck.  It  seems  highly 
probable,  as  Verrill  suggests,1  that  both  of  the  species  are  identical ; 
in  the  one  case  only  the  marginal  eyes  were  seen,  while  in  the  other 
the  cerebral  clusters  were  supposed  to  represent  single  eyes  and  the 
marginal  ones  were  overlooked.  Verrill l  describes  the  eyes  correctly, 
and  his  diagnosis  of  the  species  is  so  full  and  accurate  that  it  is  neces- 
sary to  describe  here  the  internal  anatomy  only.  A  pair  of  elongated 
clusters  of  ocelli  lies  on  the  antero-lateral  margins  of  the  head,  and  an- 
other smaller  cluster  on,  or  near,  the  angular  white  spot  on  each  side 
of  the  head.  As  shown  in  fig.  10,  each  of  the  anterior  clusters  may 
contain  upwards  of  20  ocelli  arranged  in  two  or  more  irregular  rows 
nearly  parallel  with  the  antero-lateral  margin  of  the  head,  while  the 
posterior  groups  may  consist  of  8  to  15  similar  ocelli.  The  posterior 
groups  are  situated  deep  in  the  tissues  of  the  head.  Of  course  the 
number  of  ocelli  varies  greatly  in  different  individuals. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Well  developed.  They  lie  a  little  in  front 
of  the  brain,  beside  the  esophagus,  and  below  the  cephalic  blood 
lacunas.  Each  sense  organ  has  a  wide  canal  which  leads  a  short  dis- 
tance anteriorly  and  opens  to  the  exterior  on  the  latero-ventral  aspect 
of  the  body.  The  brain  itself  is  of  large  size,  with  a  thick  ventral 
and  narrow  dorsal  commissure  (pi.  xi,  fig.  2). 

Nephridia. — The  nephridia  extend  from  near  the  brain  (pi.  xi, 
fig.  2)  well  backward  in  the  esophagal  region.  In  one  specimen  there 
were  two  pairs  of  efferent  ducts  opening  on  the  latero-ventral  aspect 
of  the  body ;  in  another  only  one  pair. 

Cephalic  glands. — The  cephalic  glands  open  on  the  tip  of  the  snout 
and  are  well  developed.  Sub-muscular  glands,  likewise,  are  remark- 
ably abundant.  They  reach  from  the  brain  region  well  back  towards 
the  end  of  the  esophagus.  They  are  multicellular,  each  one  being 
composed  of  upwards  of  a  score  of  large,  vacuolated  cells  with  small 
nuclei  situated  on  the  side  farthest  from  the  lumen.  Each  gland  has 
a  twisted  duct  leading  through  the  muscular  layers,  basement  membrane, 
and  integument,  and  opening  to  the  exterior  on  the  ventro-lateral  aspects 
of  the  body  (pi.  xi,  fig.  2). 

Beneath  the  esophagus  a  broad  caecal  appendage  of  the  intestine 
stretches  forward  well  toward  the  brain  region.  This  caecum  consists 
of  a  large  median  canal  with  pouch-like  diverticula  extending  dorsally 
above  the  lateral  nerve  cords. 

There  is  the  usual  anastomosis  of  the  three  longitudinal  vessels,  and 

1  Marine  Nemerteans  of  New  England,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  vm,  p.  12,  1892. 


44 


COE 


of  the  pair  of  lateral  nerve  cords  (pi.  xiu,  fig.  3),  above  the  hind  gut 
and  slightly  in  front  of  the  anus.  As  seen  from  the  figure,  the  union 
of  the  blood  vessels  is  directly  dorsal  to  that  of  the  nerve  cords. 

The  reproductive  glands  occur  both  above  and  below  the  alimentary 
canal.  Sexual  products  were  not  nearly  mature  in  June  and  July. 

Habitat. — The  species  is  extremely  abundant  along  the  whole 
Alaska  coast  as  far  west  as  Unalaska  Island,  and  Stimpson  records  it 
from  Bering  Strait.  It  is  found  under  stones  between  tides  in  all  sorts 
of  situations.  Stimpson's  specimens  came  from  a  depth  of  five 
fathoms.  The  species  is  found  on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America 
from  Massachusetts  Bay  to  Greenland  (Verrill,  loc.  cit.*). 

14.    AMPHIPORUS  BIMACULATUS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  i,  fig.  4;  pi.  v,  fig.  10 ;  pi.  vm,  fig.  2  ;  pi.  xn,  fig.  2. 

Body  rather  short,  broad,  and  flattened  both  above  and  below.  Head 
narrower  than  parts  immediately  following.  Body  of  about  the  same 
width  and  thickness  throughout  esophagal  and  intestinal  regions. 
Posterior  extremity  tapers  rather  abruptly  to  the  pointed  or  rounded  end. 
Opening  of  rhynchodaeum  situated  on  subterminal  portion  of  snout. 
From  near  this  opening  a  pair  of  slits  pass  obliquely  backward  and 
upward  behind  the  eyes  to  the  brain  region. 

Color. — The  color  of  this  species  is  very  striking.  The  whole  dor- 
sal surface  back  of  the  head  is  deep  brownish  orange,  somewhat  paler 
behind.  The  head  is  without  color,  or  of  a  very  much  paler  color 
than  the  rest  of  the  dorsal  surface,  and  in  the  center  of  this  pale  area 
two  oval,  black  or  very  dark  brown  spots  lie  side  by  side.  These  are 
very  characteristic,  and  are  conspicuous  even  in  alcoholic  specimens. 
The  black  spots  sometimes  occupy  a  considerable  portion  of  the  pale 
area,  and  are  sometimes  sharply  angular  in  front  (pi.  i,  fig.  4).  In  the 
median  line  of  the  body  the  color  is  slightly  paler  than  elsewhere  and 
in  the  center  of  this  paler  stripe  is  a  dark,  but  inconspicuous,  longi- 
tudinal line.  The  pale  stripe  and  dark  line  both  fade  out  at  a  point 
about  y§  the  distance  towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  The 
brain  lobes  appear  as  pinkish  bodies  just  posterior  to  the  black  cephalic 
spots.  The  whole  ventral  surface  is  of  a  homogeneous,  pale  orange 
or  flesh  color,  with  the  exception  of  pinkish  spots  marking  the  position 
of  the  brain,  and  a  slightly  paler  stripe  below  the  anterior  portion  of 
the  proboscis  sheath. 

Ocelli. — The  eyes  are  rather  large,  and  number  25  to  30  or  up- 
wards on  each  side  (fig.  n).  The  majority  lie  in  an  irregular  margi- 
nal row  beside  and  in  front  of  each  of  the  black  cephalic  spots.  At 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  45 

the  posterior  end  of  each  marginal  cluster  the  ocelli  are  more  closely 
and  more  irregularly  placed,  and  often  occupy  several  rows.  In  ad- 
dition to  these  marginal  clusters  a  closely  set  group  of  about  a  half 
dozen  smaller  ocelli  is  situated  in  the  light  area  lateral  to  the  posterior 
end  of  each  of  the  dark  cephalic  spots.  These  ocelli  lie  deeper  in  the 
tissues  of  the  head,  and  near  the  brain  (pi.  i,  fig.  4). 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis   is  remarkably  large,  and  its  constituent 
layers   are    very  sharply   defined    (pi.    xn,    fig.   2).     The    proboscis 
sheath  has  a  correspondingly  massive  development, 
and  reaches  to  the  very  extremity  of  the  body.     The 
stylet  apparatus  of  the  proboscis  is  very  characteris- 
tic of  the  species,  because  of  the  extreme  minuteness 
of  the  basis  of  the  central  stylet.     The  central  stylet 
itself   is  very  long  and  slender,  while  the  length  of 
its  basis  is  but   half   as  great.     The  basis   is   con- 
stricted in  the  middle,  and   is   ^  as  wide  as  long        FJG   TI 
(pi.  vm,  fig.  2).      There  are  usually  four  pouches    porus  bimaculatus. 
of  accessory  stylets.      These  pouches  are  not  evenly     Outline  of  head  to 

distributed  on  the  circumference,  for  two  lie   close  snow    position    of 

.i  •  j        f    .,  1-1  markings    and    ar- 

together  on  one  side  of  the  proboscis,  the  other  two  , 

L  rangement  of  ocelli. 

on   the   opposite   side.      There   are   usually  five  to     \/  5. 
seven  slender  stylets  in  each  of  the  four  pouches. 
Most  of  the  stylets  are  much  smaller  than  the  central  stylet.     Measure- 
ments of  the  stylets  of  one  individual  about  100  mm.  long  are :  central 
stylet  .12  mm.  long,  .015  mm.  wide  near  base;   basis  of  central  stylet, 
.06  mm.  long,  .04  mm.  wide  ;  largest  accessory  stylet,  less  than  .1  mm. 
long.     The  proboscis  is  provided  with  16  large  nerves  (pi.  xn,  fig.  2). 

The  mouth  and  proboscis  open  together.  There  are  three  large 
communicating  blood  lacunae  in  the  head,  one  on  the  right,  one  on  the 
left,  and  one  dorsal  to  the  rhynchodaeum. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Remarkable  for  their  large  size,  being 
fully  as  large  as  either  of  the  brain  lobes.  They  lie  lateral  to  the 
brain,  slightly  behind  the  commissures,  and  in  the  angle  between  the 
dorsal  and  ventral  lobes.  A  large  process  from  the  posterior  end  of 
the  dorsal  lobe  furnishes  the  sense  organs  of  the  same  side  with  an 
abundant  innervation.  Their  posterior  ends  extend  backwards  beyond 
the  dorsal  brain  lobes,  against  the  posterior  faces  of  which  they  are 
closely  pressed.  Behind  the  dorsal  brain  lobe  the  sense  organs  lie 
directly  dorsal  to  the  lateral  nerve-cords  and  are  bathed  on  their 
internal  borders  by  large  blood  lacunae.  A  section  through  this  point 
is  not  very  different  from  a  corresponding  section  of  a  Heteronemer- 


46  COE 

tean.  Of  the  Alaska  Metanemerteans  here  recorded  this  is  the  only 
one  in  which  the  cerebral  sense  organs  lie  posterior  to  the  brain  com- 
missures. The  canal  by  which  each  sense  organ  communicates  with 
the  exterior  is  of  large  size,  runs  anteriorly  in  front  of  the  brain,  and 
opens  on  the  ventro-lateral  aspect  of  the  head. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridia  reach  forward  close  to  the  posterior  ends 
of  the  cerebral  sense  organs.  Anteriorly  there  is  a  tangle  of  small 
vessels,  but  farther  back  these  unite  into  a  single  large,  branched 
canal  which  runs  close  beside  the  blood  vessels  above  the  lateral  nerve 
on  each  side.  From  these  canals  a  pair  of  large  efferent  ducts  pass 
above  the  lateral  nerve  cord,  and  open  to  the  exterior  of  the  body  just 
below  the  lateral  margin. 

Sub-muscular  glands. — Present  along  anterior  portion  of  esophagal 
region,  but  not  very  abundant. 

A  broad  and  profusely  branched  intestinal  ccecum  runs  forward 
from  the  intestine  well  toward  the  brain  region.  The  caecum  lies  well 
beneath  the  esophagus  and  sends  off  numerous  pouch-like  branches 
dorsally  above  the  lateral  nerve  cords. 

Reproductive  glands. — These  occur  both  above  and  below  the  intes- 
tinal canal.  Although  the  sexual  products  were  very  immature  in  one 
of  the  specimens  sectioned,  yet  the  efferent  ducts  of  the  glands  were 
formed  as  far  outward  as  the  basement  layer  of  the  cutis.  Here  each 
duct  ended  in  a  swollen  chamber  lined  with  cylindrical  epithelial  cells. 

Size. — The  individuals  of  this  species  varied  from  40  to  150  mm.  in 
length.  The  largest  were  about  6  mm.  wide  and  2  mm.  thick. 

Habitat. — The  species  was  collected  at  Victoria,  B.  C.,  on  the 
piles  of  the  wharf;  at  Sitka  among  hydroids,  etc.,  near  low  water  (W. 
E.  Ritter),  and  a  finely  preserved  specimen  from  Puget  Sound,  State 
of  Washington,  was  given  me  by  Prof.  Trevor  Kincaid. 

15.    AMPHIPORUS   TIGRINUS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  iv,  figs.  5-8;  pi.  vin,  fig.  4;  pi.  x,  figs.  3,  4. 

Body  moderately  slender,  rounded  throughout,  head  not  marked  off 
from  parts  immediately  following,  rather  narrow  and  pointed  in  front ; 
posterior  extremity  of  body  narrow.  On  each  side  of  the  head  is  a 
shallow,  inconspicuous,  oblique  groove. 

Color. — In  June,  at  the  time  the  specimens  were  collected,  the 
sexual  products  were  fully  mature,  and  the  species  showed  marked 
sexual  color  varieties.  The  prevailing  color  of  the  females  was  yel- 
lowish orange  both  above  and  below,  but  except  in  the  esophagal  re- 
gion, this  color  was  to  a  great  extent  obscured  by  the  dark  olive  green 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  47 

color  of  the  mature  ova.  These  ova  developed  in  large  pouches  on 
each  side  of  the  body,  and  each  pouch  with  its  contents  appeared  as  a 
dark  green  spot.  In  many  cases  several  adjacent  pouches  lie  nearly 
in  contact,  giving  the  external  appearance  of  dark  green  blotches. 
Seen  directly  from  the  dorsal  surface  the  green  spots  appear  on 
each  side  in  more  or  less  regular  pairs,  those  of  the  two  sides  being 
separated  by  an  interrupted,  narrow,  longitudinal,  median  band  of 
yellow.  From  the  sides  the  ovaries  appear  as  irregular  transverse 
stripes  of  dark  green  alternating  with  the  yellow  color  of  the  body — 
hence  the  specific  name,  tigrinus.  The  males  are  much  less  deeply 
colored.  They  are  pale  yellowish  with  a  slight  tinge  of  green,  and 
the  spermaries  appear  as  innumerable  cream-colored  specks.  Both 
males  and  females  have  a  narrow,  longitudinal,  median  band  of  brown- 
ish on  the  anterior  dorsal  portion  of  the  body.  After  preservation  in 
alcohol  both  sexes  assume  a  greenish  color,  which  is  retained  even  after 
mounting  in  balsam. 

Ocelli. — The  eyes  are  numerous,  and  are  arranged  in  two  irregular, 
and  scarcely  separated,  clusters  on  each  side  of  the  head  in  front  of 
the  brain.  The  individual  ocelli  are  so  irregular  in  shape,  so  variable 
in  size,  and  so  closely  massed  together,  that  it  is  difficult  to  determine 
their  precise  number.  Many  of  them  appear  as  ragged  pigment 
masses.  Commonly,  however,  there  are  a  dozen  or  more  of  such 
ocelli  in  each  of  the  anterior  clusters,  and  perhaps  8  to  10  in  each  of 
the  posterior  ones.  The  ocelli  of  the  anterior  clusters  are  scattered 
through  the  tissues  of  the  head  from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  surface. 
Some  of  the  ocelli  are  three  times  as  large  as  are  others.  In  contraction  all 
the  eyes  of  the  same  side  form  a  single  confused  cluster.  Because  of 
their  variability  of  position  no  drawing  is  given  of  their  arrangement. 

Proboscis. — The  long  and  well  developed  proboscis  is  provided 
with  a  remarkably  weak  armature.  This  consists  of  a  small  central 
stylet  and  two  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.  The  central  stylet  is 
small  and  short,  but  is  acutely  pointed.  Its  massive  basis,  double  the 
length  of  the  central  stylet  itself,  is  short,  thickened,  and  rounded  be- 
hind (pi.  vin,  fig.  4).  In  a  worm  75  mm.  long,  the  central  stylet 
measured  about  .075  mm.  in  length;  the  basis  was  .15  mm.  long  and 
.075  mm.  in  average  diameter.  The  accessory  stylets  are,  like  the 
central  stylet,  short,  broad  at  the  base,  but  sharply  pointed.  They 
usually  number  about  five  to  each  pouch.  The  glandular  wreath 
about  the  stylet  is  well  developed,  and  in  the  specimens  examined  is 
deep  green  in  color  even  after  mounting  in  balsam.  The  proboscis 
sheath  reaches  nearly  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body. 


48  COE 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Smaller  than  in  most  species  of  the  genus. 
They  are  situated  slightly  in  front  of  the  brain,  but  are  well  separated 
from  it  because  they  lie  near  the  ventro-lateral  border  of  the  head. 
The  canals  placing  them  in  communication  with  the  exterior  are,  con- 
sequently, extremely  short.  Each  canal  opens  into  the  shallow, 
oblique  furrow  on  the  side  of  the  head.  The  posterior  ends  of  the 
sense  organs  lie  beneath  the  anterior  borders  of  the  ganglia,  but  much 
nearer  the  ventral  surface.  A  pair  of  large  nerves  given  off  from  the 
dorsal  ganglia  opposite  their  commissure  connect  with  the  sense  organs. 
The  lateral  nerve  cords  unite  above  the  posterior  end  of  the  intestine 
as  usual. 

The  body  cavity  in  the  esophagal  region  is  filled  with  an  unusually 
large  amount  of  gelatinous  tissue,  which  occupies  the  considerable 
space  between  the  muscular  layers  and  the  esophagus  and  proboscis 
sheath  (pi.  x,  fig.  4).  In  this  gelatinous  tissue  the  lateral  nerves  are 
situated,  and  through  it  a  complex  system  of  blood  vessels  and  nephri- 
dial  canals  ramifies. 

The  intestinal  caecum  is  very  broad  and  has  but  short  lateral  diver- 
ticula.  It  lies  wholly  beneath  the  esophagus,  and  the  branches  do 
not  extend  above  the  lateral  nerves.  The  caecum  ends  anteriorly  far 
behind  the  brain  region.  The  esophagus  becomes  very  small  before 
it  empties  into  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  broad  intestine. 

The  attachment  of  the  proboscis  to  the  tissues  of  the  head,  the  posi- 
tion of  the  rhynchodaeum  and  its  openings  into  the  esophagus  and  pro- 
boscidial  cavity,  the  position  of  the  dorsal  and  ventral  brain  commis- 
sures, the  cephalic  glands  and  other  organs  are  shown  in  pi.  x,  fig.  4. 

The  sexual  products  are  mature  in  June.  The  whole  body  becomes 
distended  with  the  pouches  of  sexual  elements,  and  the  cavity  of  the 
alimentary  canal  is  much  reduced  in  consequence.  The  ova  are  large 
and  deep  olive-green. 

The  length  of  the  specimens  obtained,  both  males  and  females,  was 
about  75  to  100  mm.  in  extension. 

Habitat. — This  species  was  met  with  only  at  Farragut  Bay,  where 
it  occurred  under  stones  in  muddy  locations  at  about  half  tide. 

16.    AMPHIPORUS   NEBULOSUS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  iv,  fig.  i  ;  pi.  vm,  fig.  6;  pi.  xi,  fig.  i. 

Body  short,  rather  broad,  and  much  flattened ;  narrower  anteriorly 
than  in  the  intestinal  region,  and  tapering  gradually  posteriorly. 
Mouth  sub-terminal ;  head  pointed  or  expanded  in  front,  according  to 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  49 

state  of  contraction.  A  V-shaped  furrow  is  present  on  each  side  of 
the  head  near  the  tip ;  the  angles  of  these  furrows  point  obliquely 
forward  above  and  below. 

Color. — Dull  white  or  pale  yellowish  on  dorsal  surface;  very 
thickly  mottled  with  confluent  dark  brown  blotches  and  dots  which 
largely  obscure  the  ground  color.  Margins  of  the  head  without  spots. 
There  are  faint  indications  of  a  pair  of  transverse 
lines  without  color — one  near  the  tip  of  the  snout 
and  the  other  near  the  brain  region,  the  latter  some- 
times becoming  a  shallow,  irregular,  V-shaped  fur- 
row. Ventral  surface  dull  white  or  yellowish, 
without  markings  other  than  deeper  yellow  spots 
which  indicate  the  positions  of  the  genital  sacs,  pIG  I2 
and  the  darker  color  of  the  intestinal  canal.  riis  nebulosus.  Out- 

Ocelli. — On  each  side  of  the  head  are  from  18     line  of   the  head  to 

to    25   ocelli,  arranged   in  three  irregular  groups     show  arrangement  of 

/£.  x        /-,,  ,,  ••  f    .,         ocelli.      Dorsal   sur- 

(ng.    12).     Close  to  the  anterior  border  of   the     , 

snout  are  4  or  5  large  cup-shaped  ocelli  on  each 
side.  Behind  these  and  bordering  each  lateral  margin  are  about  8 
much  smaller  eyes  in  an  irregular  group,  while  3  or  4  small  eyes  are 
scattered  between  these  and  the  anterior  group.  Behind  each  lateral 
group,  and  not  far  in  front  of  the  brain,  about  7  to  10  small  ocelli  lie 
in  an  irregular  cluster  deeper  in  the  substance  of  the  head,  and  are 
therefore  less  easily  visible. 

Size. — The  specimens  obtained  measured  100  to  150  mm.  in  length, 
and  5  mm.  in  width.  The  esophagal  region  is  short,  rounded  above, 
flattened  below,  and  thicker  than  the  intestinal  region. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  sheath  reaches  nearly  to  the  extreme  end 
of  the  body.  Proboscis  thick,  fairly  large,  and  white.  It  is  provided 
with  17  nerves.  Basis  of  central  stylet  very  much  broadened  poste- 
riorly (pi.  vm,  fig.  6),  flat  or  even  emarginate  behind,  narrow  in  front. 
Central  stylet  as  long  as  the  basis,  slender,  acutely  pointed.  Accessory 
stylets  in  two  pouches ;  similar  to  central  stylet,  but  sometimes  very 
slightly  curved ;  commonly  3  in  each  pouch.  The  pouches  lie  well 
behind  the  central  stylet  in  ordinary  extension  (pi.  vm,  fig.  6) .  Wreath 
of  gland-cells  surrounding  basis  of  central  stylet  moderately  broad. 

In  the  brain  region  (pi.  xi,  fig.  i)  and  for  some  distance  posteriorly 
an  abundance  of  large  multicellular  glands  are  thickly  placed  in  the 
ventro-lateral  aspects  of  the  body,  and  are  mostly  situated  among  the 
fibers  of  the  longitudinal  muscular  layer.  Behind  the  brain  these  sub- 
muscular  glands  become  so  closely  packed  together  that  the  muscular 


50  COE 

layer  is  divided  into  an  outer  and  an  inner  portion  in  the  region  where 
the  glands  are  situated.  The  ducts  from  the  glands  (pi.  xi,  fig.  i, 
smg)  pass  through  the  muscular  layers  and  basement  membrane  to 
open  to  the  exterior  among  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  integument. 
These  glands  become  smaller  and  more  scattered  near  the  region  of  the 
nephridial  openings,  but  do  not  disappear  entirely  until  near  the  end 
of  the  esophagal  region. 

Alimentary  canal. — The  mouth  and  proboscis  open  together  into 
the  rather  long  rhynchodaeum.  The  esophagus  is  as  usual  in  the  genus. 
A  single  pair  of  small  intestinal  caeca  reach  forward  well  toward  the 
brain  region.  They  lie  immediately  below  the  esophagus,  and  near 
the  middle  line.  Farther  back  they  join  a  median,  broad,  unpaired 
caecum.  This  has  wide,  paired,  lateral  outgrowths  which,  still  farther 
back,  alternate  with  clusters  of  reproductive  glands.  These  lateral  ap- 
pendages of  the  caecum  lie  mostly  above  the  reproductive  glands,  as 
well  as  alternate  with  them.  Much  farther  back  the  esophagus  de- 
creases greatly  in  size  and  opens  into  the  intestine  by  a  longitudinal 
slit  in  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  latter.  The  intestinal  pouches  are  rather 
deep  ;  the  anus  is  subterminal. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  canals  reach  anteriorly  nearly  to  the 
region  of  the  brain,  where  there  is  a  single  branched  longitudinal  ves- 
sel on  each  side.  Throughout  the  greater  part  of  its  length,  this  main 
canal  lies  above  the  lateral  nerve  cord,  but  sometimes  lies  internal  to 
it  or  above  it.  In  the  anterior  third  of  the  esophagal  region  the  main 
canal  becomes  very  large ;  here  an  efferent  duct  branches  off,  passes 
outside  the  lateral  nerve,  and  bends  downward  to  open  on  the  exterior 
of  the  body  on  the  ventro-lateral  aspect.  There  is  but  one  efferent 
duct  on  each  side,  and  the  two  are  sometimes  exactly  paired.  Back  of 
the  efferent  ducts,  the  nephridial  canals  decrease  rapidly  in  size,  and 
disappear  far  in  front  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  intestinal  region. 

A  pair  of  large  blood  lacunae  lie  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head 
as  usual.  In  the  brain  region  they  divide  into  numerous  smaller  ves- 
sels (pi.  xi,  fig.  i).  The  lateral  vessels  form  a  broad  anastomosis  with 
the  dorsal  vessel  above  the  anus. 

Nervous  system  and  sense  organs. — The  dorsal  ganglia  are  closely 
fused  with  the  ventral.  They  are  without  distinct  posterior  lobes,  and 
sink  gradually  into  the  ventral  ganglia  (pi.  xi,  fig.  i).  The  cerebral 
sense  organs  are  well  developed.  They  lie  in  front  of  the  brain, 
some  distance  ventrally  from  the  dorsal  ganglia,  and  communicate  with 
the  exterior  by  a  canal  which  opens  ventro-laterally.  Each  sense 
organ  is  lobulated  posteriorly  and  provided  with  a  large  nerve  (son, 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  51 

pl.  xi,  fig.  i)  which  arises  from  the  ventral  side  of  the  dorsal  ganglion 
near  the  ventral  commissure.  The  union  of  the  lateral  nerve  cords 
above  the  anus  lies  in  the  same  section  as  the  anastomosis  of  the  three 
longitudinal  blood  vessels.  A  pair  of  small  nerves  from  the  lateral 
cords  continues  backward  beyond  the  commissure  to  the  end  of  the 
body. 

Reproductive  organs. — The  sexual  glands  first  make  their  appear- 
ance in  the  esophagal  region  at  the  point  where  the  unpaired  intesti- 
nal caecum  receives  its  pair  of  anterior  branches.  Those  sexual 
glands  which  are  situated  most  anteriorly  lie  below  the  alimentary 
canal,  internal  to  the  lateral  nerves,  and  open  on  the  ventral  surface  of 
the  body.  Farther  back  are  commonly  four  or  five  reproductive 
pouches  in  a  single  section.  These  lie  mainly  below  the  intestine, 
but  no  matter  what  their  position  they  all  open  to  the  surface  of  the 
body  below  the  lateral  margins.  Those  lying  farthest  from  the  mid- 
dle line  and  above  the  lateral  nerves  open  ventrally  between  the  nerve 
cords  and  the  lateral  margins.  Sexual  products  appear  to  be  fully 
mature  in  July. 

Habitat. — Beneath  stones  near  low  water  at  Kukak  Bay,  Alaska 
Peninsula  (T.  Kincaid). 

17.    AMPHIPORUS    LEUCIODUS  sp.  nov. 

pl.  vii,  fig.  6. 

Body  usually  not  more  than  50  to  75  mm.  in  length,  slender,  elon- 
gated, flattened  posteriorly,  not  capable  of  great  contraction.  Head 
narrower  than  parts  immediately  following.  An  inconspicuous  V-- 
shaped furrow  on  dorsal  surface  back  of  head,  seen  only  under  favor- 
able conditions. 

This  species  resembles  young  individuals  of  A.  exilis,  with  which 
it  is  often  associated.  It  is  likewise  similar  in  many  respects  to  A. 
lactifloreus  (Johnston)  Mclntosh,  from  which  it  differs  widely  in  the 
armature  of  the  proboscis  and  in  many  other  anatomical  features. 

Color. — Opaque  white,  sometimes  with  a  pale  reddish  or  yellowish 
tinge.  This  color  is  commonly  uniform  throughout,  though  it  is  some- 
what influenced  by  the  internal  organs  which  show  through  the  body 
walls.  The  brain  is  pinkish,  the  intestine  often  brownish. 

Ocelli. — There  are  four  irregular,  but  usually  distinct  groups  of 
minute  ocelli  on  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head.  Bordering  each 
antero-lateral  margin  of  the  tip  of  the  snout  is  an  elongated  cluster  of 
about  8  to  12  ocelli  (fig.  13).  Posterior  to  these  marginal  clusters, 


COE 


FIG.  13.  Amphi- 
p  o  rus  leuciodus. 
Outline  of  anterior 
portion  of  the  body 
showing  brain  and 
arrangement  of  the 
ocelli.  X  I2- 


and  somewhat  nearer  the  median  line  is  a  pair  of  clusters,   each  of 
which  likewise  contains   8  to    12  ocelli.     These  posterior  groups  lie 

immediately  above  the  brain.  Smaller  and  evi- 
dently younger  individuals  have  but  4  to  6  eyes  in 
each  of  the  four  groups.  There  is  considerable 
variation  in  the  size  of  the  ocelli. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  sheath  reaches  nearly 
to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  The  proboscis  is 
rather  slender  but  may  be  contracted  so  that  its  di- 
ameter is  equal  to  more  than  half  that  of  the  body 
itself.  The  proboscis  is  commonly  attached  to  the 
proboscis  sheath  at  a  point  situated  from  ft  to  ^ 
the  distance  towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  body. 
The  armature  is  weaker  than  in  A.  exilis.  The 
central  stylet  is  moderately  slender  and  acutely 
pointed.  Its  basis  is  somewhat  conical  in  shape, 
contracted  slightly  toward  its  middle  portion  (pi. 
vn,  fig.  6),  and  is  rounded  at  its  larger,  posterior 
end.  It  is  slightly  longer  than  the  stylet  itself.  The  number  of 
pouches  of  accessory  stylets  is  commonly  three,  although  there  are 
sometimes  only  two,  and  occasionally  a  specimen  is  found  which  has 
four.  There  are  usually  two  or  three  stylets  in  each  pouch.  In  a  few 
instances,  however,  four  and  five  were  observed.  Where  three  pouches 
are  present,  as  is  usual,  they  are  situated  at  nearly  equal  distances  on 
the  circumference  of  the  proboscis  (pi.  vn,  fig.  6). 

Cerebral  sense  organs, — Moderately  small  and  situated  well  in  front 
of  brain  and  on  ventral  side  of  head.  They  communicate  with  the 
exterior  by  means  of  a  pair  of  "canals  which  open  on  the  latero-ven- 
tral  margins  of  the  tip  of  the  head. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridia  reach  forward  to  the  brain  region. 
There  are  several  pairs  of  efferent  ducts,  some  of  which  open  on  the 
ventral,  and  some  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  body.  In  one  of  the 
specimens  sectioned  the  first  pair  of  efferent  ducts  extended  from  the 
internal  side  of  the  lateral  nerve  cords  and  opened  directly  to  the 
latero-ventral  aspect  of  the  body  after  passing  on  the  -ventral  side  of 
the  nerve  cords.  A  little  farther  back  in  the  esophagal  region  were 
two  efferent  ducts  on  one  side  and  one  on  the  other  which  passed  above, 
and  externally  to  the  nerve  cords  to  open  likewise  below  the  lateral 
margins.  In  the  remainder  of  the  esophagal  region  were  three  more 
efferent  ducts  on  each  side.  With  one  exception  all  of  these  passed 
above  the  lateral  nerves  and  opened  on  the  dorso-lateral  surfaces  of  the 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  53 

body  as  in  A.  exilis.  Another  specimen  had  7  efferent  ducts  on  the 
left  side  and  8  on  the  right.  Of  those  opening  on  the  left  side  the 
four  anterior  ones  passed  dorsally  to  the  nerve  cord  and  then  bent  ven- 
trally  to  open  on  the  ventro-lateral  aspect  of  the  body ;  the  fifth  one 
opened  very  near  the  lateral  margin,  and  the  last  two  opened  on  the 
dorso-lateral  surface.  On  the  right  side  the  four  anterior  ducts  opened 
ventro-laterally,  and  the  four  posterior  ones  opened  on  the  dorso-lateral 
surface.  The  nephridia  extend  backward  beyond  the  first  few  pairs 
of  reproductive  glands.  Here,  then,  we  find  the  connecting  links  be- 
tween the  typical  Amphiporus  nephridium  (which  passes  above  arid 
external  to  the  lateral  nerve  and  then  bends  downward  to  open  on  the 
ventro-lateral  aspect  of  the  body),  and  the  type  of  nephridium  which 
is  characteristic  of  A.,  exilis  and  the  Heteronemerteans,  and  which 
opens  directly  on  the  dorso-lateral  aspect  of  the  body. 

Sub-muscular  glands  are  closely  packed  together  in  front  of  the 
brain  and  in  the  brain  region.  They  are  not  found  farther  posteriorly, 
and  in  this  respect  the  species  differs  markedly  from  A.  exilis. 

The  intestinal  ccecum  reaches  forward  well  toward  the  anterior  end 
of  the  esophagal  region.  The  main  caecal  cavity,  which  lies  directly 
beneath  the  esophagus,  sends  off  numerous  lateral  pouches  above  the 
lateral  nerves,  and  at  its  anterior  end  branches  into  lateral  diver- 
ticula  which  extend  forward  on  each  side  as  far  as  the  brain  re- 
gion. 

Reproductive  glands. — The  genital  products  mature  in  June  in  the 
region  of  Victoria,  B.  C.  The  ova  develop  in  sacs  which  are  regu- 
larly arranged,  and  extend  from  the  posterior  third  of  the  esophagal 
region  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  The  ovaries,  in  all  cases 
noticed,  were  situated  immediately  above  the  lateral  nerves.  In  the 
intestinal  region  they  alternate  with  the  intestinal  lobes  with  a  great 
deal  of  regularity.  Their  efferent  ducts  occupy  positions  on  the  latero- 
dorsal  aspects  of  the  body  exactly  corresponding  to  those  of  the  poste- 
rior efferent  nephridial  ducts.  The  ducts  from  the  ovaries,  however, 
pierced  only  the  longitudinal  muscular  layer,  and  did  not  penetrate  the 
circular  muscular  layer  of  the  body  wall.  These  rudimentary  genital 
ducts  are  further  distinguished  from  the  nephridial  ducts  by  lacking  a 
conspicuous  epithelial  lining. 

Habitat. — These  slender  whitish  worms  were  found  in  great  abun- 
dance beneath  barnacles  and  other  growths  on  the  piles  of  the  wharf 
at  Victoria,  B.  C.  They  were  found  less  abundantly  under  stones  be- 
tween tides  at  New  Metlakahtla  and  in  Glacier  Bay,  but  were  not 
noticed  farther  northwest. 


54 


COE 


1 8.    AMPHIPORUS   EXILIS  sp.  nov. 

pi.  in,  fig.  I  ;  Pi.  vii,  fig.  5  ;  pi.  xi,  fig.  3. 

Body  extremely  elongated  for  the  genus,  rounded  throughout ;  not 
capable  of  the  great  contraction  which  characterizes  many  species  of 
the  genus ;  only  moderately  flattened ;  posterior  extremity  slender. 
Head  usually  narrower  than  esophagal  region.  The  general  shape  of 
the  body  resembles  that  of  Emplectonema.  In  shape  of  body,  as 

well  as  in   color  and  habits,  this  species,  like  the 
last,  recalls  A.  lactifloreus  (Johnston)   Mclntosh. 
Its  anatomical  structures  are,  however,  very  differ- 
ent, as  will  be  seen  from  the  following  description. 
Ocelli. — Exceedingly    numerous     and     minute. 
They  are  arranged  on  the  head  in  four  elongated 
clusters  (fig.  14).    Two  of  these  clusters  lie  on  each 
antero-lateral  margin  of  the  head,  while  the  two 
FIG.  14.  Ampki-     Other  groups  lie  more  posteriorly  (just  in  front  of 
°  the  brain),  and  extend  from  near  the  middle  line 

obliquely  outward  and  backward.     Sometimes  the 
two  posterior  clusters  are  united    in  front  into  a 
continuous  V-shaped  group.     The  number  and  dis- 
tribution of  these  eyes  is  indicated  by  the  following  table,  which  shows 
the  numbers  found  in  ten  individuals  : 


sal  view  of  head  to 
show  arrangement 
of  ocelli.  X  8. 


No.  of  ocelli  in 

anterior  clusters. 

No.  in  posterior  clusters. 

Right. 

Left. 

Right.             Left. 

I. 

12 

ii 

15                     17 

2. 

16 

17 

26                    28 

3- 

18 

19 

33                   30 

4- 

23 

23 

32                   31 

5- 

25 

24 

40                   42 

6. 

25 

26 

52                   46 

7- 

28 

26 

45                   46 

8. 

35 

37 

54                   45 

9- 

35 

35 

5i                    53 

10. 

60 

56 

7i                    73 

In  the  specimens  examined,  therefore,  the  number  of  ocelli  in  the 
front  clusters  varied  from  1 1  to  60,  that  in  the  posterior  clusters  from 
15  to  73.  The  average  in  the  10  individuals  is  about  28  in  each  an- 
terior cluster,  and  41  in  each  posterior  group. 

All  the  ocelli  are  minute,  but  nevertheless  very  irregular  in  size,  some 
being  several  times  as  large  as  others.  From  the  ventral  surface  the 
anterior  marginal  clusters  only  are  seen. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  55 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  sheath  is  long  and  slender.  Even  in  this 
elongated  species  it  reaches  within  a  few  millimeters  of  the  posterior  end 
of  the  body.  The  proboscis  also  is  slender,  though  of  moderately  large 
size.  It  reaches  well  backward  in  the  body.  The  armature  of  the 
proboscis  is  especially  remarkable.  The  central  stylet  is  moderately 
slender,  rather  small,  and  rests  on  a  moderately  heavy  basis.  The 
basis  is  somewhat  conical  in  form,  and  rounded  posteriorly  (pi.  vu,  fig. 
5).  In  addition  to  the  central  stylet  there  are  usually  8  pouches  of  ac- 
cessory stylets  (pi.  vu,  fig.  5),  though  the  number  varies  from  6  to 
12.  In  each  pouch  are  one  or  two  slender  stylets.  Often  there  is  a 
single  fully  developed  stylet,  and  a  second,  immature  stylet  in  most  of 
the  pouches.  The  proboscis  is  usually  extruded  when  the  animal  is 
killed. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Situated  far  in  front  of  brain — nearly  at 
end  of  snout  when  the  head  is  contracted — and  fairly  well  developed. 
Their  canals  open  on  antero-lateral  borders  of  tip  of  snout. 

The  blood-vascular  system  resembles  that  in  other  species  of  the 
genus. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  system  shows  peculiar  deviations  from 
the  arrangement  usually  found  in  the  Metanemerteans.  A  pair  of 
main  canals  with  numerous  branches  runs  longitudinally  above  the 
lateral  nerve  cords,  as  in  other  species.  These  reach  forward  well 
toward  the  brain  and  extend  posteriorly  far  into  the  intestinal  region. 
Their  branches  ramify  both  above  and  below  the  lateral  nerve  cords. 
The  number  and  position  of  the  efferent  ducts  is  remarkable — there  are 
commonly  20  or  more  on  each  side.  The  first  is  near  the  anterior  end 
of  the  main  nephridial  canal,  and  sometimes  opens  on  the  ventro-lateral 
aspect  of  the  body,  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus.  Back  of  this, 
however,  were  counted  nine  other  efferent  ducts  on  each  side  in  the 
esophagal  region,  and  at  least  as  many  more  were  present  on  each  side 
in  the  intestinal  region.  These  ducts  were  mostly  small  and  opened 
on  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  body,  as  in  many  Heteronemerteans.  The 
positions  of  the  efferent  ducts  were  sometimes  immediately  above  the 
lateral  nerves,  and  sometimes  but  a  little  laterally  from  the  proboscis 
sheath.  Most  commonly,  however,  the  ducts  occupied  positions  be- 
tween these  two  extremes,  so  that  the  majority  of  the  nephridiopores 
were  situated  on  the  dorsal  surface  about  half  way  between  the  lateral 
margin  and  the  median  line  (pi.  xi,  fig.  3).  As  noted  on  page  52,  an 
approach  to  this  condition  is  found  in  A.  leuciodus.  These  appear  to 
be  the  only  species  of  the  genus,  and  indeed  the  only  Metanemerteans, 
in  which  the  nephridiopores  are  situated  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
body. 


56  COE 

The  intestinal  exeunt  is  enormously  developed.  Its  diverticula 
reach  forward  on  each  side  even  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  brain.  In 
the  brain  region  each  of  the  cascal  diverticula  appears  as  a  rounded  lobe 
on  either  side  directly  above,  and  closely  approximating  to,  the  dorsal 
brain-lobe.  Back  of  the  brain  there  are  several  rather  slender  lobes 
on  each  side.  These  lie  mainly  above  the  lateral  nerves,  but  send  off 
branches  below  the  nerves  at  frequent  intervals.  Somewhat  farther 
back  in  the  esophagal  region  these  lateral  lobes  join  the  main,  un- 
paired caecum,  which  lies  immediately  below  the  esophagus.  This 
csecum,  throughout  its  course  to  the  intestine  proper,  gives  off  nu- 
merous lateral  diverticula  on  each  side,  and  these  branch  upward 
above  the  lateral  nerve  cords  (pi.  xi,  fig.  3). 

Sub-muscular  glands, — These  occur  abundantly  in  the  brain  region, 
and  are  still  more  closely  packed  together  in  the  anterior  portion  of 
the  esophagal  region.  They  occupy  positions,  as  in  other  species,  in 
the  connective  tissues  beneath  the  musculature  in  the  latero-ventral 
regions  of  the  body.  Each  gland  is  composed  of  a  number  of  cells, 
and  each  has  a  duct  leading  through  the  layers  of  the  body  wall  to  the 
exterior  on  the  latero-ventral  aspect.  A  much  smaller  number  open 
on  the  dorsal  surface.  In  the  posterior  end  of  the  esophagal  region 
these  glands  have  almost  entirely  disappeared,  although  a  few  are  met 
with  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the  intestinal  region. 

Color, — The  color  of  the  individuals  of  this  species  is  commonly  a 
homogeneous,  opaque  white,  very  pale  flesh  color,  or  pale  yellowish- 
white.  This  color  is  continuous  throughout  the  length  of  the  body, 
both  above  and  below,  except  where  the  internal  organs  show  through. 
The  smaller  specimens  are  pale,  while  the  larger  ones  almost  always 
exhibit  a  brownish  color,  which  indicates  the  position  of  the  intestine. 
Sometimes  minute  reddish-brown  specks  are  distributed  over  the  dorsal 
surface.  Occasionally  a  worm  of  this  species  is  met  with  in  which 
the  intestinal  lobes  are  pale  orange.  The  brain  is  plainly  distinguish- 
able in  the  living  worm  because  of  its  pinkish  coloration. 

Habitat. — Amphiporus  exilis  is  one  of  the  most  common,  as  well 
as  the  most  widely  distributed  species  of  nemerteans  met  with  on  the 
expedition.  It  occurred  abundantly  at  nearly  all  the  collecting  stations 
from  Victoria,  B.C.,  to  Dutch  Harbor,  Unalaska.  The  worms  are 
restless  and  are  often  seen  crawling  over  stones  between  tides.  They 
live  among  barnacles,  mussels,  etc.,  from  low  water  well  up  to  high 
water  mark,  and  are  found  abundantly  under  stones  in  almost  all  sorts 
of  locations.  The  species  is  especially  hardy. 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  57 

Tetrastemma  Ehrenberg. 
Symbolae  Physicae,  Berlin,  1831. 

This  genus  includes  a  group  of  very  small,  slender  worms,  seldom 
more  than  20  to  30  mm.  long,  with  slightly  flattened  body,  and  usually 
with  four  well-developed  ocelli,  which  form  a  quadrangle  on  the  head. 
In  a  few  species  (cf.  T.  aberrans)  these  ocelli  are  each  replaced  by  a 
group  of  two  or  three  smaller  ones,  and  in  other  species  ocelli  are 
wanting  entirely.  The  anatomical  structures  are  very  similar  to  those 
of  Amphiporus,  and  the  distinctions  between  the  two  genera  are  not 
clearly  defined.  The  mouth  and  proboscis  open  together.  The  cere- 
bral sense  organs  lie  close  in  front  of  the  brain.  The  proboscis  sheath 
extends  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body,  and  the  proboscis  is  well  de- 
veloped, armed  with  central  stylet  and  pouches  with  accessory  stylets, 
and  usually  provided  with  ten  nerves. 

Only  three  species  of  the  genus  were  met  with  on  the  expedition, 
although  it  seems  probable  that  a  number  of  other  forms  of  these  minute 
worms  will  be  found  later. 

19.    TETRASTEMMA   BICOLOR  sp.  nov. 
pi.  i,  fig.  6. 

Body  moderately  slender,  rounded  both  above  and  below ;  much 
larger  and  longer  than  most  species  of  the  genus,  sometimes  becoming 
50  to  60  mm.  in  length  in  extension. 

Color. — This  species  is  bright  brownish-red  or  orange  the  whole 
length  of  the  dorsal  surface ;  the  whole  ventral  surface  is  pale  gray  or 
whitish.  The  anterior  border  and  lateral  margins  of  the  head,  as  well 
as  the  lateral  margins  of  the  body  for  a  short  distance  back  of  the  head, 
have  the  same  whitish  color  as  the  ventral  surface.  A  narrow,  median, 
white  stripe,  sharply  marked  off  from  the  reddish  color  of  the  dorsal 
surface,  extends  from  the  white,  anterior  border  of  the  head  nearly  to 
the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  Posteriorly  the  stripe  becomes  more 
irregular  and  is  usually  lost  near  the  posterior  extremity. 

Ocelli. — Four,  rather  large,  rounded,  arranged  nearly  in  the  form 
of  a  square. 

Proboscis. — Proboscis  sheath  and  proboscis  as  in  typical  species  of 
the  genus.  Proboscis  provided  with  a  moderately  heavy  central  stylet 
about  .075  mm.  in  length.  Basis  of  central  stylet  somewhat  conical 
in  shape,  swollen  behind,  and  about  \y2  times  as  long  as  the  stylet  it- 
self. There  are  two  pouches  of  accessory  stylets,  with  usually  three 
or  four  stylets  in  each  pouch. 


COE 


The  blood  is  dark  red,  and  the  blood  vessels  may  be  traced  in  the 
living  worm  the  whole  length  of  the  body. 

Habitat. — The  species  was  found  only  at  Kadiak,  where  it  was 
dredged  in  about  three  fathoms.  It  slightly  resembles  some  varieties 
of  T.  vermiculus  Quatrefages,  but  the  longitudinal  bands  of  dark 
pigment  between  the  two  ocelli  of  the  same  side  are  lacking,  and  the 
median  white  line  is  sharply  demarkated,  so  that  the  two  species  are 
undoubtedly  specifically  distinct. 

20.    TETRASTEMMA  ABERRANS  sp.  nov. 

This  is  a  minute  Nemertean,  the  specimens  found  not  exceeding  1 2 
mm.  in  length  in  greatest  extension.     Body  moderately  slender,  slightly 
flattened.     A  pair  of  slight  vertical  slits  on  sides  of  head. 
Color. — Pale  yellow  throughout,  both  above  and  below. 
Ocelli. — Of  moderate  size,  or  rather  small,  arranged  in  four  groups 
which  form  a  rectangle,  as  do  the  single  eyes  of  typical  species  of  the 
genus.     Each  of  the  four  groups  is  composed  of  three  to  five  ocelli  of 
variable  size.     The  two  anterior  groups  lie  well  toward  the  tip  of  the 
snout,  while  the  two  posterior  groups  lie  above  or  slightly  in  front  of 

the  brain  (fig.  15).  The  appearance  of  the  eyes 
is  such  as  to  give  at  once  an  impression  that  the 
multiple  nature  of  each  group  has  arisen  from  the 
fragmentation  of  single  ocelli.  This  I  consider  to 
be  the  case.  At  least  one  other  species  of  Tetra- 
stemma  ( T.  cruciatum  Burger )  is  known  in 
which  the  four  ocelli  are  double,  and  I  have 
often  noticed  other  species  of  the  genus — notably 
the  fresh  water  T.  rubrum  (Leidy)  — which 
showed  almost  conclusively  that  one  or  more  of 
the  six  or  seven  eyes  present  had  been  derived 
FIG.  15.  Tetrastem-  from  a  Spiitting  of  the  primary  ocelli.  In  one 

ma  aberrans.     Dorsal    .  it      ,  ,      ,   ,  .    ,         , 

,  .  instance  the  fragmentation  had  been  carried  so  far 

view  of  anterior  por- 
tion of  body,  showing  that  no  fewer  than  2O  to  3°  pigment  spots  were 
outline  of  brain  and  ar-  present. 

rangement  of  the  four  Proboscis  sheath  and  proboscis  as  in  other 
groups  of  ocelli.  X25-  Species  of  the  genus.  Mouth  and  proboscis  open 
together  ;  proboscis  sheath  reaches  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  Pro- 
boscis provided  with  a  rather  slender  central  stylet  and  basis ;  the  two 
accessory  stylet  pouches  each  with  two  or  three  stylets  of  typical  form. 
The  proboscis  possesses  twelve  nerves,  and  in  this  respect  again  shows 
a  departure  from  the  typical  Tetrastemma,  where  there  are  usually 
but  ten  proboscidial  nerves. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  59 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  canals  are  short,  and  reach  forward  to 
the  brain.  Anteriorly  each  nephridium  lies  above  the  lateral  nerve, 
but  farther  back  the  branches  ramify  both  above  and  below  the  nerve. 
Near  the  anterior  end  of  each  of  the  main  canals  a  large  efferent  duct 
passes  outside  of  the  lateral  nerve,  and  bends  downward  and  outward 
to  open  to  the  exterior  on  the  lateral  margin  of  the  body.  In  one  in- 
stance a  double  efferent  canal  was  observed. 

The  head  is  provided  with  large  cephalic  glands  which  open  on  the 
tip  of  the  snout.  The  cerebral  sense  organs  are  large.  They  lie 
mainly  in  front  of  the  brain,  although  their  posterior  ends  extend 
backward  beside  and  lateral  to  the  brain  lobes.  Each  connects  with 
the  exterior  by  a  canal  which  runs  anteriorly  to  open  on  the  lateral 
margin  of  the  head. 

A  broad  intestinal  ccecum  reaches  into  the  anterior  fourth  of  the 
esophagal  region.  It  lies  below  the  esophagus,  and  sends  off  a  few 
wide  lobes  on  each  side,  but  these  reach  dorsally  only  a  little  above  the 
lateral  nerve.  The  esophagus  opens  into  the  caecum  far  behind  the 
anterior  sexual  glands,  and  nearly  as  far  back  as  the  middle  of  the 
body.  The  reproductive  pouches  lie  both  above  and  below  the  intes- 
tine. 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  above  description,  this  species  agrees 
closely  with  the  typical  species  of  Tetrastemma  in  size,  general  appear- 
ance, and  in  the  details  of  the  internal  anatomy.  It  differs  from 
known  species  of  the  genus  only  in  the  fragmented  nature  of  its  eyes 
and  in  the  number  of  nerves  in  the  proboscis.  It  seems  extremely 
probable,  however,  that  when  more  of  the  described  species  have  been 
examined  in  this  regard,  some  of  them  will  be  found  to  contain  more 
or  less  than  ten  proboscidial  nerves.  The  eyes  certainly  resemble 
those  of  Tetrastemma  more  closely  than  they  do  those  of  any  de- 
scribed species  of  Amphtporus. 

Habitat. — Found  among  hydroids  in  about  four  fathoms  in  Glacier 
Bay,  and  between  tides  at  Orca,  Prince  William  Sound.  Not  com- 
mon. 

21.    TETRASTEMMA   C^CUM  sp.  nov. 

A  small  species  which  I  shall  refer  provisionally  to  this  genus  was 
found  by  Ritter  in  considerable  numbers  at  Kadiak.  The  species  is 
especially  remarkable,  and  quite  aberrant  from  most  other  species  of 
Tetrastemma,  both  in  lacking  ocelli  and  in  being  hermaphroditic. 
The  body  is  rounded  and  of  almost  even  diameter  throughout.  The 
head  has  a  pair  of  inconspicuous,  oblique,  lateral  furrows. 


60  COE 

Color. — The  worms  are  very  pale,  whitish  or  pale  yellowish  in  color, 
with  dark  intestinal  lobes. 

Size. — Very  small,  not  usually  more  than  5  to  10  mm.  long  and 
0.5  to  i  mm.  in  diameter  when  sexually  mature. 

Ocelli. — Wanting. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  sheath  reaches  nearly  to  the  end  of  the 
body.  The  proboscis  is  remarkable  for  its  enormous  size  as  com- 
pared with  the  size  of  the  body — when  everted  its  diameter  is  practically 
equal  to  that  of  the  body  itself,  although  it  is  then  comparatively  short. 
Its  armature  consists  of  a  central  stylet  with  rather  slender  basis,  and 
of  two  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.  The  basis  of  the  central  stylet 
is  slightly  swollen  and  somewhat  sharply  truncated  posteriorly.  Each 
pouch  contains  2  or  3  long,  slender  and  delicate  accessory  stylets. 

In  cross  section  of  the  proboscis  the  inner  and  outer  circular  muscu- 
lar layers  appear  as  usual.  The  intervening  layer  of  longitudinal  mus- 
cles, however,  is  divided  into  two  secondary  layers  separated  by  a  thick 
sheet  of  nerves  and  connective  tissue.  The  nerves  appear  to  be  more 
or  less  confluent,  and  not  separated  into  a  definite  number  of  longitudi- 
nal cords  as  in  most  other  species  of  Tetrastemma.  This  appearance 
may  be  partially  due,  however,  to  the  action  of  the  formalin  in  which 
the  worms  were  preserved. 

Sense  Organs. — The  cerebral  sense  organs  are  very  well  developed, 
and  unusually  voluminous  as  compared  with  the  other  organs  of  the 
head.  They  lie  in  front  of  the  brain,  and  extend  posteriorly  on  the 
ventral  side  of  the  brain  lobes  as  far  as  the  ventral  commissure.  Each 
sense  organ  communicates  with  the  exterior  by  a  small  canal  passing 
obliquely  forward  to  open  on  the  lateral  margin  of  the  head. 

The  brain  is  of  small  diameter,  but  its  extent  antero-posteriorly  is 
comparatively  great. 

Reproductive  organs. — The  individuals  are  hermaphroditic,  and 
probably  to  some  extent  protandric  although  there  is  considerable  varia- 
tion in  this  respect.  One  of  the  individuals  sectioned  was  filled  with 
ripe  spermaries  only,  but  all  the  others  possessed  enormous  ova,  with 
the  spermaries  disposed  irregularly.  The  mature  ova  were  fully  two- 
thirds  the  diameter  of  the  body,  and  hence  were  arranged  at  irregular 
intervals  in  a  single  row.  Where  the  ova  were  mature  the  spermaries 
were  smaller  and  contained  much  fewer  spermatozoa  than  in  those  in- 
dividuals which  were  without  large  ova.  Many  of  the  spermaries  had 
ducts  which  pierced  the  muscular  layers  to  reach  the  dorso-lateral  sur- 
faces of  the  body.  In  some  cases  where  these  ducts  were  fully  formed, 
and  the  spermatozoa  therefore  mature,  the  ova  in  the  same  individual 
were  but  half  grown.  The  sexual  products  were  mature  in  July. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  6l 


Taeniosoma  Stimpson. 

Tceniosoma  STIMPSON,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  p.  162,  1857. 
Polio,  DELLE  CHIAJE,  Mem.  sulla  storia  e  notomia  degli  anamali  senza 

vertebre  del  regno  di  Napoli,  Naples,  1823-28. 

Eupolia  HUBRECHT,  Report  of  Challenger  Exped.  Zool.,  xix,  1887. 
Eupolia  BURGER,  Fauna  u.  Flora  von  Neapel,  Monogr.  22,  p.  598,  1895. 

For  the  reasons  given  on  page  4,  it  seems  absolutely  necessary  to 
adopt  for  this  genus  the  name  given  by  Stimpson  in  1857  rather  than 
accept  that  of  Hubrecht  of  30  years  later,  even  though  most  European 
writers  have  ignored  Stimpson's  brief,  but  careful,  diagnoses. 

The  species  belonging  to  this  genus  show  a  remarkable  specific  vari- 
ation in  the  general  shape  and  size  of  the  body.  Some  are  character- 
ized by  extremely  long,  slender,  flattened,  and  much  twisted  bodies, 
while  others  are  short,  thick,  and  cylindrical.  In  all  the  species,  how- 
ever, the  head  in  life  is  rounded  in  front  and  is  sharply  marked  off 
from  the  parts  immediately  following  by  lateral  constrictions.  Hori- 
zontal furrows  are  wanting,  but  small,  oblique  or  transverse  grooves 
may  be  present  on  the  head.  In  strong  contraction  the  esophagal 
region  becomes  greatly  swollen,  the  head  is  drawn  in  (pi.  n,  fig.  4), 
so  that  the  anterior  end  of  the  body  is  large  and  shortly  truncated. 

Proboscis  sheath  and  proboscis  short,  seldom  reaching  more  than 
one-third  the  length  of  body.  Proboscis  opening  subterminal,  minute. 
Mouth  a  small  round  opening  on  the  ventral  surface  immediately  be- 
hind the  ganglia. 

Muscular  layers  of  body  composed  of  a  thick  outer  longitudinal,  a 
circular,  and  a  less  thickened  inner  longitudinal  layer.  Outside  the 
muscular  layers  is  a  well  developed  cutis,  composed  of  a  thick  inner 
layer  of  connective  tissue,  and  an  outer  layer  of  glandular  tissue.  The 
external  epithelium  is  thin,  as  compared  with  the  other  layers  of  the 
body,  though  the  fibrous  layer  separating  it  from  the  cutis  is  well  de- 
veloped. The  musculature  of  the  proboscis  consists  of  an  inner  longi- 
tudinal, and  an  outer  circular  muscular  layer.  Consequently  there  can 
be  no  muscular  crosses. 

The  cephalic  glands  are  enormously  developed.  They  stretch  back- 
ward on  all  sides  beyond  the  brain,  and  even  reach  some  distance  into 
the  esophagal  region. 

The  lateral  nerves  lie  immediately  outside  the  circular  muscular 
layer.  There  are  three  longitudinal  blood  vessels. 

Ocelli  are  usually  present  in  great  numbers,  though  very  small. 

The  worms  are  sluggish  in  their  habits,  are  unable  to  swim,  and 
usually  show  great  irregularities  in  the  diameter  of  the  body.  They 


62  COE 

are  prone  to  twist  themselves  in  sharp  coils,  or  in  knots,  and  often  lie 
in  lumps.  They  are  usually  capable  of  contracting  and  extending  their 
bodies  to  a  remarkable  degree. 

22.    TVENIOSOMA   PRINCEPS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  n,  figs.  3,  4. 

Body  of  very  large  size,  long,  thick,  largest  in  the  esophagal  region, 
cylindrical  in  anterior  portion,  flattened  on  ventral  surface  posteriorly ; 
in  contraction  nearly  cylindrical  throughout.  Head  sharply  marked  off 
from  body  in  extension,  rounded  in  front,  flattened  dorso-ventrally ;  in 
contraction  drawn  almost  entirely  into  the  parts  immediately  following, 
so  that  the  anterior  portion  of  the  body  is  greatly  swollen  and  sharply 
truncated  in  front.  In  contraction  the  anterior  end  of  the  body  is 
thrown  into  massive  folds,  and  the  whole  body  is  remarkably  short 
and  thick  (pi.  n,  fig.  4).  A  pair  of  inconspicuous,  oblique  grooves 
lies  on  the  antero-ventral  surfaces  of  the  head ;  into  these  the  canals 
leading  from  the  cerebral  sense  organs  open.  The  esophagal  region  is 
scarcely  more  than  one-twelfth  the  length  of  the  body.  In  alcoholic 
specimens  there  is  usually  a  median  ridge  on  the  dorsal  surface  run- 
ning the  length  of  the  body,  except  in  the  head  and  esophagal  regions. 

Color. — The  dorsal  surface  is  deep  ochre  yellow,  sometimes  inclin- 
ing to  orange,  and  sometimes  to  brownish,  and  thickly  strewn  with 
minute  irregular  dark  red  spots.  The  reddish  markings  are  most  con- 
spicuous near  the  anterior  end  of  the  body,  and  in  the  dorsal,  median 
line.  In  many  places  a  large  number  of  the  reddish  dots  become  con- 
fluent, and  form  an  irregular  patch  of  deeper  color.  These  patches 
commonly  occur  as  broken  longitudinal  lines.  Such  lines  are  most 
abundant  on  the  middle  of  the  dorsal  surface  where  they  form  a  median 
longitudinal  band  of  reddish-brown.  The  ventral  surface  is  paler  and 
the  reddish  markings  are  wanting.  Along  the  median  line  the  color  is 
brighter  yellow  than  elsewhere  on  the  ventral  surface.  This  is  appar- 
ently due  to  the  absence  in  this  position  of  the  opaque  intestinal  lobes. 
The  ventral  surface  often  exhibits  a  greenish  tinge  to  the  yellow  ground 
color.  The  posterior  extremity  is  pointed  and  much  paler  than  the 
rest  of  the  body. 

Size. — T.  princeps  grows  to  a  size  greater  than  has  previously 
been  described  for  any  species  of  the  genus.  The  individuals  found 
were  from  half  a  meter  to  two  meters  in  length  when  extended ;  when 
contracted,  but  a  small  fraction  of  this  length,  and  proportionately 
thick  (pi.  n,  fig.  4).  After  long  standing  in  alcohol  a  section  of  the 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  63 

body  of  one  specimen  still  measured   15  x  18  mm.     It  is  one  of  the 
largest  Nemerteans  of  the  coast. 

Ocelli. — There  are  many  minute  ocelli  arranged  in  an  irregular 
group  on  each  side  of  the  tip  of  the  head.  The  number  of  such  ocelli 
is  commonly  40  or  more  in  each  of  the  two  groups. 

The  mouth  is  a  small  rounded  pore,  and  is  situated  several  milli- 
meters back  from  the  tip  of  the  head  in  large  individuals.  The  pro- 
boscis-pore is  also  minute,  and  is  situated  subterminally  as  usual. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  sheath  reaches  some  distance  into  the 
esophagal  region,  but  is  very  short  when  compared  with  the  length  of 
the  body.  The  proboscis  is  short  and  weak.  Its  muscular  and  epi- 
thelial layers  are  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus. 

The  cephalic  glands  are  enormously  developed.  They  occupy  a 
large  proportion  of  the  area  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head,  sur- 
round the  brain  on  all  sides,  and  extend  still  further  backwards  into 
the  anterior  end  of  the  esophagal  region.  Here  they  lie  in  the  outer 
longitudinal  muscular  layer  around  the  whole  circumference  of  the  body. 

Body  'walls. — The  outer  longitudinal  muscular  layer  about  equals  in 
thickness  the  other  two  muscular  layers  combined.  In  the  intestinal 
region  the  inner  longitudinal  muscular  layer  becomes  extremely  thin  on 
the  lateral  aspects  of  the  body,  and  is  much  reduced  dorsally.  It  is  only 
on  the  ventral  side  that  this  layer  retains  its  comparative  thickness. 
The  cutis  is  thinner  than  in  most  species  of  the  genus,  and  especially 
is  this  true  of  its  inner,  fibrous  layer.  This  layer  is,  throughout  most 
of  the  body,  reduced  nearly  to  the  condition  of  a  thin  membrane.  It 
is  commonly  not  much  thicker  than  the  muscular  layer  beneath  the 
body  epithelium.  The  epithelium  itself  is  thin  in  comparison  with  the 
massive  muscular  layers  of  the  body. 

The  blood  lacunce  in  the  head  lie  directly  above  the  brain,  as  in  other 
species  of  the  genus.  They  are,  however,  remarkably  large,  and 
are  crossed  in  various  directions  by  numerous  bundles  of  muscular 
tissue,  which  tend  to  subdivide  the  lacunae  into  numerous  smaller 
spaces.  The  longitudinal  blood  vessels  are  as  usual.  The  dorsal  vessel 
passes  out  of  the  proboscis  sheath  early  in  its  course. 

Nephridia. — Situated  in  anterior  and  middle  portions  of  esophagal 
region.  Several  efferent  ducts  on  each  side.  These  are  small  in 
diameter  and  pass  above  the  nerve  cords,  opening  on  the  lateral  aspects 
of  the  body  dorsal  to  the  lateral  margins. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — The  dorsal  lobes  of  the  brain  greatly  exceed 
the  ventral  lobes  in  size,  and  lie  somewhat  lateral  as  well  as  above 
them.  The  cerebral  sense  organs  are  voluminous.  They  extend  for- 


64  COE 

ward  on  each  side,  external  and  ventral  to  the  dorsal  brain  lobes,  nearly 
as  far  as  the  ventral  commissure.  Here,  at  the  anterior  extremity  of 
each  sense  organ,  a  canal  passes  obliquely  downward  and  outward  to 
open  into  a  shallow  oblique  furrow  on  the  ventro-lateral  aspect  of  the 
head.  The  sense  organs  are  closely  united  with  the  posterior  ends  of  the 
dorsal  brain  lobes.  In  the  middle  region  of  the  brain,  the  anterior  ends 
of  sense  organs  are  triangular  in  section,  and  lie  external  and  between 
the  dorsal  and  ventral  ganglia.  Farther  back  a  glandular  appendage 
of  the  sense  organ  pushes  itself  in  between  the  internal  faces  of  the 
brain  lobes.  This  appendage  fuses  with  the  ventral  portion  of  the 
sense  organ  more  posteriorly.  The  brain  lies  deeply  buried  in  the 
tissues  of  the  head  and  nearly  in  the  median  line,  but  the  lateral  nerves 
while  still  in  the  region  of  the  cephalic  sense  organs  bend  sharply 
outward,  and  occupy  throughout  the  remainder  of  their  course  posi- 
tions immediately  external  to  the  circular  muscular  layer  of  the  body 
wall. 

The  genital  products  were  nearly  mature  in  July.  The  oviducts 
were  in  many  instances  preformed,  and  opened  on  the  dorso-lateral 
aspects  of  the  body. 

Habitat. — Only  four  individuals  of  this  species  came  under  my  ob- 
servation. One  was  collected  at  Cape  Fox  (Kincaid),  two  at 
Yakutat,  and  the  fourth  at  Orca  in  Prince  William  Sound.  All  were 
found  under  stones  in  rather  hard  mud  at  low  water.  The  individuals 
contract  strongly  when  handled,  throwing  the  surface  of  the  body  into 
wrinkles,  and  often  coil  the  posterior  portion  of  the  body  into  a  close 
spiral,  much  as  does  Cephalothrix. 

Lineus  Sowerby. 
The  British  Miscellany,  London,  p.  15,  1806. 

Representatives  of  this  genus  are  characterized  by  a  slender,  some- 
times thread-like  body,  usually  rounded  throughout.  The  body  is 
commonly  twisted  and  coiled  into  an  irregular  mass.  The  movements 
are  sluggish.  The  animals  creep  over  objects  and  readily  move  about 
on  the  surface  of  the  water,  but  they  are  unable  to  swim.  The  body 
is  extremely  contractile  ;  the  head  is  often  slightly  wider  than  the  body, 
of  oval  shape,  and  is  usually  provided  with  numerous  minute  ocelli, 
often  arranged  in  a  single  row  on  each  side  of  the  head.  A  caudal 
papilla  or  cirrus,  a  diagonal  muscular  layer,  and  neurochord  cells  are 
all  wanting.  The  proboscis  sheath  is  often  short  in  comparison  with 
the  length  of  the  body. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


23.    LINEUS   VIRIDIS  (Fabr.)  Johnston. 

Planaria  viridis  O.  FABRICIUS  in  O.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prod.,  1776  ;  Fauna 

Groenlandica,  p.  324,  1780. 

Planaria gesserensis  MULLER,  Zool.  Danica,  u,  p.  32,  1788. 
Ntmertes  obscura  DESOR,  Boston  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  vi,  pp.  i  to  12,  1848. 
Lineus  viridis  JOHNSTON,  Catalogue  British  Non-parasitical  Worms,  pp.  27, 

296,  London,  1865. 

As  stated  by  Verrill,1  there  seems  little  doubt  that  the  description  of 
this  species  sent  by  Fabricius  to  Miiller  and  published  by  him  in  the 
Zoologica  Danica,  is  entitled  to  retain  priority  in  nomenclature  instead 
of  Muller's  gesserensis  of  later  date,  which  has  been  adopted  by  most 
recent  European  writers. 

Characteristic  individuals  of  this  species  were  found  under  stones  at 
low  water  at  New  Metlakahtla,  on  Annette  Island. 

Body  moderately  slender,  rounded  throughout,  but  slightly  flattened 
posteriorly  ;  head  slightly  wider  than  the  parts  immediately  following  ; 
cephalic  slits  long  and  deep,  with  pale  margins  above  and  below, 
reaching  anteriorly  close  to  the  proboscis  pore.  The  anterior  end  of 
the  mouth  does  not  reach  quite  so  far  forward  as  the  posterior  end  of 
the  cephalic  slits.  Length  usually  100  to  200  mm. 

On  each  side  of  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain  and 
close  to  the  lateral  borders  is  a  single  row  of  minute 
ocelli  (fig.  16).  The  number  of  these  is  commonly 
from  four  to  six  on  each  side,  though  some  individuals 
have  as  many  as  eight,  and  very  young  specimens  but 
a  single  pair. 

Color. — The  Alaska  specimens  were  dusky  or  brown- 
ish green,  becoming  dark  brown  anteriorly,  and  com- 
monly paler  on  the  ventral  surface,  especially  posteriorly. 
The  head  is  very  pale  on  lateral  margins  and  in  front. 
The  brain  is  large,  reddish,  and  shows  distinctly 
through  the  pigment  of  the  body.  Cerebral  sense  or-  line  of  anterior 
gans  paler  but  easily  distinguished  in  life,  with  con-  portion  of  body 
spicuous  canals  leading  to  the  posterior  ends  of  the  of  Lincus  viri- 
cephalic  slits  (fig.  16).  dfs  showing  ar- 

Habitat. — This  species,  besides  being  found  in  Alas- 

ocelli,  and  posi- 

ka,  is  widely  distributed  in  northern  waters.     On  the  tion  of  brain,  ce- 

east  coast  of  America  it  occurs  from  Long  Island  Sound  phalic  sense  or- 

to  Greenland.     It   is  found  on  nearly  all  the  coasts  of  gans  and  mouth, 

northern  Europe.     It  has  also  been  found  in  the  Medi-  X  8. 
'Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.,  vm,  p.  421,  1892. 


66  COE 

terranean,  though  it  is  there  comparatively  rare  and  small.     It  is  usu- 
ally found  between  tides  under  stones  in  muddy  localities. 

24.    LINEUS   TORQUATUS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  v,  figs.  8,  9. 

Body  rather  thick  and  stout  for  the  genus,  somewhat  flattened 
throughout,  but  especially  posteriorly  and  on  the  ventral  surface. 
Head  short,  pointed  in  front,  somewhat  narrowed  behind,  slightly  flat- 
tened. A  slight  annular  constriction  commonly  marks  off  the  head 
region  from  that  immediately  following.  Sometimes  this  constriction 
is  very  conspicuous,  and  the  head  much  narrower  behind.  Esophagal 
region  rounded  above,  flattened  below.  Intestinal  region  commonly 
well  flattened  but  without  narrow  margins.  Posterior  end  slender. 

Cephalic  furrows  rather  short.  In  alcohol  or  formalin  they  join 
the  terminal  proboscis  pore  in  front,  but  in  life  they  are  separated  from  it. 

Ocelli. — Absent,  at  least  in  mature  individuals.  Mouth  a  minute 
pore  or  a  large  slit,  according  to  state  of  contraction ;  situated  a  little 
behind  posterior  end  of  cephalic  furrows. 

Color. — The  color  is  usually  dark,  reddish-brown,  chocolate,  or  pur- 
ple above ;  paler  and  commonly  more  reddish  beneath.  The  dorsal 
surface  is  often  flecked  with  irregular  minute,  inconspicuous  whitish 
specks.  A  narrow  transverse  white  band  passes  across  the  dorsal  sur- 
face at  the  posterior  ends  of  the  cephalic  furrows.  This  characteristic 
marking  reaches  only  to  the  lateral  edges,  and  is  not  seen  from  the  ven- 
tral surface.  The  cephalic  furrows  are  sometimes,  but  not  always, 
bordered  above  and  below  by  a  narrow  band  of  white.  Furthermore 
a  minute  white  spot  occupies  the  region  of  the  proboscis  pore.  The 
white  borders  of  the  cephalic  furrows  commonly  connect  this  white 
spot  with  the  white  transverse  dorsal  band  on  the  posterior  portion  of 
the  head.  On  the  extreme  tip  of  the  snout — in  the  white  area  around 
the  proboscis  pore — a  pair  of  small  pigment  spots  is  sometimes  pres- 
ent, one  on  each  side  of  the  proboscis  pore. 

Size. — Length  usually  200  to  400  mm.  in  extension,  width  about 
5  mm. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  is  moderately  slender  and  of  medium 
size.  It  is  without  color.  The  inner  longitudinal  muscular  layer  is 
almost  entirely  wanting ;  the  crosses  between  the  circular  layers  are 
distinct,  and  the  nervous  plexus  is  exceptionally  well  developed.  A 
single  pair  of  large  nerves  enters  the  proboscis  at  its  point  of  attach- 
ment at  its  anterior  end.  They  originate  from  the  ventral  commissure 
of  the  brain  near  the  ventral  ganglia,  enter  the  proboscis  from  the  ven- 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  67 

tral  side,  pass  backward  for  some  distance  on  the  right  and  left  sides 
respectively,  and  later  spread  out  into  a  cylindrical  plexus  immediately 
internal  to  the  muscular  layer,  and  separated  from  the  inner  epithelium 
only  by  a  few  longitudinal  muscular  and  connective  tissue  fibers. 

Glands. — The  cephalic  glands  are  very  well  developed,  and  occupy 
a  large  portion  of  the  region  of  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain,  both 
above  and  below  the  rhynchodaeum.  They  do  not  extend  posteriorly 
quite  so  far  as  the  brain. 

Nerves. — The  nervous  system  is  far  more  easily  made  out  than  in 
any  of  the  related  species  with  which  I  am  acquainted.  The  individ- 
ual nerves  are  large  and  are  sharply  defined  in  all  cases.  The  nerves 
extending  from  the  brain  toward  the  tip  of  the  snout  are  numerous 
and  are  all  of  large  size.  The  esophagal  nerves  are  also  surprisingly 
large  and  quite  conspicuous.  They  have  several  transverse  connecting 
branches  after  their  origin  from  the  ventral  ganglia.  The  most  pos- 
terior of  these  connecting  branches  occurs  just  in  front  of  the  mouth. 
In  the  mouth  region  they  communicate  in  several  instances  with  the 
lateral  nerves  by  means  of  branches  which  pass  through  the  nervous 
plexus  outside  the  circular  muscular  layer.  These  branches  from  the 
lateral  nerves  follow  the  nervous  plexus  to  the  vicinity  of  the  esophagal 
nerves,  which  they  join  by  passing  directly  through  the  circular  mus- 
cular layer.  I  do  not  know  that  such  an  anastomosis  between  the 
lateral  nerve  cords  and  the  esophagal  nerves  has  been  previously  noted 
in  any  species. 

The  median  dorsal  nerve,  situated  just  outside  the  circular  muscular 
layer,  is  unusually  conspicuous,  and  throughout  a  considerable  portion  of 
the  intestinal  region  is  supplemented  by  a  second  median  nerve  lying 
directly  beneath  the  first,  but  in  the  midst  of  the  internal  longitudinal 
muscular  layer.  Branches  connect  these  two  nerves  at  frequent  inter- 
vals. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — Voluminous.  The  canals  leading  to  the 
exterior  open  on  the  summit  of  a  broad  papilla  situated  at  the  posterior, 
widened  end  of  each  of  the  cephalic  slits. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  canals  are  of  much  greater  diameter 
than  I  have  observed  in  any  other  Nemertean.  The  canal  on  either 
side  is,  throughout  a  portion  of  its  length,  equal  to  the  lateral  nerve 
cord  in  cross  section.  The  nephridia  extend  through  the  anterior  half 
of  the  esophagal  region.  The  main  tubule  has  a  few  very  large 
branches,  and  these  lie  in  the  walls  of  the  blood  spaces  about  the  esoph- 
agus. Anteriorly  the  branches  lie  mainly  dorsal  to  the  lateral 
nerves,  but  towards  the  posterior  ends  of  the  nephridia  the  branches 


68  COE 

ramify  more  towards  the  ventral  side  of  the  esophagus.  There  is  a  sin- 
gle pair  of  efferent  ducts  which  are  of  enormous  size  as  compared  with 
those  of  other  species.  These  ducts  are  situated  at  about  two-thirds  the 
distance  towards  the  posterior  ends  of  the  nephridia,  and  open  on  the 
dorso-lateral  aspects  of  the  body  as  usual. 

Habitat. — This  species  is  common  in  mud  and  under  stones  in 
muddy  localities  at  Orca  and  Virgin  Bay  in  Prince  William  Sound, 
but  was  not  met  with  elsewhere  on  the  expedition.  The  individuals 
are  hardy  and  of  sluggish  movements.  They  do  not  break  up  nor 
contract  excessively  when  thrown  into  killing  fluid,  and  the  proboscis 
is  not  usually  everted  when  the  animal  is  killed.  Some,  especially 
the  smaller  ones,  when  preserved  are  nearly  cylindrical,  but  most  indi- 
viduals are  flattened  ventrally.  The  color  is  fairly  permanent  in  for- 
malin, and  even  in  alcohol  for  some  months. 

Micrura  Ehrenberg. 
Symbolic  Physicae,  Berlin,  1831. 

This  genus  includes  mostly  moderately  small,  slender  forms,  gener- 
ally less  rounded  posteriorly,  and  of  rather  more  active  habits  than 
Lineus.  Its  most  marked  distinction  from  the  latter  genus  is  that  the 
posterior  extremity  of  the  body  is  provided  with  a  slender,  usually 
colorless,  muscular  caudal  cirrus.  This  is  formed  of  a  continuation 
of  the  muscular  tissues  and  integument  beyond  the  posterior  end  of  the 
alimentary  canal. 

The  species  of  Micrura  are  generally,  though  not  always,  more 
brightly  colored  and  have  more  distinct  markings  than  those  of 
Lineus.  The  vast  majority  of  the  species  are  provided  with  numerous 
ocelli,  though  some  are  blind.  The  head  is  slender,  and  not  distinctly 
separated  from  the  rest  of  the  body.  The  lateral  faces  of  the  body  are 
not  provided  with  thin  edges  as  in  Cerebratulus,  the  intestinal  region 
is  not  so  much  flattened,  neurochord  cells  are  not  present  in  those 
species  which  have  been  studied,  and  none  of  the  species  are  able  to 
swim  as  do  all  species  of  Cerebratulus.  The  mouth  is  usually  smaller 
than  in  Cerebratulus,  and  the  intestinal  lobes  are  not  so  deep. 

The  proboscis  is  usually  slender  and  comparatively  weak ;  the  pro- 
boscis sheath  is  sometimes  considerably  shorter  than  the  body. 

25.    MICRURA   VERRILLI  sp.  nov. 

Pl.  V,  figs.   I,  2,  3. 

Body  moderately  elongated,  widest  anteriorly,  tapering  to  an  acute 
anterior  extremity ;  much  more  slender  posteriorly.  Ventral  surface 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  69 

flattened  ;  dorsal  surface  rounded.  Head  narrow  in  front.  Cephalic 
furrows  long  and  deep  ;  at  their  posterior  ends  each  is  met  by  an  ob- 
lique, shallow  depression  above  and  below.  Proboscis-pore  exactly 
terminal ;  anterior  ends  of  cephalic  furrows  well  separated  from  pro- 
boscis pore.  Mouth  small,  situated  as  far  back  as  posterior  ends  of 
cephalic  furrows.  Caudal  cirrus  small,  slender,  easily  broken  off. 

Color. — This  is  one  of  the  handsomest  and  most  striking  of  all  the 
described  species  of  Nemerteans.  The  color  of  the  dorsal  surface  is 
deep  purple  or  wine-color ;  that  of  the  ventral  surface  is  purest  white. 

On  the  dorsal  surface  are  usually  15  to  40  very  sharp,  pure  white, 
transverse  bands  or  lines  connecting  with  the  white  color  of  the  ven- 
tral surface.  These  transverse  bands  are  nearly  as  narrow  as  pencil 
marks,  and  are  situated  at  fairly  regular  intervals  throughout  the  length 
of  the  body.  They  are  sometimes  more  or  less  interrupted,  but 
always  sharp  and  distinct.  On  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  tip  of  the 
snout  is  a  small  triangular  marking,  always  very  conspicuous  because 
of  its  bright  orange  color.  Following  behind  this  is  a  narrow  trans- 
verse white  band,  followed  by  broad  purple  and  narrow  white  bands 
in  succession.  The  cephalic  furrows  lie  within  the  white  color  of  the 
ventral  surface,  and  are  bordered  above  with  a  very  narrow  margin  of 
white.  They  reach  posteriorly  as  far  as  the  second  white  band. 

After  preservation  in  formalin  or  alcohol  the  worms  are  strongly 
rounded  below  as  well  as  above,  and  the  color  of  the  dorsal  surface 
changes  from  purple  to  red,  while  the  orange  spot  on  the  tip  of  the 
snout  disappears. 

Ocelli. — None  were  found. 

Proboscis. — Colorless,  and  shorter  than  in  many  species  of  the 
genus.  Its  microscopic  structure  shows  distinctly  the  three  muscular 
layers  and  the  muscular  crosses  characteristic  of  the  family.  The 
inner  circular  muscular  layer  is  very  thin.  The  nervous  plexus  inside 
the  circular  layer  is  usually  well  developed. 

Nervous  system. — The  dorsal  ganglion  of  the  brain  is  divided  poste- 
riorly into  two  distinct  lobes,  of  which  the  smaller,  dorsal  lobe  ends 
shortly,  while  the  larger,  ventral  lobe  continues  into  the  cerebral  sense 
organ.  Each  of  these  sense  organs  is  of  about  the  same  size  as  one  of 
the  ventral  ganglia,  but  considerably  smaller  than  either  dorsal  ganglion. 
The  duct  lying  on  the  external  border  of  each  of  the  pair  of  cerebral 
sense  organs  communicates,  as  usual,  with  the  enlarged  posterior  end  of 
the  cephalic  furrow  by  means  of  a  wide  duct  opening  directly  outwards. 
The  dorsal  median  nerve,  lying  just  outside  the  circular  muscular  layer, 
is  remarkably  conspicuous  throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  body. 


70  COE 

A  section  through  the  esophagal  region  shows  that  the  outer  longi- 
tudinal muscular  layer  of  the  body  wall  is  particularly  thick,  and  that 
the  esophagus  is  unusually  small.  The  other  layers  are  as  in  most 
species  of  the  genus. 

The  lateral  blood  lacunae  break  up  in  the  esophagal  region  into 
numerous  thin- walled  vessels,  or  spaces,  which  surround  the  lateral  and 
ventral  walls  of  the  esophagus. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridia  extend  through  the  anterior  2/i  of  the 
esophagal  region,  as  a  single  profusely  branched  tubule  on  each  side. 
All  the  branches  of  the  main  canal  are  small,  and  lie  in  close  connec- 
tion with  the  walls  of  the  blood  spaces  about  the  esophagus.  The 
efferent  ducts  are  very  numerous,  but  minute.  They  open  on  the 
dorso-lateral  aspects  of  the  body,  usually  not  far  above  the  lateral  mar- 
gins. In  a  single  instance  one  of  the  efferent  ducts  was  found  to 
open  beneath  the  lateral  margin,  but  this  must  be  looked  upon  as  ab- 
normal. In  several  instances  two  efferent  ducts  lay  close  together  on 
the  same  side,  but  in  such  cases  one  originated  much  nearer  the  ven- 
tral side  of  the  esophagus  than  did  the  other.  The  actual  number  of 
efferent  ducts  counted  in  one  medium-sized  individual  was  17  on  one 
side,  and  24  on  the  other. 

Reproductive  organs. — The  pouches  containing  the  sexual  products 
when  mature  become  so  voluminous  as  to  occupy  more  than  half  the 
entire  space  within  the  body  walls.  In  July,  when  the  genital  prod- 
ucts are  fully  ripe,  the  ducts  leading  to  the  exterior  are  completely 
formed  some  little  time  before  the  elements  are  discharged.  Each 
pouch  has  a  single  duct  opening  into  a  funnel-shaped  depression  through 
the  epithelium  on  the  dorso-lateral  aspect  of  the  body.  The  opening 
into  the  cavity  of  the  ovary  is  on  the  surface  of  a  broad  papilla  formed 
of  long  columnar  cells,  a  portion  of  which  bend  inward  to  guard  the 
opening.  The  ducts  often  have  a  somewhat  tortuous  course,  and  are 
likely  to  broaden  out  considerably  in  passing  through  the  circular  mus- 
cular layer. 

Size. — The  length  of  the  largest  individual  observed  was  about  300 
mm.,  and  its  width  6  mm. 

The  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Prof.  A.  E.  Verrill,  of  Yale 
University,  who,  more  than  any  one  else,  has  helped  to  bring  the 
American  species  of  Nemerteans  into  orderly  arrangement. 

Stimpson l  briefly  describes  from  Bering  Strait  a  species  of  Cere- 
bratulus  (  C.  impressus  =  Micrura  impressa)  which  bears  a  superficial 
resemblance  to  the  above.  Stimpson's  species,  however,  was  flattened, 

1Proc.  Philadelphia  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  p.  160,  1857. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  7 1 

of  a  dusky  gray  color  above,  with  narrow,  colorless,  transverse  lines, 
and  with  a  flesh-colored  subtruncate  head,  much  narrower  than  the  body. 
The  same  author  describes  a  somewhat  similar  species  (  C.  bellus  = 
Micrura  bella)  from  Yezo  Island,  Japan.  This  had  10  bluish- 
white,  narrow  transverse  lines  across  the  ashy-gray  dorsal  surface,  and 
a  white  ventral  surface.  The  head  was  short,  and  of  a  vermilion  color. 
Both  these  species  should  be  referred  to  the  genus  Micrura  as  here 
defined. 

Habitat. — This  species  was  found  only  at  Virgin  Bay,  in  Prince 
William  Sound.  Here  it  was  not  uncommon  under  stones  at  low 
water,  and  was  frequently  met  with  in  the  parchment  like  tubes  of 
Carinella  capistrata,  with  which  it  was  associated. 

26.    MICRURA  ALASKENSIS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  iv,  fig.  2  ;  pi.  xin,  fig.  i. 

Body  long  and  slender,  rounded  in  esophagal  region,  flattened 
throughout  the  whole  intestinal  region.  Head  remarkably  slender, 
elongated,  and  sharply  pointed ;  cephalic  furrows  correspondingly 
long,  but  their  anterior  ends  do  not  reach  the  proboscis  pore.  Mouth 
small,  and  well  back  from  tip  of  snout ;  its  anterior  end  reaches  about 
as  far  forward  as  posterior  ends  of  cephalic  furrows. 

No  ocelli  are  present.  The  brain  is  reddish  in  color,  and  shows 
conspicuously  through  the  tissues  external  to  it. 

The  esophagal  region  is  well  rounded,  and  narrower  than  the  suc- 
ceeding portion  of  the  body.  The  intestinal  region  is  much  flattened 
both  above  and  below ;  its  lateral  margins  are  rounded,  however. 
After  preservation  in  alcohol  the  intestinal  region  is  flattened  or  even 
hollowed  ventrally,  while  the  dorsal  surface  is  very  convex.  Posteri- 
orly the  body  tapers  gradually,  and  at  its  pointed  extremity  an  unusu- 
ally long  caudal  cirrus  is  present.  This  is  quite  colorless,  and  contracts 
after  preservation  to  but  a  fraction  of  its  original  size  and  length. 

Color. — Two  color  varieties  were  met  with.  Most  commonly  the 
general  color  was  a  salmon  or  flesh-color.  The  esophagal  region  was 
pale  salmon  with  tinges  of  brighter  red,  becoming  lighter  anteriorly ; 
the  head  pale  or  nearly  colorless  ;  the  brain  region  distinctly  red  ;  the 
intestinal  region  pale  salmon,  with  much  more  deeply  colored  intestinal 
lobes.  Running  the  whole  length  of  the  ventral  side  of  the  body — 
from  near  the  mouth  to  the  caudal  cirrus — is  a  characteristic,  narrow, 
cream  or  flesh-colored  stripe  in  the  median  line.  This  stripe  is  con- 
spicuous only  in  the  intestinal  region,  though  it  may  be  traced  forward 
to  the  mouth,  as  stated.  In  alcoholic  specimens  it  can  still  be  detected 


72  COE 

in  the  intestinal  region,  though  the  natural  color  of  the  body  has  mostly 
disappeared.  A  similar,  though  much  less  conspicuously  marked,  me- 
dian stripe  occurs  on  the  dorsal  surface. 

The  second  color  variety  had  chestnut  brown  intestinal  lobes,  brown- 
ish esophagal  region,  slightly  paler  below ;  snout  and  margins  of  head 
colorless  ;  brain  red.  The  paler,  ventral,  median  stripe  was  even  more 
conspicuous  than  in  the  other  variety. 

Serial  sections  show  that,  while  the  cephalic  furrows  are  unusually 
long,  yet  they  are  not  really  as  deep  as  in  many  related  species.  The 
brain  is  very  large ;  the  posterior  end  of  each  dorsal  ganglion  is  bi- 
lobed,  the  dorsal  lobe  ending  freely,  while  the  ventral  lobe  continues 
directly  into  the  cerebral  sense  organ.  The  canals  from  the  sense 
organs  open  into  the  very  posterior  ends  of  the  cephalic  furrows.  The 
buccal,  or  esophagal,  nerves  are  larger  than  in  most  species. 

Accessory  buccal  glands. — On  each  side  of  the  mouth,  and  extend- 
ing a  short  distance  into  the  esophagal  region,  is  a  series  of  peculiar 
glands — accessory  buccal  glands,  they  may  be  called.  These  glands 
are  similar  in  their  nature  to,  and  apparently  supplement,  the  ordinary 
buccal  glands  which  line  the  mouth  cavity.  In  the  present  instance, 
however,  these  accessory  glands  lie  imbedded  in  the  outer  longitudinal 
muscular  layer  ventral  to  the  lateral  nerves.  Here  they  greatly  en- 
croach upon  the  domain  of  the  muscles,  and  occupy  a  large  portion  of 
the  space  between  the  circular  muscular  layer  and  the  cutis  (pi.  xm, 
fig.  i ) .  The  gland  cells  are  large,  and  are  distended  with  a  clear, 
granular  secretion.  These  accessory  glands  appear  to  have  originated 
from  ordinary  buccal  glands  which  have  passed  outward  and  taken  up 
a  position  outside  the  two  inner  muscular  layers  (pi.  xm,  fig.  i). 
They  are  arranged  in  clusters,  and  discharge  their  contents  by  irregular 
ducts  leading  through  the  two  inner  muscular  layers  to  the  epithelium 
of  the  buccal  cavity  and  adjacent  esophagal  wall.  A  short  distance 
back  of  the  mouth  the  two  lateral  series  of  these  accessory  buccal 
glands  unite  beneath  the  esophagus,  and  are  not  found  further  poste- 
riorly. The  ordinary  buccal  glands  are  present  as  in  related  species. 

Alimentary  canal. — The  esophagus  is  large  in  comparison  with  the 
thickness  of  the  body  wall.  The  histological  difference  between  the 
epithelium  lining  its  anterior  portion  and  that  of  its  posterior  half  is 
much  more  marked  than  in  most  related  species.  The  delicate  layer 
of  circular  and  longitudinal  muscular  fibers  which  surrounds  the  epi- 
thelial lining  of  the  esophagus  in  most  of  the  Heteronemerteans  be- 
comes remarkably  developed  in  this  species.  At  the  very  posterior 
end  of  the  esophagus — just  anterior  to  the  first  intestinal  pouches — 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


73 


the  circular  muscles  of  the  esophagus  increase  so  greatly  in  number 
that  they  form  a  most  conspicuous  layer.  In  the  region  of  its  maximum 
development  this  layer  becomes  nearly  half  as  thick  as  the  circular 
layer  of  the  body  walls  in  the  same  section.  In  no  other  species  of 
the  Lineidce  has  this  muscle  been  found  of  even  approximately  this 
thickness.  Its  fibers  connect  in  part  with  the  circular  layer  of  the  body 
walls,  and  to  a  lesser  degree  with  the  circular  muscles  of  the  proboscis 
sheath.  But  few  fibers  lie  on  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  esophagus,  so 
that  this  organ  is  largely  bound  up  with  the  proboscis  sheath  in  a  con- 
tinuous layer  of  muscles,  and  one  cannot  fail  to  see  the  striking  resem- 
blance between  this  circular  layer  and  the  inner  circular  muscles  that  are 
so  highly  developed  in  precisely  the  same  region  in  Carinoma  (p.  22). 
Body  ivalls, — The  external  longitudinal  muscular  layer  of  the  body 
walls  is  especially  weak  when  compared  with  the  same  layer  in  related 
species.  This  is  partly  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  cutis  glands  extend 
Y^  or  more  of  the  distance  from  the  exterior  to  the  circular  muscular 
layer.  Nearer  the  intestinal  region  the  muscular  layers  are  thicker, 
and  the  esophagus  occupies  correspondingly  less  space. 

The  three  longitudinal  blood  vessels  are  very  conspicuous  through- 
out their  length.  The  dorsal  vessel  leaves  the  proboscis  sheath  near 
the  posterior  ends  of  the  nephridia,  or  at  about  ^3  the  distance  towards 
the  posterior  end  of  the  esophagal  region. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  system  consists  of  a  pair  of  unusually 
large,  longitudinal  canals,  which  lie  in  the  dorsal  walls  of  the  lateral 
blood  lacunas  beside  the  esophagus.  The  nephridial  canals  send  off 
very  few  branches,  except  near  their  anterior  ends,  where  they  divide 
into  smaller  branches.  The  main  canals  extend  through  about  the 
middle  third  of  the  esophagal  region.  Each  of  the  pair  of  longitudinal 
canals  terminates  posteriorly  in  a  single,  remarkably  large  efferent 
duct  which  opens  on  the  dorso-lateral  aspect  of  the  body.  The  ducts 
sometimes  lie  exactly  opposite,  but  in  other  specimens  one  lies  some 
distance  farther  back  than  the  other.  In  such  cases,  of  course,  one  of 
the  nephridia  extends  a  corresponding  distance  farther  posteriorly  than 
the  other.  Each  of  the  efferent  ducts  spreads  out  as  it  passes  through 
the  circular  muscular  layer  into  a  broad  sieve-like  or  filter-like  struc- 
ture with  scores  of  small,  nucleated  cells.  From  this  point  a  straight 
and  comparatively  narrow  duct  leads  directly  to  the  surface. 

Reproductive  glands. — The  sexual  elements  are  fully  mature  in  the 
month  of  June,  and  the  genital  ducts  at  this  time  are  fully  formed. 
In  the  females  each  duct  communicates  directly  with  the  cavity  of  the 
ovary  by  a  funnel-shaped  opening,  and  a  similar  funnel-shaped  open- 


74  COE 

ing  lies  at  the  outer  end  of  the  oviduct  on  the  dorso-lateral  aspect  of 
the  body.  The  bodies  of  many  of  these  worms  were  so  distended  with 
sexual  products  that  they  were  very  easily  ruptured  and  could  conse- 
quently be  preserved  intact  only  with  great  care. 

Size. — The  length  of  this  species  is  commonly  about  150  mm.  in 
extension,  although  several  individuals  were  found  which  were  more 
than  300  mm.  long. 

Habitat. — The  species  was  found  under  stones  between  tides  in 
rather  muddy  localities  at  New  Metlakahtla  on  Annette  Island,  at 
Glacier  Bay,  Sitka,  Yakutat,  and  at  Orca  and  Virgin  Bay  in  Prince 
William  Sound.  At  the  four  last-named  localities  the  worms  were 
abundant.  Nearly  50  individuals,  some  of  them  nearly  300  mm.  long, 
were  found  at  Sitka  massed  together  in  a  single  cavity  in  coarse 
gravel  mixed  with  mud.  All  were  filled  with  fully  mature  sexual 
products,  and  the  bodies  of  nearly  all  were  in  contact  in  a  tangled 
mass. 

Cerebratulus  Renier. 
Prospetto  della  Classe  dei  Vermi  (t.  Burger),  1804. 

The  species  of  this  genus  are  distinguished  by  long,  flattened  bodies, 
the  lateral  margins  of  which  are  thin,  adapted  for  swimming.  Most 
species  are  very  active,  swim  readily  with  undulatory  motion,  can  roll 
up  spirally  and  become  twisted,  but  are  only  moderately  contractile  in 
length,  and  do  not  draw  together  into  a  tangled  mass.  The  dorso- 
ventral  musculature  is  highly  developed,  as  are  likewise  the  longi- 
tudinal and  oblique  muscles. 

Head  usually  pointed  anteriorly,  but  very  changeable  in  shape; 
lateral  slits  long  and  deep ;  proboscis  pore  terminal ;  mouth  large,  and 
situated  behind  the  ganglia  ;  esophagal  region  mostly  rounded  ;  intes- 
tinal region  broad  and  flat  with  thin  lateral  margins ;  the  posterior  end 
extremely  flattened  and  provided  with  a  delicate  caudal  cirrus,  which 
extends  beyond  the  opening  of  the  intestine,  and  in  most  species  is  easily 
broken  off  and  lost.  Eyes  usually  wanting ;  body  commonly  of  a  nearly 
homogeneous  color  without  distinct  markings  (such  as  longitudinal  and 
circular  bands  and  rings) . 

Proboscis  sheath  reaches  to  posterior  end  of  body ;  proboscis  very 
long  and  strong.  Intestinal  pouches  deep  and  mostly  forked  peripher- 
ally ;  central  intestinal  canal  narrow.  Neurochord  cells  probably  com- 
monly present  in  brain  and  lateral  nerve  cords,  though  they  have  as  yet 
been  found  in  but  few  species. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  75 

27.  CEREBRATULUS   HERCULEUS  sp.  nov. 

pi.  i,  fig.  5. 

Body  very  large,  stout,  thick,  broad,  attaining  a  length  of  2  meters 
or  more,  and  a  breadth  of  more  than  25  mm.  ;  remarkably  broad  when 
contracted,  the  body  somewhat  resembling  that  of  a  leech.  One  speci- 
men, preserved  in  alcohol  and  strongly  contracted,  now  measures  300 
mm.  in  length,  25  mm.  in  width  in  intestinal  region;  18  mm.  in  width 
and  15  mm.  in  thickness  in  esophagal  region.  The  length  of  the 
esophagal  region  in  this  specimen  is  only  about  55  mm.  after  preser- 
vation. 

Head  very  short,  thick,  and  bluntly  pointed.  Cephalic  slits  short, 
separated  in  front,  reaching  back  in  the  alcoholic  specimen  but  7  mm. 
Mouth  large,  situated  as  far  back  as  the  posterior  end  of  the  cephalic 
furrows. 

Esophagal  region  short  and  thick  ;  intestinal  region  very  broad  and 
flat,  with  thin,  wavy  margins  in  life.  Posterior  extremity  provided 
with  a  pale  caudal  cirrus  of  comparatively  small  size.  Proboscis 
large,  colorless,  fully  equal  in  size  to  that  of  a  large  specimen  of  C. 
marginatus.  No  ocelli. 

Color. — Color  very  dark  brown  or  reddish  brown  throughout  the 
whole  dorsal  surface,  rather  paler  and  less  bright  ventrally. 

This  gigantic  Nemertean  is  not  clumsy  in  its  movements,  but  is 
active,  and  swims  rapidly  and  gracefully.  It  was  met  with  only  at 
Sitka,  where  it  occurred  in  considerable  numbers  in  mud  at  lovr  water 
mark,  associated  with  C.  marginatiis.  The  worms  are  fragile,  and 
break  spontaneously  unless  carefully  handled. 

28.  CEREBRATULUS   MARGINATUS   Renier. 

Cerebratulus  marginatus  RENTER,  Prospetto  della  Classe  del  Vermi  (t.  Burger), 

1804. 
C.  angulatus  MclNTOSH,  British  Annelids  ;  Pt.   i,  Nemerteans,  p.   195,  Ray 

Society,  1872-73. 
C.  fuscus  VERRILL,  Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.,  vin,  p.  438,  1892. 

This  large  and  active  Nemertean  was  found  in  several  localities 
about  Sitka,  but  not  in  great  numbers.  The  individuals  there  found 
possess  the  typical  color  of  the  species,  with  which  they  agree  exter- 
nally in  every  detail  except  the  shape  of  the  body.  All  the  Alaska 
specimens  are  much  shorter  and  comparatively  broader  than  those  I 
have  seen  in  Naples,  although  careful  study  of  microscopic  sections 
revealed  no  essential  anatomical  differences.  It  is  therefore  probable 
that  this  is  but  a  local  peculiarity  of  a  single  widely  distributed  species. 


76  COE 

The  worms  were  found  near  low  water  mark  living  in  soft  black 
mud  beneath  a  considerable  growth  of  'eel  grass.'  The  mud  contained 
a  great  quantity  of  decomposed  vegetable  matter,  and  was  saturated 
with  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  The  worms  are  excellent  swimmers,  and 
are  very  rapid  in  their  movements  in  their  underground  burrows. 

The  specimens  obtained  measured  up  to  500  mm.  or  more  in  length, 
and  about  15  mm.  in  width. 

The  color  above  was  slaty-brown,  dark  gray,  or  greenish-gray,  with 
white  or  colorless  margins. 

The  species  has  been  previously  recorded  from  the  Mediterranean, 
the  coasts  of  Great  Britain,  Madeira,  the  northeastern  coast  of  Amer- 
ica, Greenland,  and  from  other  localities. 

29.  CEREBRATULUS  OCCIDENTALIS  sp.  nov. 

Pl.  VI,  fig.  3. 

Body  300  mm.  or  more  in  length  in  moderate  extension  ;  rather  slen- 
der, rounded  in  front,  flattened  behind,  and  with  very  thin  margins  in 
the  intestinal  region,  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus.  Head  change- 
able in  shape,  either  rounded  or  acutely  pointed,  according  to  state  of 
contraction.  Cephalic  furrows  rather  short. 

Color. — Individuals  vary  considerably  in  the  general  color  of  body, 
but  are  most  commonly  chestnut  brown  or  dull  reddish  anteriorly,  and 
light  chocolate  brown  in  the  intestinal  region.  The  ventral  surface  is 
brownish  flesh-colored,  with  a  median,  ochre  ventral  stripe.  Some- 
times the  ventral  surface  is  nearly  chocolate  throughout  its  entire  length. 
A  darker  median  dorsal  stripe  is  indicated. 

Proboscis. — Remarkably  small  and  slender,  being  many  times 
smaller  than  in  most  related  species  of  equal  size.  It  is  colorless,  and 
is  usually  everted  when  the  animal  is  killed. 

In  internal  anatomy  but  few  points  need  special  mention.  The 
cephalic  glands  are  unusually  well  developed,  and  continue  backward 
as  the  cutis  glands.  The  brain  is  remarkably  voluminous,  the  dorsal 
ganglion  bilobed,  the  lower  lobe  continuing  into  the  cerebral  sense 
organ. 

The  mouth  is  very  large,  and  is  provided  with  an  unusual  abundance 
of  buccal  glands.  There  are  many  diagonal  fibers  between  the  pro- 
boscis sheath  and  the  body  musculature. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridia  are  of  moderate  length,  and  occupy 
the  middle  third  of  the  esophagal  region.  The  main  tubules  lie  in  the 
angles  between  the  esophagus  and  the  proboscis  sheath.  They  are 
profusely  branched  towards  their  anterior  ends,  each  branch  lying  in 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS  77 

the  wall  of  one  of  the  esophagal  blood  lacunae.  Farther  back  the 
branches  unite  into  a  single  tubule  on  each  side.  Their  main  canal 
continues  backward  for  a  considerable  distance  in  the  wall  of  a  lateral 
blood  lacuna,  and  is  without  branches.  At  its  posterior  extremity  the 
efferent  duct  bends  to  the  dorso-lateral  surface  of  the  body,  as  usual. 

The  sexual  products  are  fully  mature  in  July. 

Habitat. — This  is  a  very  active  species.  It  was  found  in  abundance 
at  Wrangell,  Yakutat,  Orca,  and  Virgin  Bay.  It  inhabits  the  shore  at 
half  tide  and  below,  in  muddy  places  and  under  stones.  The  small 
size  of  the  proboscis  will  distinguish  it  from  related  species. 

30.  CEREBRATULUS   LONGICEPS  sp.  nov. 

pi.  v,  figs.  4,  5,  6,  7  . 

Body  much  flattened  throughout  its  whole  length ;  anterior  portion 
remarkably  narrow  and  slender,  becoming  wider  posteriorly.  Head 
much  narrower,  more  slender,  and  longer  than  in  most  species  of  the 
genus,  acutely  pointed  in  front,  much  flattened  dorso-ventrally,  and  with 
the  tip  of  the  snout  often  slightly  curved  upward.  A  section  through 
the  head  is  often  concave  both  above  and  below,  showing  that  the  head 
is  thicker  laterally  than  in  the  median  line.  The  head  is  directly  con- 
tinuous with  succeeding  portions  of  the  body.  Frontal  sense  organs 
very  highly  developed. 

Cephalic  furrows  very  long,  and  remarkably  deep  and  wide.  An- 
teriorly they  do  not  reach  quite  to  tip  of  snout.  They  are,  conse- 
quently, well  separated  from  the  proboscis  pore,  which  is  situated  sub- 
terminally.  The  mouth  is  situated  as  far  back  as  the  posterior  end  of 
the  cephalic  furrows. 

From  the  narrow,  pointed  head  the  esophagal  region  gradually 
widens  as  it  passes  backward,  but  it  remains  unusually  flat  throughout ; 
the  intestinal  region  is  not  sharply  marked  off  from  the  esophagal 
region,  but  widens  gradually  toward  the  posterior  third  of  the  body, 
and  narrows  toward  the  posterior  extremity.  The  intestinal  region 
is  even  flatter  than  the  more  anterior  portion  of  the  body.  The  caudal 
cirrus  was  not  observed. 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  sheath  is  reduced  to  a  frail  tubule  in  the 
posterior  third  of  the  intestinal  region.  The  proboscis  is  slender  and 
colorless ;  it  has  the  three  muscular  layers  and  the  muscular  crosses, 
as  usual  in  the  genus. 

Color. — Dorsal  surface  dark  brownish-black  or  purplish,  much  paler 
on  tip  of  snout,  and  on  borders  of  cephalic  furrows.  This  paler  border 
is  wider  on  the  ventral  than  on  the  dorsal  borders  of  the  furrows.  It 


78  COE 

is  sometimes  so  much  increased  that  it  covers  the  whole  ventral  surface 
in  the  region  of  the  mouth,  and  gradually  becomes  darker  toward  the 
tip  of  the  snout,  as  well  as  posteriorly.  The  color  of  the  ventral  surface 
is  similar  to  that  of  the  dorsal  surface,  but  is  commonly  slightly  paler, 
especially  anteriorly,  and  has  a  grayish  tinge. 

No  eyes  were  found. 

Size. — Length  of  largest  specimens  collected  about  300  mm.  ;  width 
in  intestinal  region  6  mm. 

The  body  is  fragile,  and  the  specimens  are  often  broken  in  killing. 
After  preservation  in  formalin  or  alcohol  the  body  tapers  gradually 
toward  the  narrow  head,  is  widest  in  the  posterior  third  or  near  the 
posterior  end,  and  greatly  flattened  throughout.  The  head  retains  its 
long,  pointed  appearance,  the  tip  is  recurved,  and  the  cephalic  furrows 
in  most  specimens  are  deep  and  widely  open. 

Frontal  sense  organs. — On  the  exact  tip  of  the  head  are  three 
rather  deep  and  wide  pits,  easily  overlooked  in  the  entire  animal,  but 
very  conspicuous  in  sections.  These  are  undoubtedly  sensory  in  their 
nature,  and  are  lined  with  slender  rod-like  cells  with  especially  large 
cilia.  Burger  has  described  in  detail  such  sense  organs  in  Micrura 
and  Cerebratulus,  and  somewhat  similar  ones  in  other  genera.  These 
'frontal  organs,'  as  they  are  called,  lie  above  the  proboscis  pore;  one 
of  them  is  situated  in  the  median  line  and  the  other  two  are  placed 
symmetrically  on  the  antero-lateral  margins. 

The  brain  is  remarkably  large,  and  the  dorsal  ganglia  are  much 
larger  than  the  ventral.  The  posterior  ends  of  the  long  lateral  furrows 
are  greatly  expanded. 

Cerebral  sense  organs. — These  also  are  very  voluminous  and  are 
continuous  with  the  posterior  ends  of  the  dorsal  ganglia.  The  canals 
leading  to  the  exterior  are  large,  and  open  into  the  posterior  ends  of 
the  cephalic  furrows.  Internally  each  canal  passes  directly  beneath 
the  dorsal  ganglion  to  its  internal  ventral  border,  and  then  bends  dorso- 
laterally  to  the  external  border  of  the  sense  organ.  These  canals  leave 
the  cephalic  furrows  far  back  of  the  cerebral  commissure,  and  at  about 
the  point  where  the  ventral  ganglia  merge  into  the  lateral  cords. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  system  presents  remarkable  deviations 
from  the  type  usually  found  in  the  genus.  The  nephridial  canals  ex- 
tend throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  esophagal  region,  and  com- 
municate with  the  exterior  by  upwards  of  sixty  efferent  ducts  on  each 
side.  In  the  region  of  the  mouth,  or  directly  behind  it,  are  one  or  two 
nephridial  tubules  on  each  side,  quite  independent  of  the  rest  of  the 
system.  Each  of  these  tubules  consists  of  a  coil  of  fine  canals  lying 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  79 

on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  lateral  blood  lacunae,  and  projecting  freely 
into  the  cavity  of  the  lacuna.  From  each  coiled  tubule  an  efferent 
duct  leads  directly  to  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  body.  Back  of  these 
anterior,  isolated  nephridia  a  continuous  richly  branched  and  much 
coiled  canal  extends  posteriorly  on  each  side  as  far  as  the  end  of  the 
esophagal  region.  The  branches  of  these  canals  are  limited  to  the 
dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces  of  the  lateral  blood  spaces,  which  occupy 
the  angles  between  the  esophagus  and  the  proboscis  sheath.  The 
coiled  tubules  project  freely  into  the  blood  spaces,  and  encroach  con- 
siderably upon  their  area.  The  very  numerous  efferent  ducts,  which 
are  given  off  from  these  tubules,  pass  directly  outwards  to  the  surface 
of  the  body.  Those  which  pass  out  from  the  most  lateral  of  the  ne- 
phridial  tubules,  open  on  the  dorsal  surface  near  the  lateral  margins  of 
the  body,  while  those  which  leave  the  tubules  nearest  to  the  proboscis 
sheath  open  on  the  dorsal  surface  not  far  from  the  median  line.  The 
greater  portion  of  the  nephridiopores,  however,  lie  rather  nearer  to 
the  lateral  margins  than  to  the  median  dorsal  line.  Although  there  are 
practically  the  same  number  of  efferent  ducts  on  each  side,  this  does 
not  signify  that  these  ducts  are  paired,  but  rather  that  the  average 
number  on  each  side  is  identical.  In  several  instances  an  unusually 
large  efferent  duct  on  one  side  was  accompanied  by  one  of  similar 
size  nearly  opposite.  These  ducts  vary  greatly  in  size,  some  being 
several  times  as  large  as  others.  Great  irregularity  likewise  exists  as 
to  their  distribution  along  the  course  of  the  nephridial  canal.  In  the 
anterior  third  of  the  esophagal  region  they  are  well  separated,  but 
more  posteriorly,  portions  of  two  or  three  sometimes  appear  on  the 
same  side  in  a  single  section. 

Sexual  glands. — The  reproductive  glands  appear  immediately  be- 
hind the  nephridia,  and  in  both  sexes  alternate  with  the  intestinal 
pouches.  The  sexual  products  were  fully  mature  in  July,  and  in  both 
sexes  the  genital  ducts  were  fully  formed.  They  were  lined  with  a 
special  flattened  epithelium,  and  opened  on  the  dorso-lateral  aspects  of 
the  body  in  both  sexes.  The  ova  when  immature  are  attached  by  a 
narrow  stalk  to  the  wall  of  the  ovary,  and  later  break  off  and  fall  into 
the  ovarian  cavity.  The  spermatozoa  have  short,  oval  heads  instead 
of  the  slender,  pointed  ones  so  common  in  the  genus. 

Habitat. — Yakutat ;  under  stones  at  low  water ;  not  common. 


8o  COE 

31.    CEREBRATULUS   MONTGOMERYI  sp.  nov. 

pi.  vi,  figs,  i  and  2. 

Body  large,  very  long  and  ribbon-like  when  fully  grown,  and  much 
flattened,  except  in  esophagal  region.  Head  variable  in  shape,  ac- 
cording to  state  of  contraction ;  sometimes  rounded  and  obtuse,  at 
other  times  much  elongated,  pear-shaped,  and  flattened  dorso-ventrally. 
The  anterior  portion  of  the  body,  back  as  far  as  the  intestinal  region, 
is  narrower  and  thicker  than  the  posterior  portions,  and  has  rounded 
margins ;  in  the  intestinal  region  the  body  is  very  flat,  and  the  lateral 
margins  are  extended  to  very  thin  edges.  In  partial  contraction  the 
dorso-ventral  muscles,  situated  a  little  distance  from  the  outer  edge  of 
the  margins,  contract  so  strongly  as  to  produce  a  lateral  ridge  on  each 
side  both  above  and  below  the  lateral  edge.  A  transverse  section  con- 
sequently shows  that  the  lateral  margin  is  thicker  distally  than  it  is 
nearer  the  median  line.  These  lateral  ridges  are  often  seen  in  speci- 
mens preserved  in  alcohol  or  formalin.  Posteriorly  the  body  becomes 
still  thinner,  and  is  narrower  toward  the  extremity.  The  posterior  end 
is  either  obtuse  or  sharply  pointed,  according  to  the  state  of  contrac- 
tion. The  posterior  opening  of  the  intestine  is  subterminal.  In  none 
of  the  many  specimens  obtained  was  the  caudal  cirrus  present,  though 
such  an  appendage  is  probably  present  in  uninjured  worms. 

The  cephalic  slits  are  moderately  elongated,  and  extend  backward 
as  far  as  the  anterior  end  of  the  mouth.  Their  posterior  ends  are 
wide  and  deep,  and  in  life  their  margins  are  thin  and  widely  separated. 
Anteriorly  they  do  not  reach  quite  to  the  proboscis  pore,  except  when 
the  animal  is  strongly  contracted. 

Color. — In  life  the  whole  body,  both  above  and  below,  except  the 
tip  of  the  head,  is  bright  blood  red.  The  anterior  extremity  is  tipped 
with  a  narrow  band  of  white  or  yellowish-white.  This  white  tip  ex- 
tends both  above  and  below,  and  is  not  usually  more  than  a  few  milli- 
meters wide.  The  proboscis  is  light  red  in  color. 

Size. — Individuals  were  most  commonly  from  one  to  two  meters  in 
length,  and  8  to  10  mm.  in  width  in  the  intestinal  region.  A  few  of 
the  specimens  obtained  measured  as  much  as  two  and  a  half  meters 
when  extended. 

The  individuals  are  generally  hardy,  and  are  not  so  prone  to  break 
spontaneously  into  fragments  as  are  those  of  many  other  species  of  the 
genus.  They  contract  much  less  violently  than  most  other  Nemerteans 
when  killed,  and  may  consequently  be  easily  preserved  entire  by  kill- 
ing in  a  dilute  solution  of  formalin  in  sea  water. 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS  8 1 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  is  pale  red,  and  of  moderate  size  for  the 
genus.  Its  musculature  consists  of  an  inner  circular,  a  longitudinal, 
and  a  very  thin  outer  circular  muscular  layer.  It  is,  therefore,  differ- 
ent from  those  of  nearly  all  the  species  of  the  family  Lineidcs^  in  that 
the  inner  longitudinal  muscular  layer  is  wanting.  There  are  fibers 
passing  between  the  inner  circular  layer  and  the  thin  outer  circular 
layer,  but  these  fibers  do  not  form  such  distinct  crosses  as  are  char- 
acteristic of  most  of  the  members  of  the  family.  The  internal  epi- 
thelium is  thick  and  highly  glandular.  The  nerve  plexus  beneath  this 
layer  is  unusually  conspicuous,  and  lies  directly  internal  to  the  circular 
muscular  layer.  The  proboscis  is  very  often  retained  in  place  after  the 
animal  has  been  killed.  The  muscular  layers  of  the  proboscis  sheath 
are  rather  thick,  and  the  circular  muscular  fibers  often  cross  into  the 
circular  muscles  of  the  body  in  the  median  line. 

In  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head  a  rich  growth  of  glands  pene- 
trates the  other  tissue  nearly  to  the  central  proboscis  sheath.  These 
glands  mostly  open  directly  outward  on  the  whole  circumference  of 
the  head,  although  a  few  open  on  the  tip  of  the  snout.  Back  of  the 
lateral  slits  the  glands  are  restricted  to  the  cutis.  In  the  region  of  the 
mouth  the  cutis  glands  are  separated  from  the  outer  epithelium  by  a 
layer  of  interlaced  fibers  of  connective  tissue,  forming  a  basement  layer 
of  double  the  thickness  of  the  epithelium.  In  the  intestinal  region  the 
cutis  glands  are  much  reduced,  and  scattered.  The  outer  muscular 
layer  of  the  body  is  about  as  thick  as  the  two  inner  muscular  layers 
combined. 

The  mouth  is  much  elongated,  and  its  anterior  end  reaches  forward 
as  far  as  the  posterior  ends  of  the  cephalic  slits.  The  intestinal  pouches 
are  deep  and  narrow,  and  are  forked  distally. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  canals  are  profusely  branched,  and  lie 
in  contact  with  the  blood  spaces  around  the  esophagus  in  front  of  the 
middle  esophagal  region.  Their  extent  longitudinally,  however,  is 
short.  The  main  nephridial  canals  lie  in  the  angles  between  the 
esophagus  and  the  proboscis.  Near  their  posterior  extremities  a  large 
efferent  duct  passes  obliquely  upward  on  each  side  and  opens  on  the 
latero-dorsal  aspect  of  the  body.  As  described  by  Burger1  in  C. 
marginatuS)  one  of  the  efferent  ducts  often  lies  far  behind  the  other. 
Posterior  to  the  efferent  ducts  the  nephridial  canals  are  smaller,  and 
their  branches  end  a  short  distance  farther  back.  The  blood  lacunae 
in  the  head  in  the  specimens  sectioned  were  very  much  reduced  in  size. 

1  Fauna  u.  Flora  Neapel,  Monogr.  22,  p.  622. 


82  COE 

The  brain  lobes  are  large,  and  the  ventral  commissure  enormously 
thick.  The  well  developed  cerebral  sense  organs  abut  closely  against 
the  posterior  ends  of  the  dorsal  ganglia.  Their  ciliated  canals  pass 
obliquely  inward  from  the  posterior  ends  of  the  cephalic  slits.  In  their 
course  these  canals  pass  external  and  ventral  to  the  dorsal  ganglia.  The 
median  dorsal  nerve,  lying  just  outside  the  circular  muscular  layer  of 
the  body,  is  large  and  conspicuous  throughout  nearly  the  whole  length 
of  the  animal. 

Ocelli  are  wanting  in  the  adult  worm. 

In  specimens  collected  in  June  and  July  the  genital  products  had 
evidently  been  recently  discharged. 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  T.  H.  Montgomery,  Jr.,  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  whose  studies  on  the  Nemerteans  form 
most  valuable  contributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the  group. 

Habitat. — This  magnificent  Nemertean  was  found  abundantly  under 
stones  in  muddy  places  near  low  water  mark  at  most  of  the  collecting 
stations  between  Sitka  and  Unalaska.  At  Orca  and  Virgin  Bay,  in 
Prince  William  Sound,  and  at  Dutch  Harbor,  Unalaska,  it  proved  to 
be  one  of  the  commonest  species.  Professor  Kincaid  has  sent  me  a 
large  specimen  from  Puget  Sound,  in  the  State  of  Washington,  where 
it  is  said  to  be  not  uncommon.  This  would  indicate  that  the  species 
may  be  found  locally  'along  the  whole  northwestern  coast  of  North 
America  south  of  Bering  Sea. 

32.    CEREBRATULUS  ALBIFRONS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  iv,  figs.  3,  4. 

Body  elongated,  ribbon-like,  flattened  behind,  rounded  in  front  as  in 
typical  species  of  the  genus.  Margins  of  intestinal  region  pale  and 
thin.  Cephalic  slits  unusually  long  and  deep,  reaching  well  beyond 
posterior  end  of  mouth. 

Color. — General  color  of  body  brownish  purple.  Anterior  end  of 
head  white,  including  both  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces,  and  extending 
backward  about  as  far  as  anterior  end  of  mouth,  and  sometimes  reach- 
ing along  borders  of  cephalic  slits  to  their  ends.  The  esophagal  re- 
gion is  dark  smoky  purple  on  dorsal  surface ;  the  ventral  surface  is 
similar  but  paler ;  the  intestinal  region  inclines  more  to  reddish.  A 
darker  line  runs  along  the  middle  of  the  dorsal  surface  and  the  in- 
testinal lobes  appear  more  opaque. 

Habitat. — Only  a  single  specimen  of  this  pretty  species  was  se- 
cured, and  this,  unfortunately,  had  its  posterior  extremity  missing. 
The  specimen  was  about  150  mm.  in  length  and  of  moderate  propor- 


ALASKA   NEMERTEANS 


tions.     It  was  restless  in  confinement,  and  an  active  swimmer.    It  was 
found  under  a  stone  near  low  water  mark  at  Hot  Springs,  near  Sitka. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

The  colored  plates  (I  to  VI)  are  reduced  from  colored  sketches 
made,  with  a  few  exceptions,  from  the  living  animal.  They  were  com- 
pleted after  the  return  of  the  expedition  and  have  been  retouched,  and 
in  some  instances  entirely  redrawn,  by  Mr.  A.  H.  Verrill.  Every 
effort  has  been  made  to  make  the  colors  and  the  form  of  the  body  as 
natural  as  possible. 


In  the  figures  on  the  plates  the 

ap,  attachment  of  proboscis. 
bg,  buccal  glands. 
bg' ,  accessory  buccal  glands. 
bl,  blood  lacuna. 
ble,  epithelium  of  same. 
bin,  basement  layer. 
br,  brain. 
bv,  blood  vessel. 

bva,  anastomosis  of  lateral  vessels. 
cc,  ciliated  canal  of  cerebral  sense  or- 
gan. 

cgl,  cephalic  glands. 
cm,  circular  muscular  layer. 
cso,  cerebral  sense  organ. 
ct,  connective  tissue. 
cugl,  cutis  glands. 
dc,  dorsal  commissure  of  brain. 
dg,  dorsal  ganglion. 
dgl,  secretion  of  cephalic  glands. 
dn,  median  dorsal  nerve. 

e,  esophagus. 

eep,  epithelium  of  same. 

f,  fibrous  layer  of  cutis. 

gc,  glandular  cells  of  cerebral  sense 

organ. 

gl,  integumental  glands. 
gp,  genital  pouch. 
*',  integument. 
ic,  intestinal  csecum. 
ion,  inner  circular  muscular  layer. 


following  reference  letters  are  used 

ijl,  inner  fibrous  layer. 
ilm,  inner  longitudinal  muscles. 
in,  intestine. 

Im,  longitudinal  muscles. 
In,  lateral  nerve-cord. 
m,  mouth. 

mep,  epithelium  of  same. 
nc,  nerve  commissure. 
nd,  efferent  nephridial  duct. 
nep,  nephridial  canal. 
np,  nerve  plexus. 
nv,  nerve. 
oc,  ocellus. 

ocm,  outer  circular  muscles. 
oep,  outer  epithelium  of  proboscis. 
olm,  outer  longitudinal  muscles. 
ov,  ova. 

pern,  circular  muscles  of  proboscis. 
plm,  longitudinal  muscles  of  proboscis. 
pn,  proboscis  nerve. 
ps,  proboscis. 

ps/i,  proboscis  sheath  or  its  cavity. 
rh,  rhynchodseum. 
ro,  opening  of  same. 
smg,  submuscular  glands. 
SH,  nerve  to  cerebral  sense  organ. 
sop,  opening  of  ciliated  canal  of  sense 

organ. 

•vc,  ventral  commissure  of  brain. 
•vg,  ventral  ganglion. 


84 


COE 


INDEX  TO   GENERA  AND   SPECIES,  PART  I 

Synonyms  are  in  italics  ;  species  new  to  science,  and  pages  on  which  generic 
or  specific  descriptions  occur,  are  in  black  face  type. 


Amphiporus  40,  9,  28,  32,  33,  34 

angulatus  41,  3,  6,  9,  36 

bimaculatus  44,  6,  9,  31 

exilis  54,  6,  9,  51,  52,  53 

lactifloreus  5;,  54 

leucioduasi,  6,  9,  31,  55 

nebulosus  48,  6,  9 

neesii  4 

tigrinus  46,  6,  9 

virescens  28 
Borlasia  camillea  4 

quinqnelineata  4 
Carinella  u,  7 

annulata,  13,  17 

capistrata  16,  5,  8,  71 

dinemais,  5,  8,  17 

nothus 17 

polymorpha  12 

speciosa  n,  5,  7 

superba  15,  16,  17 
Carinoma  20,  8,    73 

armandi  20,  21,  22 

griffini  20,  5,  8 

patagonica  21,  22,  23 

tremaphoros  20 
Cephalothrix  19,  8 

linearis  19,  5,  8 
Cerebratulus  74,  10,  68 

albifrons  82,  6,  n 

angulatus  75 

bellus  71 

fuscus  75 

herculeus  75,  6,  10 

impresses  70,  3 

longiceps  77,  6,  n 

marginatus  75,  6,  10 

montgomeryi  80,  6,  1 1 

occidentals  76,  6,  10 
Cosmocepkala  beringiana  41,  3,  42 
Emplectonema  23,  4,  8,  28,  32,  54 

biirgeri  25,  5,  8 

camillea  4 

gracile  23.  3,  5,  8 


Emplectonema  viride  23,  3,  4,  25 
Eunemertes  23,  3 

gracilis  23 

neesii  ^ 

Eupolia  61,  3,  4 
Fasciola  angulata  41 
Lineus  64,  10,  68 

torquatus  65,  6,  10 

viridis  65,  6,  10 
Micrura  68,  10 

alaskensis  71,  6,  10 

bella  71 

impressa  70,  3,  10 

verrilli  68,  6,  10 
Nareda  superba  41,  43 
Nemertes  23 

gracilis  23,  3,  4 

obscura  65 

Omatoplca  stimpsonii  41,  42 
Paranemertes  32,  S 

carnea  37,  6,  9,  32 

pallida  36,  5,  8,  32 

peregrina  33,  5,  8,  32 
Planar ia  gesserensis  65 

linearis  19 

•viridis  65 
/W/fl  6 1 
Tseniosoma  61,  4,  10 

cequale  4 

princeps  62,  6,  10 

quinquelineatum  4 

septemlineatum  4 
Tetrastemma  57,  9 

aberrans  58,  6,  9,  57 

bicolor  57,  6,  9 

csecum  59,  6,  9 

cruciatum  58 

rubrum  58 

vermiculus  58 
Zygonemertes  28,  9 

albida  31,  5,  9,  29 

tbalassina  29,  5,  9 

virescens  29,  30 


PLATE  I. 

FIG.   I.   Carinella  capistrata  sp.  nov.     A  large  individual  about  natural   size. 
Virgin  Bay,  Prince  William  Sound. 

2.  Carinella  dinema  sp.  nov.     Victoria,  B.  C.     Enlarged  2^  times. 

3.  Head  of  same  species.     Side  view.     Enlarged  4  times. 

4.  Amphiporus  bimaculatus  sp.  nov.     Dorsal  view  of  head.     Glacier  Bay. 

Enlarged  12  times. 

5.  Cerebratulus  herculeus  sp.  nov.     A  large  individual.     Sitka.    Half  nat- 

ural size. 

6.  Tetrastemma  bicolor  sp.  nov.     Kadiak.     Three  times  natural  size. 

(86) 


H.  A  .  e.  VOL     Xi 


PLATE 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  II. 

FIG.  i.  Rmplectonema  burgeri  sp.  nov.     Anterior  portion  of  an  individual  of 
the  pale  variety.     Glacier  Bay.     %  natural  size. 

2.  E.  burgeri.     A  large  individual  of  the  dark  variety.     Glacier  Bay.     % 

natural  size. 

3.  Tczniosoma  princeps  sp.  nov.     Large  individual.     Yakutat.    %  natural 

size. 

4.  T.  princeps.     A  contracted  specimen  in  formalin.     Cape  Fox.     Nat- 

ural size. 

5.  Zygonemertes  thalassina  sp.  nov.     Sitka.     Twice  natural  size. 

6.  Paranemertes  peregrina  sp.  nov.     Brown  variety.     Victoria,  B.  C.     A 

small  specimen.    Natural  size.     Compare  pi.  in,  fig.  5. 

(83) 


H.  A.  E.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  III. 

FIG.   i.  Amphiporus  exilis  sp.  nov.     Glacier  Bay.     Slightly  enlarged. 

2.  Zygonemcrtes  albida  sp.  nov.     Victoria,  B.  C.     Enlarged  ij£  times. 

3.  Paranemertes   carnea   sp.  nov.      Taku    Harbor.      Anterior   portion    of 

body  with  emarginate  head.     Natural  size. 

4.  P.  carnea.     Sitka.     %  natural  size. 

5.  Paranemertes  peregrina  sp.  nov.      Virgin  Bay,  Prince  William  Sound. 

%  natural  size. 

6.  Carinella  speciosa  sp.  nov.     Hot  Springs,  near  Sitka.     ^  natural  size. 

(90) 


H.  A.  E.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE    III 


ALASKA     NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  IV. 

FIG.  i.  Amfhiporus  nebulosus  sy.nov.    Kukak  Bay,  Alaska  Peninsula.    Natural 
size. 

2.  Micrura  alaskensis  sp.  nov.     Sitka.     Enlarged  i^  times. 

3.  Cerebratulus  albifrons  sp.  nov.     Near  Sitka.     Twice  natural  size. 

4.  Side  view  of  head  of  same  individual. 

5.  Amphiporiis  tigrinus  sp.  nov.     Farragut  Bay.     Mature  male  specimen, 

slightly  enlarged. 

6.  A.  tigrinus.     Head  of  male  ;  dorsal  view.     Twice  natural  size. 

7.  A.    tigrinus.      Farragut   Bay.      Female   with   ripe   ova.      Slightly  en- 

larged. 

8.  Head  of  female  of  same  species.     Dorsal  view.     Twice  natural  size. 

(92) 


H.  A.  E.  VOL.   XI 


PLATE    IV 


s  •r*'- 

i 


ALASKA    NEMERTEAN: 


8>isellithBoslon 


PLATE   V. 

FIG.  i.  Micrura  -verrilli  sp.  nov.     Virgin  Bay,  Prince  William  Sound.     Natu- 
ral size. 

2.  Side  view  of  head  of  same  species. 

3.  The  same ;  contracted. 

4.  Cerebratulnslongiceps^.nov.     Yakutat.     Enlarged  \y2  times. 

5.  6,  7.  Heads  of  same  species,  from  lateral,  dorsal,  and  ventral  aspects  re- 

spectively. 

8.  Linens  torquahts  sp.  nov.     Orca,  Prince  William  Sound.      Natural  size. 

9.  L.  torquatus.     Side  view  of  head. 

10.  Amphiporus  bimaculatus  sp.  nov.     Victoria,  B.  C.     Natural  size. 

(94) 


H    A  .  E.  VOL     XI 


PLATE  V 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  VI. 

FIG.  i.  Cerebratulus  montgomeryi  sp.  nov.     Dutch  Harbor,  Unalaska.     Natural 
size. 

2.  Head  of  same  species  from  ventral  surface. 

3.  Cerebratulus  occidentalis  sp.  nov.     Yakutat.     Natural  size. 

4.  Ampkiporus  angulatus  (Fabr.)  Verrill.     Kadiak.     Natural  size  of  large 
specimen. 


H.  A.  E.  VOL    XI 


PLATE     VI 


ALASKA     NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  VII. 

FIG.  i.  Zygonemertes  thalassina.  Outline  of  stylet  apparatus  of  proboscis 
(  X  50).  la,  i£,  several  accessory  stylets  from  two  individuals  (X  225). 
Sitka. 

2.  Amphiporus  angulatus.     Central  portion  of  proboscis  (X4°)-     Taku 
Harbor.     2a,  central  stylet  and  basis  of  another  specimen  (X  So). 

3.  Paranemertes  pallida.     Outline  of  middle  region  of  proboscis  (  X  60). 

4.  P.  cornea.     Extremity  of  everted  proboscis,  with  six  pouches  of  acces- 
sory stylets,  of  which  but  four  are  shown  (  X  35)-     Sitka. 

5.  Amphiporus  exilis.      Middle  portion   of  proboscis,  indicating,  besides 
central  stylet  and  basis,  eight  pouches   of  accessory  stylets   (X4°)« 
Yakutat. 

6.  Amphiporus  leuciodus.     Stylet  apparatus  of  proboscis  showing  the  three 
accessory  stylet  pouches  (  X6o).     Victoria,  B.  C. 

7.  Paranemertes  peregrina.      Outline   of   middle   portion    of    proboscis 
(XS°)-     Virgin  Bay. 

(98) 


H     A.  E.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE   VII 


Coe  de! 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  VIII. 

FIG.  i.  Emplectonema  burgeri .     Outline  of  stylet  apparatus  (X35)-     Glacier 
Bay. 

2.  Amphiporus  bimaculatus.      Middle    portion    of    proboscis,  with    four 
pouches  of  accessory  stylets  (  X  35  )•     Glacier  Bay. 

3.  Emplectonema  gracile.     Stylet  apparatus  of  proboscis   (X5°)»     Popof 
Island. 

4.  Amphiporus  tigrinus.     Middle  region  of  proboscis    (X6o).    Farragut 
Bay.     The  deeply  stained  wreath  of  glands  is  indicated  only  in  section. 

5.  Zygonemertes  albida.     Middle  portion  of  proboscis  (  X  4°) •     Victoria, 
B.  C. 

6.  Amphiporus  nebulosus.     Outline  of  stylet  apparatus  of  proboscis  (X5°)« 
Kukak  Bay. 

7.  Paranemertes  carnea.     Side  view  of  head,  with  partially  everted  probos- 
cis.    The  position  of  the  lateral  oblique  furrows,  and  the  arrangement 
of  the  ocelli  are  indicated  (  X  5)-    Taku  Harbor. 

(100) 


H.  A.  E     VOL.   XI 


PLATE 


J 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  IX. 

FIG.  I.  Carinella  sfeciosa.  Transverse  section  through  head  in  front  of  brain 
showing,  particularly,  position  of  enormously  developed  cephalic  glands 
(  ££•/)  and  arrangement  of  cephalic  nerves  (nv}.  The  cephalic  glands 
are  thickly  placed  both  above  and  below  the  cephalic  blood  lacunas  (bl}, 
as  well  as  around  the  rhynchodzeum  (rh).  The  secretion  from  many  of 
these  glands  is  discharged  near  the  lateral  margins  as  indicated  (dgl}. 
Between  the  longitudinal  and  oblique  muscles  (/?«),  which  lie  in  the 
deeper  parts  of  the  head,  and  the  circular  fibrous  layer  (cm},  composed  of 
muscles  and  connective  tissue  fibers  underlying  the  integument  (i ),  are 
numerous  and  very  massive  nerves  (nv}  which  supply  the  head  regions 
in  front  of  the  brain.  The  broad  indentation  on  the  ventral  margin  has 
no  relation  to  the  mouth,  which  lies  much  farther  back.  Other  reference 
letters  are  explained  above  (p.  83).  A  small  individual.  (  X45)- 

2.  Carinella  speciosa.     Transverse,  but  somewhat  oblique,  section  through 
head  in  region  of  brain.   On  the  right  of  the  section  the  brain  (dg  and  vg} 
lies  directly  beneath  the  circular  fibers  (cm}.     External  to  the  brain,  and 
lying  among  the  bases  of  the  integumental  cells,  is  the  highly  specialized 
cerebral  sense  organ  (cso),  connected  with  the  dorsal  ganglion  (dg)  by 
several  small  nerves  (s«).     The  cerebral  sense  organ  shows  a  conspicu- 
ous central  canal.     The  rhynchodseum  (rh}  has  lost  its  fringe  of  gland 
cells,  these  being  limited  to  the  regions  anterior  to  it.     The  outer  por- 
tion of  the  circular  layer  (cm}  constitutes  the  basement  membrane  of  the 
integument.     In  the  region  of  the  brain  the  circular  layer  splits  into  two 
sheets,  one  passing  external  to  the  brain  and  the  other  (y?)  internal. 
Other  reference  letters  as  above.     A  large  specimen.     (X25). 

3.  Carinella  sfeciosa.     Transverse  section  through  nephridial  region  show- 
ing positions,  and  one  of  the  openings,  of  the  nephridial  canals.     The 
lateral  blood  lacuna  (bv}  and  the  nephridial  canal  (nef)  lie  embedded  in 
a  band  of  loose  connective  tissue  on  each  side.     The  opening  of  one  of 
the  efferent  nephridial  ducts  (nd)  is  seen  on  the  right  of  the  drawing. 
Other  reference  letters  as  indicated  above.     (X25). 

(102) 


H.  A.  E.  VOL.   XI 


PLATE    IX 


.-rh. 


...Ml. 


m—-fo 





Coedel 


ALASKA     NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  X. 

FIG.  i.  Carinella  sfeciosa.  Portion  of  transverse  section  through  nephridial 
region.  The  ciliated  nephridial  canal  (nep)  shows  the  peculiar  in- 
folding of  the  integumental  cells  on  its  dorsal  border.  These  integu- 
mental  cells  are  here  loosely  arranged,  and  show  several  deep  infoldings 
(of)  which,  under  certain  circumstances,  may  possibly  have  a  more  or  less 
distinct  communication  with  the  nephridial  canal.  But  a  small  portion 
of  the  closely  packed  gland  cells  in  the  integument  are  indicated.  Ref- 
erence letters  are  explained  on  p.  83.  (X  75)- 

2.  Carinella  speciosa.     Portion  of  a  transverse  section  through  the  brain 
region.     The  relation  of  the  dorsal  ganglion  (dg)  with  the  highly  spec- 
ialized cerebral  sense  organ  (cso)  is  indicated.      The  ciliated  canal   (cc) 
of  the  sense  organ  connects  directly  v/ith  the  exterior  by  a  narrow  tube 
(sof) — shown  in  dotted  lines  in  the  drawing,  because  it  lies  mainly   in 
another  section — opening  on  the  lateral  margin  of  the  head.     Several 
nerves  (sn)  are  seen  to  pass  from  the  dorsal  ganglion  to  the  sense  organ. 
Other  reference  letters  as  above.     Only  a  small  portion  of  the  integu- 
mental gland  cells  are  shown.     (X  75 )• 

3.  AmpJiiponis  tigrinus.     Dorsal  view  of  anterior  portion  of  body,  cleared 
in  cedar  oil.      In  front  of  the  brain  the  arrangement  of  the  ocelli   is 
shown,  and  farther  back  the  position  of  the  ovaries   (ov).     The  intesti- 
nal cseca  are  not  indicated.     Farragut  Bay.     (  X  8). 

4.  Amphiporus  tigrinus.     Median  sagittal  section  through  the  anterior  por- 
tion of  the  body.   The  cephalic  glands  (  cgl )  lie  above  the  opening  of  the 
rhyncodseum    (ro).      The  mouth  (m)   separates    from   the   proboscis 
opening  a  little  way  back.     The  attachment  (a/)  of  the  proboscis  to  the 
tissues  of  the  head  is  seen  to  be  well  in  front  of  the  brain  commissures 
(dc  and  vc).   The  section  shows  the  comparative  size  and  arrangement  of 
the  proboscis,  blood  vessels,  esophagus,  and  other  organs.     Preference 
letters  as  above.     (X  3°)- 

(104) 


H.  A.  E.  VOL     XI 


PLATE    X 


Oft. 


nap.          ct.    bv      bm      'In 
6m  . 


^gsfe^i! 


^ 


' '         •'    v. it  '•""•••     •  -•  •  y>         "  -^~~ 


\r. 


m 


Coe  del 


ALASKA     NEMERTEANS 


!5e.  i 


PLATE  XI. 

FIG.  i.  Amphiporus  nebulosus.  Transverse  section  through  posterior  portion  of 
ventral  commissure  of  brain.  The  submuscular  glands  (sniff}  fill  up 
a  large  portion  of  the  tissues  of  the  ventral  half  of  the  head.  The 
pair  of  nerves  leading  forward  to  the  cerebral  sense  organs  is  seen  to 
originate  (son]  from  the  ventral  side  of  the  dorsal  ganglia.  Other 
reference  letters  are  explained  on  p.  83.  (X  26). 

2.  Amphiporus  angnlatiis.     Transverse  section  through  ventral  commis- 
sure of  brain.     The  dorsal  attachment  of  the  proboscis  to  the  tissues  of 
the  head  is  shown.     The  proboscis  nerves  (/«)  enter  the  ventral  side  of 
the  proboscis,  and  divide  into  a  definite  number  of  branches  (usually 
18),  which   farther   back  arrange  themselves  symmetrically   about  the 
periphery.     The  roots  of  the  dorsal  brain  commissure  (rdc)   are  indi- 
cated.    In  the  right  half  of  the  section  the  anterior  ends  of  the  nephri- 
dial  tubules   (ncp}  are    seen.     Submuscular   glands    (smg]    are  not  as 
numerous  as  in  A.  nebulosus.    Other  reference  letters  as  above.    (X  26). 

3.  Amphiporus  cxilt's.    Transverse  section  through  nephridial  region  to  show 
efferent  nephridial  ducts  (nep]  opening  on  dorso-lateral  aspects  of  body. 
This  condition  is  extremely  rare  in  Metanemerteans.     Several  diverti- 
cula  of  the  intestinal  caecum  (inc)  are   represented.     Other   reference 
letters  as  above.     (X32)- 

(106) 


H.  A.  E.  VOL     XI 


PLATE     XI 


inc. 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  XII. 

FIG.  i.  Paranemertes  pallida.  Transverse  section  through  nephridial  region. 
In  this  case  the  single  pair  of  efferent  nephridial  ducts  (nef)  was  so 
symmetrically  placed  that  both  were  cut  in  a  single  section.  The  very 
small  size  of  the  proboscis  (P$}  in  the  large  proboscis  sheath  (psk)  is 
remarkable.  The  intestinal  cascum  (ic)  shows  lateral  diverticula  above 
the  lateral  nerve  cords.  (X  18). 

2.  Amphiporus  bimaculatus.      Transverse  section   of  proboscis.     The  16 
proboscis  nerves  (pn)  are  very  sharply  denned.     The  cylindrical  plexus 
(np)  of  nerve  fibers  and  connective  tissue  serves  to  connect  the  nerves, 
and  divides  the  thick  longitudinal  muscular  band  into  an  inner  (pint] 
and  an  outer  (pirn')  layer.    The  inner  longitudinal  muscular  layer, 
found  in  most  related  species,  is  wanting — the  basement  layer  (bm)  of 
the  internal  epithelium  (pep)    lying  immediately  beneath  the  circular 
muscular  layer.     ( X  66) . 

3.  Emplectonema  biirgeri.     Transverse    section   through   body,  showing 
manner  in  which  the  esophagus  (e)  opens  into  dorsal  wall  of  intestine 
(»'»).     This    section  also  shows  the  genital  pouches  (gp)  lying   both 
above  and  below  the  intestinal  lobes,  and  indicating  that  they  open 
respectively  on  the  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces  of  the  body.     Of  the 
submuscular  glands  (smg),  which  extend  throughout  the  esophagal  re- 
gion in  great  abundance  but  a  few  remain  as  far  back  as  the  position  of 
the  section  figured.     (X20)- 

(108) 


H.  A.  E.   VOL.   XI 


PLATE   xu 


h\\,    6 


Coe  del 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  XIII. 

FIG.  i.  Micrura  alaskensis.  Transverse  section  through  mouth  region.  The 
peculiar  accessory  buccal  glands  (bgf)  are  seen  to  lie  outside  the  cir- 
cular muscular  layer  (COT),  and  amongst  the  fibers  of  the  outer  longi- 
tudinal muscular  layer  (olm).  Their  secretion  passes  through  the  layer  of 
circular  muscles,  and  mixes  with  that  of  the  true  buccal  glands  (bg), 
which  lie  immediately  beneath  the  epithelium  of  the  mouth  (mep).  The 
buccal  nerves  (bn)  lie  on  the  lateral  borders  of  the  mouth  as  usual. 
Other  reference  letters  are  explained  on  p.  83.  (X  3°)- 

2.  Zygonemertes  thalassina.    Transverse  section  immediately  back  of  the 
brain.     The  intestinal  caeca  (tc)  reach  forward  to  abut  against  the  dor- 
sal ganglia.     The  ocelli  (oc)  extend  back  of  the  brain,  and  occupy  posi- 
tions, as  shown,  immediately  above   and  external  to  the  lateral  nerve 
cords  (In).     (X  100). 

3.  Amphiportis  angtilatus.    Transverse  section  through  posterior  end  of 
body.     The  drawing  is  slightly  diagrammatic,  as  it  contains  portions  of 
the  two  adjacent  sections.     The  anastomosis  of  the  three  longitudinal 
blood  vessels  (bva)  is  seen  to  lie  immediately  dorsal  to  the  commissure 
(nc)  of  the  lateral  nerves  (In)  ;  the  basement  layer  (bm)  is  remarkably 
thick  in  this  region.     The  posterior    end  of  the    intestine  (in)  opens 
ventrally  a  few  sections  farther  back.     Other  reference  letters  are  ex- 
plained above.     (X  So). 

(1 10) 


H.  A.  E.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE    XIII 


^.,'     3 


Coe  del 


ALASKA    NEMERTEANS 


NEMERTEANS  OF  THE   PACIFIC 
COAST   OF   NORTH   AMERICA 

PART   II 


(in) 


NEMERTEANS  OF  THE  PACIFIC  COAST 
OF  NORTH  AMERICA 

PART  II 
BY  WESLEY  R.  COE,  PH.D. 

CONTENTS 

Introduction , 113 

Alaska  species  found  in  California 118 

Species  new  to  west  coast  of  North  America 119 

Distribution  of  all  species  known  from  region 121 

Key  to  new  species  and  species  new  to  region 125 

Systematic  discussion  of  new  species 129 

Index  to  genera  and  species 219 

INTRODUCTION 

SINCE  the  publication  of  the  report  on  the  Nemerteans  col- 
lected on  the  Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,1  I  have  had  an 
opportunity  of  studying  extensive  collections  of  this  group 
of  worms  from  Alaska  and  from  other  portions  of  the  Pacific 
coast  of  North  America.  The  report  on  these  collections  is 
soon  to  appear  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology.  I  have  also  found  opportunity  to  spend  a  summer 
on  the  coast  of  California,2  where  I  obtained  a  considerable 

1  Published  in  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  pp.  i-no,  pis.  i-xm,  March,  1901. 

8To  Dr.  \Vm.  E.  Ritter,  of  the  University  of  California,  for  the  hospitality 
of  the  Marine  Laboratory  at  San  Pedro,  and  to  Dr.  C.  H.  Gilbert,  of  Stanford 
University,  for  similar  privileges  at  the  Hopkins  Seaside  Laboratory  at  Pacific 
Grove,  the  writer  wishes  to  express  his  most  cordial  thanks.  The  writer  is  also 
indebted  to  Professor  C.  B.  Wilson,  of  Westfield,  Mass.,  for  numerous  speci- 
mens and  very  valuable  notes  on  California  Nemerteans  ;  and  to  Mr.  J.  F.  Abbott, 
formerly  of  Stanford  University,  for  numerous  important  notes  and  drawings 
from  specimens  collected  at  Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 


114  COE 

number  of  species  which  were  not  collected  on  the  Harriman 
Expedition,  and  a  large  proportion  of  which  have  proved  to  be 
new  to  science. 

A  study  of  the  Nemerteans  of  the  California  coast  reveals  the 
fact  that  a  number  of  the  Alaska  species  extend  southward 
throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  State,  and  that  many  others 
occur  as  far  south  as  Monterey  Bay.  We  may  thus  expect  that 
many  of  those  forms  which  I  have  more  recently  found  in  Cali- 
fornia may  range  northward  into  Alaska,  so  that  their  incor- 
poration in  the  report  on  the  Alaska  species  can  by  no  means 
be  out  of  place. 

In  the  following  pages  I  shall  not  attempt  to  describe  all  the 
species  which  have  come  into  my  hands  from  the  Pacific  coast, 
but  shall  here  confine  myself  to  those  forms  which  I  had  an  op- 
portunity of  collecting  personally  and  studying  while  they  were 
still  alive.  The  specific  descriptions  can  thus  be  made  far  more 
precise  and  exhaustive  than  when  preserved  material  only  is  to 
be  had.  In  all  cases,  however,  serial  sections  have  been  care- 
fully studied  to  determine  the  anatomical  peculiarities  of  each 
species  recorded. 

The  most  strikingly  colored  forms  were  drawn  as  nearly  as 
possible  in  their  natural  colors,  and  an  attempt  was  made  to  re- 
produce the  natural  shape  and  characteristic  position  of  the  body 
when  alive. 

A  single  species  (A.  -paulinus)  has  been  described  by  Pun- 
nett1  from  the  Pribilof  Islands,  Bering  Sea,  since  the  first  por- 
tion of  this  report  appeared.  A  brief  description  of  this  species 
will  be  found  on  p.  155. 

At  the  time  of  publishing  the  first  portion  of  the  report,  I  was 
unfortunately  unaware  that  a  preliminary  paper  by  the  late  B. 
B.  Griffin  on  Some  Marine  Nemerteans  of  Puget  Sound  and 
Alaska2  had  appeared  since  the  death  of  this  enthusiastic  young 
investigator.  Several  of  the  species  very  briefly  described  by 
Griffin  were  through  this  oversight  redescribed  by  me  in  my 
previous  paper  with  names  which  must  be  now  relegated  to  syn- 
onymy. Griffin's  drawings,  notes,  and  collections  have  recently 

1Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  92,  1901. 

2  Ann.  New  York  Acad.  Sci.,  xi,  pp.  193-217,  1898. 


NEMERTEANS  1 15 

been  placed  in  my  hands,  so  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  the 
identity  of  these  forms.     They  are  : 

1 .  Carinella  dincma  Coe  =  C.  scxlincata  Griffin. 

2.  C.  spcciosa  Coe  ==  C.  rubra  Griffin. 

3.  Carinoma  griffini  Coe  =  C.  mutabilis  Griffin. 

4.  Amphiporus  leuciodus  Coe  =  A.  imparispinosus  Griffin. 

5.  A.  exilis  Coe  =  A.  formidabilis  Griffin. 

Griffin's  paper  includes  twelve  named  species  besides  two 
forms  which  are  not  designated  by  specific  names.  The  geo- 
graphical distribution  of  these  is  as  follows  : 

1.  Carinella  scxlincata  Griffin.    Puget  Sound  ;  Sitka,  Alaska. 

2.  C.  rubra  Griffin.     Puget  Sound;  Sitka,  Alaska. 

3.  Carinoma  mutabilis  Griffin.     Puget  Sound;  Strait  of  Juan 
de  Fuca.     Varieties  :  argillina,  in  hard  blue  clay  ;  vasculosa,  in 
sand  between  tides. 

4.  Emplcctoncma   viridc  Stimpson  =  E.  gracilc  (Johnston) 
Verrill.     Southern  Alaska ;  Puget  Sound. 

5.  E.    violaccum   Griffin,  (non  Burger)   =  E.    biirgeri  Coe. 
This    form,   which    Griffin    considers    identical  with    Burger's 
species   from   the  coast  of  Chile,1  was  found  on  piles  at  Port 
Townsend,  Puget  Sound.     Griffin's  description  is    substantially 
as  follows  :  Body  extremely  flattened,  ribbon-like  ;  head  rounded 
in  front,  directly  continuous  with  body;  eyes  numerous.     Color 
somewhat  variable,  with  fairly  constant  pattern  on  dorsal  surface 
which  is  densely  flecked  with  purple  or  brown  upon  a  pale  yel- 
lowish brown  ground  color ;     ventral    surface  yellowish  white. 
Length  probably  50  cm.,  although  it  was  difficult  of  measurement 
because  the  body  remained  coiled  up  in  tangled  knots  in  an  enor- 
mous amount  of  slime  which  the  worm  secretes.     These  char- 
acters agree  in  the  main  with  the  brownish  variety  of  E,  burger tt 
but  differ  widely  from  Burger's  E.  violaccum,  which  is  dark 
brownish  violet    above  and  pale  rose-violet  on  ventral  surface 
even  after  preservation.     Griffin  considers  the  internal  anatomy 
to  agree  « more  or  less  closely '  with  Burger's  E.  violaccum. 
My  own  preparations,  however,  prove  conclusively  that  the  two 
species  are  specifically  distinct,  for  they  differ  decidedly  in  the 
only  really  specific  anatomical  character  which  Burger  gives ; 

JZool.  Jahrb.,  Abth.  d.  Syst.,  ix,  p.  272,  1896. 


COE 

viz.,  in  E.  vtolaceum  the  cerebral  sense  organs  are  very  small, 
and  lie  far  in  front  of  brain,  while  in  E.  burgeri  they  are 
remarkably  large  for  the  genus  and  lie  only  slightly  in  front  of 
brain.1  The  practical  absence  of  cephalic  glands  is  in  accord 
with  most  species  of  the  genus.  Neither  Burger  nor  Griffin 
makes  any  statements  in  regard  to  the  proboscis,  which  usually 
presents  the  most  tangible  specific  characters. 

6.  Amphiporus  imparisjrfnosus  Griffin.     Sitka,  Alaska ;  Puget 
Sound. 

7.  A.  formidabilis  Griffin.     Alaska  and  Puget  Sound 

8.  A.    brunncus    Griffin.      Port   Townsend,    Puget   Sound. 
Presents  the  following  peculiarities  :  Length  in  alcohol  3. 3  cm. ; 
width  5  mm.     Color  in  life  dark  brown  or  smoky  black  dorsally, 
greenish  or  yellowish  white  ventrally ;  on  each  side  of  neck  is  a 
pale,   angular  spot.     Cephalic  glands   moderately  developed; 
cephalic  sense  organs  considerably  in  front  of  brain.     Intestinal 
caeca  reach  nearly  to  brain.     Basis  of  central  stylet  long ;  two 
lateral  pouches  with  two  (or  three  ?)  stylets  each. 

In  some  respects  this  description  agrees  with  the  characters 
of  Paranemertes*peregrina,)  which  is  common  in  Puget  Sound, 
but  on  the  following  page  (p.  213)  the  species  is  represented  as 
bearing  "  a  more  or  less  general  resemblance  to  A.  angulatus" 
There  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  the  slightest  resemblance  be- 
tween P.  pcregrina  and  A.  angulatus,  so  that  even  with  Griffin's 
notes  and  material  at  hand,  there  being  no  specimens  of  this 
form  it  is  impossible  to  determine  to  which,  if  any,  of  the  des- 
cribed species  this  A.  bnmneus  belongs.  For  the  present  it  is 
necessary  therefore  to  consider  it  as  a  distinct  species. 

9.  A.  angulatus  (Fabr.)  Verrill.     Sitka  and  Redout  Bay, 
Alaska.     Doubtfully  referred  to  this  species  by  Griffin ;  several 
varieties  obtained.     This  species  is  abundant  along  the  whole 
coast,  from  Bering  Strait  to  Puget  Sound. 

10.  A.  drepanophoroides  Griffin.    No  locality  given.    Length 
4-5  cm.  or  less ;  form  short  and  stout :  color  red  above,  white 
beneath ;  eyes  numerous,  in  rows  along  antero-lateral  margins  of 
head.     Cephalic  and  submuscular  glands  prominent.     Cerebral 
sense  organs  large,  situated  beside  brain  and  extending  pos- 

JCoe,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  p.  26,  1901. 


NEMERTEANS  117 

teriorly  behind  dorsal  ganglia ;  canals  open  in  front  of  ventral 
commissure.  Differs  from  all  the  preceding  species  in  small- 
ness  of  rhynchocoel,  which  is  enclosed  in  a  thick  muscular  sheath 
in  which  longitudinal  and  circular  muscles  are  interwoven. 
No  intestinal  c£ecum ;  circular  muscle-layer  quite  thick. 

The  species  is  known  only  from  the  above  description,  and  is 
truly  remarkable  because  of  the  absence  of  the  intestinal  caecum. 
No  specimens  or  slides  showing  any  such  peculiarity  were  con- 
tained in  Griffin's  collections,  however,  when  they  were  turned 
over  to  the  writer. 

11.  Linens  striatus  Griffin.     Puget  Sound.     Color  notes  and 
drawings  lost  by  shipwreck.     "  Color  brownish  red  on  dorsum, 
sharply  marked  off  laterally  from  the  much  lighter  ventral  por- 
tion.    Dorsum  marked  by  numerous   creamy  white  transverse 
bands  which  cease  at  demarcation-line  between  the  dorsal  and 
ventral  coloring.     Tip  of  head  brilliant  red.     Length  probably 
not  over  4  cm."     Nephridia  have  numerous  efferent  ducts. 

These  characters  resemble  those  of  very  small  individuals  of 
M.  verrilli  in  many  respects,  and  the  two  species  may  possibly 
be  identical.  Perhaps  Griffin's  form  is  more  closely  similar  to 
Stimpson's  Ccrebratulus  impressus  (==  Micrura  impressd)  from 
Bering  Strait. 

12.  Ccrebratulus  marginatus  Renier.     Puget  Sound. 

13.  Lmeus&p.l     Puget  Sound.     Smoky  black  with  greenish 
tinge    dorsally,  grayish  brown  ventrally.      Probably  =  Lineiis 
•viridis  (Fabr.)  Johnston,  which  is  recorded  from  southern  Alaska 
(Coe,  loc.  cit.,  p.  65). 

14.  Ccrebratulus  sp.  ?    A  very  large,  dark  species  with  flesh- 
colored  margins  ;  fragments  measuring  nearly  20  mm.  in  diam- 
eter after  preservation.     No  locality  given,  but  the  species  is  in 
all  probability  C.  herculeus  Coe,  which  is  also  recorded  from 
southern  Alaska. 

Careful  comparison  of  Griffin's  notes,  drawings,  and  material 
indicates  that  eight  of  the  twelve  above-named  species  were  new 
at  time  of  publication.  Five  of  the  eight  must  be  retained  in 
place  of  five  of  my  own  names,  as  stated  above.  Two  other 
new  species  (Amphiporus  brunneus  and  A.  drcpanophoroides] 
cannot  be  referred  to  any  forms  which  have  come  into  my 


COE 

hands,  and  must  stand  as  new  for  the  present.  One  other  spe- 
cies (E,  bnrgcri  Coe),  although  undescribed  at  the  time,  was 
incorrectly  referred  to  E.  violaccuin  Burger.  Three  of  the  four 
remaining  forms  were  correctly  identified  with  European  spe- 
cies, while  the  one  species  remaining,  Lincus  striatus,  is  pos- 
sibly identical  with  M.  impressa  (Stimpson),  as  stated  above. 

ALASKA    SPECIES    FOUND    ON    THE    COAST    OF    CALIFORNIA 

Of  the  species  recorded  in  the  first  part  of  this  report  (pp.  i- 
110),  the  following  were  collected  in  the  summer  of  1901  on 
the  California  coast  in  the  localities  indicated  below. 

Paleonemertea. 

1.  Carinella  capistrata  Coe.     Monterey  Bay. 

2.  C.  sexlincata  Griffin  (=  C.  dincma  Coe) .   Monterey  Bay ; 
San  Pedro. 

3.  Carinoma  mutabilis  Griffin    (=  C.  griffini  Coe).      San 
Pedro. 

4.  Cephalothrix  linearis  (Rathke)  Oersted.    Monterey  Bay ; 
San  Pedro  ;  San  Diego. 

Hoplonemertea. 

5.  Emplcctonemagracile(]o\ir\stor\)Vei~Y\\\.   Monterey  Bay. 

6.  Paranemertes  ^peregrina   Coe.       Monterey    Bay ;    San 
Pedro. 

7.  Amphvporus  bhnaculatus  Coe.     Monterey  Bay. 

8.  A.  angulatus  (Fabr.)  Verrill.   Monterey  Bay ;  San  Pedro. 

9.  A.  imparispinosus  Griffin  (=  A.  Icuciodus  Coe).     Mon- 
terey Bay;  San  Pedro;  San  Diego. 

10.  A.  formidabilis    Griffin   (=  A.  cxilis   Coe).      Monterey 

Bay. 

Heteronemertea. 

11.  Micrura  verritti  Coe.     Monterey  Bay. 

12.  M.  alaskensis  Coe.     San  Pedro;  Monterey  Bay. 

13.  Cercbratulus  marginatns  Renier.     San  Pedro. 

14.  C.  albifrons  Coe.     San  Pedro 

In  the  first  portion  of  this  report  32  species  were  enumerated. 
Nearly  half  of  these,  or  the  above  14  species,  were  found  also 
on  the  California  coast  during  a  single  summer.  Eleven  of 


NEMERTEANS  119 

these  forms,  which  are  common  both  to  the  California  coast  and 
to  Alaska,  were  found  at  Monterey  Bay,  ten  at  San  Pedro  or  in 
the  deep  water  in  the  vicinity,  while  only  two  were  collected  at 
San  Diego,  and  these  were  both  common  in  the  other  two  locali- 
ties. At  San  Diego,  however,  the  opportunities  for  collecting 
were  comparatively  limited,  and  but  a  short  time  was  spent  at 
that  place.  Of  the  ten  Alaska  species  found  at  San  Pedro,  five 
only  were  collected  at  Monterey  Bay,  although  in  all  probability 
the  others  will  be  found  to  occur  there. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  future  collections  will  add  mate- 
rially to  the  number  of  forms  whose  range  extends  from  Alaska 
at  least  as  far  southward  as  Monterey  Bay  or  even  to  Point 
Conception.  And  while  this  is  a  considerable  range  geographi- 
cally, yet  the  environmental  conditions  of  the  marine  forms  are 
not  greatly  different  between  Monterey  Bay,  Puget  Sound, 
Sitka,  and  the  eastern  Aleutian  Islands.  The  temperature  of 
the  water  is  but  a  few  degrees  different,  and  in  some  seasons  of 
the  year  is  actually  warmer  on  the  coast  in  portions  of  Alaska 
than  it  is  in  Puget  Sound  or  even  in  the  deeper  water  off  the 
California  coast. 

SPECIES    NEW   TO    WEST    COAST    OF    NORTH    AMERICA 

In  addition  to  the  species  recorded  in  the  previous  paper  (pp. 
i-no),  the  following  forms  have  since  been  studied,  and  are 
described  in  this  article.  In  accord  with  Bergendal's  recom- 
mendation1 the  orders  Protonemertea  and  Mesonemertea  of 
Burger  are  placed  together  under  the  older  order  Paleonemertea 
proposed  by  Hubrecht. 

Paleonemertea. 

1.  Carinclla  frcnata   sp.    nov.      San   Pedro,    Calif.     Not 
common. 

2.  C.  attocincta  sp.  nov.     Off  San  Pedro,  Calif.,  in  50-100 
fms.     Common. 

3.  C.  cingulata  sp.  nov.     Monterey  Bay,  Calif.,  in  14  fms. 

Not  common. 

Hoplonemertea. 

4.  JVemertapsis  gracilis   sp.  nov.     Monterey   Bay,    Calif. 
Not  common. 

1  Kongl.  Vetenskaps-Akad.  Forhandlingar,  pp.  721-742,  1900. 


I2O  COE 

5.  Paranemertes  calif ornica  sp.  nov.      Southern  coast  of 
California.     Not  uncommon. 

6.  Carcinonemertcs  epialti  Coe.     Parasitic  on  the  crab,  JEpi- 
altus  productus.     Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

7.  Amphiporus  cruentatus  Verrill.    San  Pedro  and  Monterey 
Bay,  Calif.     Rather  common. 

8.  Tctrastcmma  signifcr  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif.     Not 
very  common. 

9.  T.  nigrifrons  sp.  nov.    Monterey  Bay,  Calif.    Abundant. 

10.  Z1.  bilineatum  sp.  nov.     San  Diego,  Calif.     Common. 

11.  T.  quadrilineatum  sp.  nov.    San  Pedro,  Calif.     Rather 
common. 

12.  T.  (CErstcdia)  dor  sale  (Abildgaard)  Mclntosh.      Mont- 
erey Bay,  Calif.,  in  20  fms.     Not  very  common. 

13.  T.  (CErstcdid)  rcticulatum  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif. 
Common. 

Heteronemertea. 

14.  Taniosoma  -ptinnetti  sp.  nov.     Off  San  Pedro,  50  fms. ; 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif.,  5-20  fms.     Common. 

15.  Zygcupolia  littoralis  C.  B.  Thompson.    San  Pedro,  Calif. 
Common. 

16.  Linens   rubcsccns  sp.    nov.     San  Pedro   and   Monterey 
Bay,  Calif.     Not  common. 

17.  L>  flavescens  sp.  nov.      Low  water  to  50  or  more  fms., 
off  San  Pedro,  Calif.     Common. 

18.  L.  pictifrons  sp.    nov.       San   Pedro,    Calif.      Rather 
common. 

19.  L.  albotineatus  sp.  nov.     Off  San  Pedro  and  in  Monterey 
Bay,  Calif.     Not  common. 

20.  L.  ivilsoni  sp.  nov.     Monterey  Bay,  Calif.     Common. 

21.  Micrura  nigrirostris  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif.     Not 
common. 

Besides  those  mentioned  in  the  above  list,  which  includes 
only  species  which  have  not  been  hitherto  recorded  from  the 
Pacific  coast  of  North  America,  a  considerable  number  of  forms 
described  in  the  first  part  of  this  paper  (pp.  1 1-84)  as  occurring  in 
Alaska  have  since  been  found  in  other  localities,  notably  on  the 


NEMERTEANS  121 

California  coast,  as   mentioned  above,  and  have  thus  had  the 
range  of  their  distribution  greatly  extended. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  ALL  SPECIES  KNOWN    FROM    THE  WEST  COAST 

OF  NORTH  AMERICA 

Including  the  foregoing  and  those  which  are  described  on  the 
following  pages,  57  species  of  Nemerteans  are  at  present  known 
from  the  Pacific  coast,  and  their  distribution  as  far  as  recorded 
(including  my  own  observations  during  the  summer  of  1901 
and  the  study  of  several  other  collections)  is  as  follows  : 

Paleonemertea. 

1.  Car  indict  rubra  Griffin.     Whole  Pacific  coast  of  Alaska 
to  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C. 

2.  C.  sexlineata  Griffin.     Sitka,  Alaska,  to  San  Pedro,  Calif. 

3.  C.  capistrata   Coe.     Prince  William  Sound,  Alaska,  to 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

4.  C.frenata  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif. 

5.  C.  albocincta  sp.  nov.      Off  San  Pedro,  Calif. 

6.  C.  cingulata  sp.  nov.     Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

7.  Carinoma  mutabilis  Griffin.    Vancouver  Island,  B.  C.,  to 
San  Pedro  and  San  Diego,  Calif. 

8.  Ce-phalothrix  linearis  (Rathke)  Oersted.     Whole  Pacific 
coast  of   Alaska  to  southern  coast  of  California;  New  Eng- 
land; northern  coasts  of  Europe;  Mediterranean  Sea. 

Hoplonemertea. 

9.  JEmplectoncma  gracilc  (Johnston)  Verrill.     Whole  Pacific 
coast  of  Alaska  to  Monterey  Bay,  Calif.  ;   northern  coasts  of 
Europe  ;  Mediterranean  Sea  ;  Madeira. 

10.  E.  burgcri  Coe.      Southern  coast  of  Alaska  to  Puget 
Sound. 

11.  Zygoncmertes  thalassina  Coe.     Sitka,  Alaska. 

12.  Z.  albida  Coe.     British  Columbia. 

13.  Ncmerto^sis  gracilis  sp.  nov.     Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

14.  Parancmcrtcs  -peregrina  Coe.     Whole  Pacific  coast  of 
Alaska  to  southern  coast  of  California. 

15.  P.  -pallida  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska. 


122  COE 

16.  P.  carnea  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska  and  British  Co- 
lumbia. 

17.  P.  californica  sp.  nov.     Southern  coast  of  California. 

18.  Carcinonemertes    epialti  Coe.     Parasitic    on   Epialtus. 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

19.  Amphiporus  angulatus  (Fabr.)  Verrill.     Bering  Strait  to 
Puget  Sound ;  New  England  to  Greenland. 

20.  A.  bimaculatus  Coe.     Southern  Alaska;  Puget  Sound  to 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

21.  A.  tigrinus  Coe.     British  Columbia. 

22.  A.  ncbulosus  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska  Peninsula. 

23.  A.  cruentatus  Verrill.     Monterey  Bay  and  San  Pedro, 
Calif. ;  southern  coast  of  New  England. 

24.  A.  imparispinosus  Griffin.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska  to 
southern  coast  of  California. 

25.  A.  formidabilis    Griffin.     Aleutian    Islands,    Alaska,  to 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

26.  A.  pauttnus  Punnett.     Pribilof  Islands,  Bering  Sea. 

27.  A.  brunneus  Griffin.     Puget  Sound. 

28.  A.  drepanophoroides  Griffin.     Puget  Sound. 

29.  Tctrastcmma  signifer  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif. 

30.  T.  nigrifrons  sp.  nov.     Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

31.  T.  bicolor  Coe.     Kadiak,  Alaska. 

32.  T.  aberrans  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska. 

33.  T.  ccecum  Coe.     Kadiak,  Alaska. 

34.  T.  bilineatnni  sp.  nov.     San  Diego,  Calif. 

35.  T.  quadrilincatum  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif. 

36.  T.  (CErstedia)    dor  sale  (Abildgaard).      Monterey    Bay, 
Calif. ;  northern  coasts  of   Europe ;  Mediterranean  Sea ;   east 
coast  of  United  States. 

37.  T.  (CErstedia)  reticulatum  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif. 

Heteronemertea. 

38.  TcBniosoma  -princess  Coe.     Southeastern  coast  of  Alaska. 

39.  T.  punnetti  sp.   nov.     Monterey  Bay  and   San  Pedro, 
Calif. 

40.  Zygeupolia  ttttoralis  C.  B.  Thompson.   San  Pedro,  Calif. ; 
New  England  (Woods  Hole,  Mass.). 


NEMERTEANS  123 

41.  Lineus  viridis  (Fabr.)  Verrill.     Southeastern  coast  of 
Alaska. 

42.  L.  torquatus  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska. 

43.  L.  rudesccns  sp.  nov.  Monterey  Bay  and  San  Pedro,  Calif. 

44.  L.  flavesccns  sp.  nov.     Southern  coast  of  California. 

45.  L.  -pictifrons  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif. 

46.  Z-.  ivihoni  sp.  nov.     Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

47.  L.  albolincatus  sp.  nov.     Monterey  Bay  and  San  Pedro, 
Calif. 

48.  Micrura  nigrirostris  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif. 

49.  M.  verritti  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska  to  Monterey 
Bay,  Calif. 

50.  M.    tmpressa   (Stimpson)   Coe.     Bering   Strait;    Puget 
Sound  (?) 

51.  M.  alaskensis  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska. 

52.  Cerebratulus  herculeus  Coe.     Southeast  coast  of  Alaska  ; 
Puget  Sound. 

53.  C.  marginatus  Renier.     Southeastern  coast  of  Alaska  to 
southern    coast  of  California ;    New  England  to    Greenland ; 
northern  coasts  of  Europe  ;  Mediterranean  Sea. 

54.  C.  occidcntalis  Coe.     Pacific  coast  of  Alaska  to  British 
Columbia. 

55.  C.  longiceps  Coe.     Yakutat  Bay,  Alaska. 

56.  C.  montgomeryi  C.QQ.    Aleutian  Islands,  Alaska,  to  Puget 
Sound. 

57.  C.    albifrons  Coe.      Southeastern   coast   of    Alaska   to 
southern  coast  of  California. 

Of  the  above  57  species  known  from  the  Pacific  coast  of 
North  America,  only  7  have  been  recorded  in  other  parts  of  the 
world.  Of  these  seven  species  three  —  Cephalothrix  lincaris^ 
Tctrastcmma  dorsale  and  Ccrcbratulus  marginatus  —  occur  also 
both  on  the  east  coast  of  North  America  and  in  Europe ;  three 
others  —  Amphiporus  angutatus,  A.  cruentatus  and  Zygeupolia 
littoralis  —  are  found  in  New  England,  but  are  not  known  from 
Europe;  while  a  single  species — Emplectonema  gracile —  is 
common  in  Europe,  but  has  not  been  recorded  from  the  east 
coast  of  America. 


124 


COE 


Although  such  a  large  proportion  of  the  species  are  peculiar 
to  the  Pacific  coast,  yet  in  general  they  belong  to  common 
European  genera,  and  the  Nemertean  fauna  as  a  whole  resem- 
bles that  of  Europe  and  the  Mediterranean  far  more  closely 
than  it  does  that  of  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America. 
This  has  been  observed  in  regard  to  the  general  invertebrate 
fauna  of  Puget  Sound  by  Harrington  and  Griffin,1  and  Griffin 
noted  the  same  in  regard  to  the  Nemerteans.  The  abundance 
of  species  of  Carinetta,  the  presence  of  Nemertopsis  and  of 
Emplectonema  gracilc,  and  the  close  resemblance  of  a  number 
of  species  of  Tctrastemma,  Amphiporus,  Lincus,  Micrura  and 
Cerebratulus  to  closely  related  European  forms,  are  instances  of 
this  similarity  of  faunas. 

Certain  other  collections  which  are  being  studied  will  doubt- 
less yield  further  light  on  the  distribution  of  the  species  and 
their  relationships,  as  well  as  the  resemblance  of  the  Nemertean 
fauna  of  the  Pacific  coast  to  that  of  other  parts  of  the  world. 

The  distribution  of  Nemerteans  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  North 
America  so  far  as  now  known  is  represented  in  the  following  table  : 

KUMBER   OF    SPECIES    KNOWN   FROM   VARIOUS    LOCALITIES    ON   THE 

PACIFIC   COAST 


Genus. 

Alaska. 

Pug-et 
Sound. 

Central 
California. 

Southern 
California. 

Total. 

PALEONEMERTEA. 

Carinella. 

3 

3 

3 

3 

6 

Carinoma. 

i 

i 

i 

i 

Cephalothrix. 

i 

i 

i 

i 

i 

HOPLONEMERTEA. 

Emplectonema. 

2 

2 

i 

- 

2 

ZygonemerteS) 

I 

I 

- 

— 

2 

Ncmertopsis. 

- 

- 

i 

— 

I 

Paranemertes. 

3 

2 

2 

2 

4 

Carcinonemertes. 

— 

I 

— 

i 

Amphiporus. 

6 

7 

4 

2 

10 

Tetrastemma. 

3 

— 

2 

4 

9 

HETERONEMERTEA. 

Tcentosoma. 

i 

_ 

I 

i 

2 

Zygeupolia. 

- 

- 

- 

i 

I 

Lineus. 

2 

— 

3 

4 

7 

Micrura. 

3 

? 

2 

2 

4 

Cerebratulus. 

6 

5 

2 

2 

6 

Total. 

3i 

22 

24 

23 

57 

lTrans.  New  York  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  161,  1897. 


NEMERTEANS  125 

The  total  number  of  species  already  recorded  from  the  region 
covered  by  this  report  is  surprisingly  large,  considering  the  few 
attempts  at  their  collection.  And  it  should  be  remarked  that 
we  find  in  this  region  not  only  a  large  number  of  species,  but 
also  a  surprising  abundance  of  individuals  of  the  species  repre- 
sented. It  now  seems  probable  that  this  coast  will  eventually 
be  found  to  possess  more  species  of  Nemerteans  than  any  other 
region  of  equal  size  on  the  globe.  And  certainly  I  know  of  no 
locality  where  so  large  a  proportion  of  the  invertebrate  animals 
found  in  a  miscellaneous  collection  belong  to  the  Nemerteans 
as  on  the  northwest  coast  of  North  America. 

KEY  TO  THE    PACIFIC    COAST    NEMERTEANS   DESCRIBED    ON    THE   FOL- 
LOWING   PAGES 

This  key  is  arranged  for  use  in  connection  with  the  one  published 
in  the  former  portion  of  this  report  (pp.  7-11),  and  is  likewise  based 
mainly  on  superficial  and  easily  distinguishable  characters. 

Order  Paleonemertea.1 

Body  remarkably  long,  soft,  fragile.  Head  distinctly  marked  off 
from  body,  usually  broader  than  neck,  often  flattened  dorso-ven- 
trally Carinella. 

1.  Body  large,   rather  firm,  only  moderately  slender,   attaining  a 

length  of  50  cm.  or  more,  pale  yellowish  or  rosy,  sometimes 
with  greenish  tinge  ;  with  three  longitudinal  velvety,  blackish 
lines  and  a  series  of  narrow  rings  of  similar  color. 

C.  frenata,  p.  129. 

2.  Body  firm,  rather  stout,  upwards  of  30  cm.  long,  deep  red  with 

a  series  of  narrow  white  rings C.  albocincta,  p.  136. 

3.  Body  slender,  subcylindrical,    15  cm.  or  more  in  length,  deep 

brown,  with  a  series  of  white  rings  and  four  longitudinal  white 
lines,  of  which  two  are  lateral,  while  the  other  two  divide  dor- 
sal surface  of  body  into  three  equal  parts. . .  C.  cingulata,  p.  138. 

Order  Hoplonemertea. 

I.  Body  very  slender,  almost  filiform,  somewhat  flattened  ;  with  four 
large  ocelli ;  with  central  stylet  and  two  pouches  of  accessory 
stylets.  Proboscis  sheath  about  one-third  as  long  as  body. 

Nemertopsis . 

*As  stated  above,  Burger's  orders  Protonemertea  and  Mcsonemcrtea  are  here 
united  into  the  older  order  Paleonemertea  Hubrecht. 


126  COE 

i.  Length  15  cm.  or  more ;  very  pale  brown  or  whitish,  with  two 
longitudinal  dorsal  stripes  of  deep  brown ;  proboscis  provided 

with  eight  nerves  N.gracilis,  p.  142. 

II.  Body  moderately  elongated ;  proboscis  sheath  about  one-half  to 
three-fourths  the  length  of  the  body ;  central  stylet  well  devel- 
oped   Paranemertes. 

I.  Four  or  six  pouches  of  accessory  stylets  ;  proboscis  with  ten 
large  nerves.  Translucent,  pale  orange  anteriorly,  flesh  color, 
grayish  or  very  pale  salmon  posteriorly,  color  much  obscured 
by  deep  green  of  intestinal  tract P.  californica,  p.  144. 

III.  Body  very  small   and   slender ;  two  ocelli ;  proboscis    but    little 

developed,  central  stylet  minute  ;  no  accessory  stylets  ;  parasitic 

on  crabs Carcinonemertes . 

i.  Only  4-6  mm.  long  when  sexually  mature;  color  orange  or 
reddish ;  parasitic  on  the  egg  masses  of  Epialtus  and  per- 
haps other  crabs C.  epialti,  p.  151. 

IV.  Body  rather  short  and  thick ;   proboscis  sheath  reaches  nearly  or 

quite  to  posterior  end  of  body ;  proboscis  large,  central  stylet 
well  developed. 

aa.  Ocelli  do  not  extend  posteriorly  beyond  the  brain ;  basis  of  cen- 
tral stylet  usually  rounded  posteriorly. 
b.  Body  not  very  small.     Ocelli  visually  numerous. 

Amphiporus . 

1.  Rather  slender,  10-25  mm«  in  length;  yellow;  very  con- 

spicuous red  blood  vessels ;  five  to  ten  ocelli  in  single 
row  on  each  side  of  head  ;  basis  very  slender,  about  same 
length  as  stylet A .  cruentatus,  p .  1 54. 

2.  Slender,  50-90  mm.  in  length;   proboscis    sheath  about 

six-sevenths  the  length  of  body ;  proboscis  with  fifteen 
nerves;  basis  of  same  length  as  stylet;  ocelli  numerous. 

A.  pazilimis,  p.   155. 

bb.  Body  very  small.     Ocelli  few ;  usually  four  well  developed 
ocelli  arranged  in  a  rectangle Tetrastemma. 

1.  Rather  slender,  15-25  mm.  in  length,  reddish-brown 

both  above  and  below,  except  head,  which  is  white 
with  sharply  marked  wreath  of  deep  brown  color  on 
dorsal  surface.  Blood  corpuscles  red. 

T.  signifer,  p.  156. 

2.  Usually  20  to  70  mm.  in  length;  head  provided  with 

two  pairs  of  very  conspicuous,  lateral,  oblique  fur- 
rows. Color  very  variable,  except  head  which  is 


NEMERTEANS  127 

white  with  shield-shaped  or  triangular  marking  of 
deep  brown  color  on  dorsal  surface.  Body  deep 
purple,  deep  brown  with  white  dorsal  longitudinal 
band,  reddish  with  brown  flecks,  pale  brownish  or 
buff  on  dorsal  surface ;  of  similar  color,  but  paler, 
and  often  with  white  longitudinal  band  on  ventral 
surface.  Blood  corpuscles  red. 

T.  nigrifrons,  p.  159. 

3.  Only  5  to   10  mm.  in  length,  flesh  color,  creamy  or 

grayish,  with  two  deep  brown  longitudinal  stripes 
on  dorsal  surface T.  bilineatum,  p.  164. 

4.  Usually  8  to   12  mm.  in  length;   whitish,  with  four 

deep  brown  longitudinal  stripes,  of  which  two  lie 
on  lateral  margins  and  two  on  dorsal  surface. 

T.  quadrilineatum,  p.  166. 

5.  Firm,  cylindrical,  slender,  body  only  8  to   15  mm.  in 

length ;  flesh  color  or  yellowish,  mottled,  especially 
on  dorsal  "surf ace,  with  brownish  blotches  and  dots 
of  various  shades,  often  mainly  collected  into  a 
series  of  transverse  bands. 

T.  (Oerstedia)  dor  sale,  p.  169. 

6.  Firm,   cylindrical,   slender,  8  to    15   mm.  in  length. 

White,  with  large  rectangular  and  longitudinal, 
dark  brown  markings  almost  covering  dorsal  sur- 
face. Often  with  sixteen  pairs  rectangular  marks 
and  pair  of  lateral  brown  lines  in  addition  to  bi- 
lobed  marking  on  dorsal  surface  of  head.  In  some 
varieties  markings  fuse  together. 

T.  (Oerstedia)  reticulatum,^.  170. 

Order  Heteronemertea. 

A.  Head  without  deep,  lateral,  longitudinal  furrows.  Proboscis 
musculature  of  two  layers,  an  outer  circular  and  inner  longi- 
tudinal layer,  without  muscular  crossings  Tcznwsoma. 

i.  Body  large,  soft,  flabby,  40  to  60  cm.  or  more  in  length. 

Color  brownish  red  or  mahogany ;  tip  of  snout  darker 

brown  with  terminal  white  border  ..T.  ptinnetti,  p.  173. 

AA.  Head  without  deep,  lateral,  longitudinal   furrows.     Cerebral 

sense  organs   open  into  pit  on  margins  of  acutely  pointed 

head.     Proboscis  musculature  of  two   layers,   outer  longi- 


128  COE 

tudinal  and  inner  circular  layer,  with  muscular  crossings. 

Caudal  cirrus  present Zygeupolia. 

i.  Rather  slender,  5  to  8  cm.  in  length;  head  pure  white, 
acutely  pointed  ;  esophageal  region  whitish,  pale  yellow 
or  flesh  color ;  intestinal  region  rose,  pale  yellow,  light 
brown  or  chocolate  brown  from  color  of  intestinal  canal. 
Caudal  cirrus  slender,  white.  No  retractor  muscle  to 

proboscis Z.  littoralis,  p.  177. 

AAA.  Head  with  deep,  horizontal  furrows.  Proboscis  of  three 
muscular  layers,  outer  longitudinal,  circular,  and  inner 
longitudinal  layers,  or  of  the  two  former  only;  muscular 
crossings  usually  present. 

a.  Caudal  cirrus  absent.  Body  long  and  slender,  rounded  or 
flattened  ;  very  contractile Lineus. 

1.  Slender,  small,  usually  10  to   15  mm.  long.     A  single 

row  of  two  to  four  (rarely  six  to  eight)  irregular 
ocelli  on  each  antero-lateral  margin  of  head.  Pink  or 
rosy  flesh  color,  sometimes  with  tinge  of  blue ;  deep 
flesh  color  to  purplish  brown  in  intestinal  region ; 
head  white L.  rtibescens,  p.  179. 

2.  Up  to  12  cm.  in  length;  usually  three  to  seven  irregu- 

larly fragmented  ocelli  on  each  side  of  snout.  Yellow, 
sometimes  with  decided  tinge  of  orange,  deep  ochre  or 
pale  yellow L.  flavescens,  p.  184. 

3.  Large,  soft  and  flabby,  up  to  50  cm.  in  length ;   cephalic 

furrows  remarkably  long.  Ocelli  wanting.  Dark 
brown  of  various  shades  of  color,  velvety ;  a  series  of 
narrow,  pale  yellow  rings,  expanded  to  diamond-shaped 
spots  on  dorsal  surface,  usually  encircle  body,  but  may 
be  very  inconspicuous.  Dorsal  surface  usually  corru- 
gated longitudinally  with  series  of  very  delicate,  in- 
conspicuous, longitudinal  yellow  lines.  Tip  of  snout 
white,  usually  with  two  small  orange-colored  spots 
situated  in  an  area  of  pale  yellow  on  dorsal  surface. 

L.  pictifrons,  p.  iSS. 

4.  Length  zoto  15  cm.  or  more;  head  broad ;  ocelli  want- 

ing. Dark  brown  with  conspicuous  median  dorsal 
white  or  light  yellowish  stripe  which  expands  on  head 
to  form  a  broad,  pear-shaped  marking.  Usually  a 
faint  reddish  line  extends  along  each  lateral  margin  of 
body  L.  albolineatus,  p.  193. 


NEMERTEANS 


129 


5.  Body  rather  stout,  flattened  in  intestinal  region,  fragile  ; 
length  up  to  15  cm.  or  more  ;  head  long  and  slender, 
with  long  cephalic  furrows  ;  ocelli  wanting.  Brown- 
ish, dark  drab  or  purplish  brown,  with  a  series  of 
very  fine  white  rings,  often  much  obscured ;  tip  of 
head  and  borders  of  cephalic  furrows  white. 

L.  ivilsoni,  p.  195. 

aa.  Caudal   cirrus  present.      Body  rather  firm,   not  provided 
with  thin  lateral  margins  in  intestinal  region ;  incapable 

of  swimming  Micrura. 

I.  Of  small  size,  4  to  8  cm.  in  length;  ocelli  wanting. 
Deep  blood  red,  sometimes  with  tinge  of  purple ; 
head  of  same  color,  with  narrow,  transverse,  white 
crescent  near  tip  of  snout  which  has  a  small  terminal 
black  or  dark  brown  spot  surrounded  by  red  continu- 
ous with  that  of  ventral  surface. 

M.  nigrirostris,  p.  198. 

SYSTEMATIC  DISCUSSION  OF  NEW  SPECIES 
In  the  following  pages  those  species  recently  found  on  the  Pacific 
coast  of  North  America  which  have  proved  to  be  new  to  science  are 
described  in  detail  from  a  study  of  both  living  specimens  and  prepared 
sections.  Only  those  anatomical  features  are  discussed,  however, 
which  offer  peculiarities  not  found  in  most  related  species  or  which 
are  of  special  interest  from  a  morphological  standpoint. 

Included  with  the  species  new  to  science  are  certain  forms  which 
have  not  previously  been  recorded  from  the  Pacific  coast  of  North 
America.  Of  these  only  the  most  striking  anatomical  peculiarities  are 
mentioned. 

Descriptions  of  only  those  genera  which  were  not  represented  in 
the  collections  described  in  Part  I  of  this  report  are  given  place  here. 
For  the  remaining  generic  descriptions  the  reader  is  referred  to  Part  I, 
previous  article. 

i.     CARINELLA  FRENATA  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xv,  figs.  5,  6;  pi.  xxii,  figs.  2,  3. 

In  general  shape  of  body  this  species  resembles  those  which  are 
most  typical  of  the  genus,  as  C.superba,  C.  capistrata,  C.sexlineata, 
and  which  have  rather  firm,  moderately  slender  bodies.  Head  much 
broader  than  body,  rounded  or  emarginate  in  front,  much  flattened 
dorso-ventrally,  sharply  marked  off  from  body  by  deep,  lateral,  trans- 


130  COE 

verse  grooves.  Head  commonly  quite  as  wide  as  long,  but  shape  liable 
to  the  greatest  variation.  Proboscis  pore  and  mouth  as  in  related  spe- 
cies. The  color  and  markings  on  body  are  very  characteristic  and 
widely  different  from  those  of  any  described  species  of  the  genus. 

Size. —  Length  of  body  50  cm.  or  more,  width  2-3  mm. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  grades  from  a  yellow  cream  or  ochre 
in  anterior  third  of  body  to  a  sage  green  in  intestinal  region.  When 
filled  with  ripe  ova  the  greater  portion  of  dorsal  surface  of  intestinal 
region  becomes  a  rosy  but  opaque  flesh  color  or  dull  rose  color. 
On  this  ground  color  is  arranged  a  series  of  remarkably  sharp,  deep 
brown,  transverse  and  longitudinal  lines  and  bands.  There  are  three 
longitudinal,  very  distinct,  dark  brown  or  black  lines  throughout  the 
length  of  the  body,  except  on  the  head.  One  of  these  lies  in  the  dorso- 
median  line,  while  the  other  two  are  symmetrically  placed  on,  or  a 
little  beneath,  the  lateral  margins  (pi.  xv,  fig.  5). 

The  color  of  the  markings  is  beautiful  and  has  a  velvety  luster ;  in 
some  lights  it  appears  somewhat  iridescent  and  sometimes  shows  a 
rich,  dark  blue  reflection.  Of  the  three  longitudinal  lines  the  median 
dorsal  line  is  much  broader  than  the  others.  It  commences  on  the  ex- 
treme tip  of  snout,  where  it  joins  a  narrow  transverse  terminal  line  of 
the  same  color.  On  the  head  it  is  broader  than  elsewhere  and  occu- 
pies about  one-fifth  the  diameter  of  head.  It  continues  through  the 
transverse  bands  or  rings,  usually  expanding  a  little  where  the  rings  are 
joined.  In  many  cases  the  line  can  be  traced  directly  through  the 
transverse  bands  by  a  deeper  color,  as  if  the  two  markings  had  been 
painted  the  one  over  the  other.  In  the  intestinal  region  the  median 
line  occupies  perhaps  one-seventh  the  diameter  of  body.  The  two  lat- 
eral or  marginal  lines  each  commence  at  the  broad  neck  band  (the  first 
transverse  band) . 

These  lateral  lines  are  scarcely  more  than  one-third  as  wide  as  the 
median  line ;  they  are  very  sharp  and  clear  cut  in  the  anterior  portion 
of  body,  but  become  more  irregular  in  outline  in  the  intestinal  region. 
They  are  never  wholly  interrupted  however.  They  are  cut  more 
sharply  ventrally  than  dorsally,  for  on  their  dorsal  side  they  sometimes 
fade  out  gradually  into  the  general  color  of  body.  Like  the  median 
line,  the  lateral  lines  broaden  out  somewhat  where  they  join  the  trans- 
verse bands,  and,  as  is  also  true  of  the  median  line,  they  often  show 
corresponding  thickenings  in  places  where  the  transverse  bands  are  not 
formed  or  are  very  imperfect.  A  thickening  of  one  line  is  almost  al- 
ways accompanied  by  a  corresponding  thickening  of  the  other  two, 
showing  clearly  where  the  transverse  band  would  lie  if  it  were  present. 


NEMERTEANS  131 

I 

On  the  anterior  third  of  body  these  longitudinal  lines  are  situated 
directly  in  the  yellow  ground  color,  but  in  the  intestinal  region  the 
median  line  is  separated  from  the  rose-colored  ground  color  of  the 
mature  females  by  an  irregular  border  of  sage  green  thickly  flecked 
with  whitish  dots.  This  sage  green  color  probably  represents  the  gen- 
eral ground  color  of  the  worms  when  the  sexual  products  are  absent ; 
while  the  rose  color,  which  seems  to  make  up  the  general  color  of  the 
dorsal  surface  of  intestinal  region,  is  due  to  the  thickly-placed  sacs  of 
ova,  which  are  of  a  pale  rose  color.  In  some  regions  these  rose-colored 
spots  are  separated  by  a  continuous  green  ground  color,  as  shown  in 
fig.  5,  pi.  xv. 

The  transverse  markings  are  very  numerous  and  are  of  various 
widths  from  the  first  two  bands,  which  are  more  than  half  as  wide  as 
the  body,  down  to  the  finest  possible  lines.  Many  are  extremely  fine, 
and  many  others  incomplete.  As  a  rule,  the  wider  bands  are  separated 
by  one  or  two  much  finer  ones,  and  seldom,  or  never,  are  two  of  the 
wider  bands  immediately  adjoining.  The  first  transverse  marking 
borders  the  extreme  tip  of  head  and  is  narrow  and  barely  visible  both 
on  ventral  and  on  dorsal  surface.  It  extends  laterally  from  end  of 
median  longitudinal  line  about  halfway  to  the  posterior  border  of  head. 
The  second  transverse  marking  occurs  on  the  neck  just  back  of  the 
lateral  furrows  which  separate  the  head  from  the  body.  This  mark- 
ing is  broad  and  shield-shaped  on  dorsal  surface,  but  is  narrower 
laterally,  while  on  the  ventral  surface  it  is  interrupted  by  the  mouth, 
which  lies  exactly  in  the  region  which  would  be  occupied  by  the  band 
if  it  were  continued.  The  first  band  is  about  half  as  wide  as  body. 
The  second  is  separated  from  the  first  by  a  distance  about  equal  to 
twice  the  diameter  of  body,  and  is  a  little  broader  than  the  first  on  the 
dorsal  surface.  It  forms  a  continuous  band  around  the  whole  body, 
but  on  ventral  surface  it  is  not  much  more  than  half  as  broad  as  on 
median  dorsal  surface.  The  third  band  is  separated  from  the  second 
by  a  distance  less  than  that  between  the  first  and  second,  and  is  some- 
what narrower  than  either  of  these.  The  fourth  is  separated  from  the 
third  by  a  greater  distance  than  in  any  other  case ;  it  is  as  broad  as  the 
second,  and  is  as  wide  ventrally  as  on  the  dorsal  surface.  The  fifth  is 
very  narrow,  the  sixth  broad,  seventh  narrow,  eighth  broad.  Then 
come  two  imperfect  narrow  bands,  and  then  a  fairly  broad  one,  and  so 
on,  through  the  remainder  of  the  body,  with  a  broad  band  usually  fol- 
lowed by  one  or  two  narrow  or  imperfect  ones.  An  individual  meas- 
uring 50  cm.  in  length  shows  from  seventy  to  one  hundred  of  these 
transverse  bands.  In  general  the  bands  decrease  in  width  toward  the 


132 


COE 


posterior  end  of  body.  Many  of  the  broader  bands  show  a  number 
(three  to  twelve)  of  fine,  pore-like,  pale  dots  in  midst  of  dark  band 
between  the  median  and  lateral  longitudinal  lines.  Transverse  bands 
often  broaden  out  as  they  join  the  longitudinal  lines  (pi.  xv,  fig.  5), 
but  a  few  are  interrupted  just  ventral  to  the  lateral  longitudinal  lines. 

Ventral  surface  anteriorly  same  as  dorsal  surface  in  color,  but  with 
a  more  conspicuous  flecking  of  minute  whitish  dots.  In  intestinal 
region  the  yellow  color  gradually  assumes  a  more  greenish  tone,  until 
imperceptibly  a  shade  of  sage  green,  or  very  light  olive  green,  is 
reached,  and  this  color  extends  through  to  the  end  of  the  body.  The 
green  color  is  more  or  less  tempered  and  obscured  by  an  irregular  coat- 
ing of  very  fine  whitish  dots  which  cover  ventral  surface  irregularly, 
except  near  the  median  line ;  similar  white  flecks  are  scattered  over  the 
dorsal  surface  also. 

After  preservation  in  formalin  or  in  alcohol  the  portion  of  the  body 
situated  immediately  posterior  to  the  third  black  ring  becomes  deep 
slaty  blue  or  blackish  in  color.  This  dark  color  is  sharply  demarcated 
anteriorly,  but  fades  out  gradually  after  extending  about  as  far  as  the 
ninth  ring  (pi.  xv,  fig.  6). 

The  pale  ochre  color  with  deep  black  rings  and  longitudinal  lines  is 
retained  even  in  cedar  oil  and  in  paraffin.  The  colors,  markings  and 
shape  of  anterior  end  of  body  after  preservation  are  strikingly  sugges- 
tive of  the  abdomen  of  the  yellow-jacket  wasp  (  Vespa). 

Proboscis  pore  is  situated  just  below  anterior  end  of  median  dorsal 
black  line.  Mouth,  as  stated  above,  lies  in  first  transverse  band. 

In  midst  of  lateral,  longitudinal  black  line,  and  at  the  anterior  border 
of  the  fourth  transverse  band  (or  in  it)  is  a  rather  conspicuous,  color- 
less, oval  pore,  representing  the  lateral  sense  organ,  or  '  side  organ.' 
Intestinal  canal  is  usually  greenish  in  color  —  sometimes  sage  green. 
Body  often  shows  a  tendency  to  become  constricted  through  the 
transverse  black  bands,  and  when  broken  the  rupture  takes  place  in 
these  bands,  as  has  been  noted  in  other  species  of  the  genus. 

Cephalic  glands  but  little  developed,  appearing  only  as  scattered 
gland  cells  lying  beneath  and  beside  the  rhynchodaeum.  No  glands 
whatever  are  to  be  found  between  the  cephalic  blood  lacunae  and  the 
basement  layer  of  the  integument.  The  integumental  gland  cells,  on 
the  other  hand,  are  very  highly  developed,  and  form  an  unusually  mas- 
sive layer  beneath  the  ordinary  superficial  glandular  and  ciliated  cells. 
The  secretion  of  these  deeper  glands  of  the  integument  is  apparently 
of  the  same  nature  as  that  of  the  true  cephalic  glands,  which  in  all 
probability  serve  merely  to  supplement  the  supply  furnished  by  the  in- 


NEMERTEANS 


133 


tegument.  The  few  glands  about  the  rhynchodaeum  do  not  extend 
back  as  far  as  the  brain. 

Integument  of  body  remarkably  thick  and  closely  packed  with 
glands.  In  the  intestinal  region  the  glands  are  vastly  more  abundant 
on  the  dorsal  than  on  the  ventral  surface.  It  is  in  this  layer  that  the 
pigment  which  gives  the  body  its  characteristic  transverse  and  longi- 
tudinal dark  markings  is  situated.  Unless  stained  too  deeply  the  posi- 
tion of  the  markings  is  distinctly  seen  in  each  transverse  section. 

Proboscis.  —  Of  small  size,  yellowish  or  ochre  in  color.  Muscular 
and  epithelial  layers  as  in  other  species  of  genus  ;  fibrous  layer,  situated 
externally,  unusually  strong ;  proboscis  nerves,  beneath  internal  epithe- 


-nf 


st 


FIG.  17.   C.  frenata.     Transverse  section  of  body  in  region  of 
nephridiopores.     X  25- 

Hum,  remarkably  large  and  conspicuous.  Proboscis  sheath  well  de- 
veloped. In  the  exact  region  of  the  efferent  nephridial  ducts  the  cavity 
of  the  proboscis  sheath  becomes  divided.  A  very  small  chamber, 
situated  dorsally  (text-fig.  17,  re),  passes  backward  for  some  distance, 
and  in  this  the  retractor  muscle  of  the  proboscis  extends  to  the  posterior 
attachment ;  while  the  ventral  chamber  (re'},  which  is  very  much  the 
larger,  passes  backward  but  for  a  short  distance  where  it  ends  in  a  broad, 
blind  sac.  The  retractor  muscle  is  attached  to  the  dorsal  wall  of  the 
smaller  dorsal  chamber  a  little  distance  back  in  the  intestinal  region,  and 


134  COE 

the  proboscis  sheath  itself  does  not  extend  backward  behind  the  ante- 
rior third  of  the  intestinal  region. 

Body  musculature  consists  of  the  usual  circular  and  longitudinal 
layers,  and  presents  few  peculiarities  save  that  the  inner  circular  layer, 
which  is  found  in  the  esophageal  region,  is  remarkably  thin,  and 
does  not  exhibit  distinct  dorsal  or  ventral  crossings  with  the  outer  cir- 
cular layer,  as  is  the  case  in  several  other  species  of  the  genus. 
Immediately  in  front  of  the  nephridial  openings  the  inner  circular 
layer  becomes  several  times  as  thick  as  it  is  anteriorly,  while  it  disap- 
pears almost  entirely  just  at  the  beginning  of  the  intestinal  region.  The 
circular  muscles  of  the  proboscis  sheath  present  a  similar  increase  in 
strength  in  the  same  region,  and  are  directly  continuous  with  the  inner 
circular  muscles  of  the  body  wall  (text-fig.  17,  tern).  These  thick- 
enings correspond  in  nature  and  position  with  the  enormously  thick- 
ened internal  circular  muscles  in  Carinoma. 

Blood  System.  —  Lacunae  in  head  and  lateral  vessels  present  no 
peculiarities.  The  pair  of  vessels  situated  within  the  proboscis  sheath 
originate  anteriorly  just  behind  the  mouth  and  extend  back  nearly 
half  way  to  the  intestinal  region,  being  connected  with  the  lateral  ves- 
sels at  frequent  intervals.  Their  walls  are  thickened,  much  con- 
voluted, and  appear  to  be  somewhat  glandular  in  nature. 

Nephridia.  —  The  nephridial  tubules  are  limited  to  about  the  third 
quarter  of  the  esophageal  region.  They  do  not  extend  forward  quite 
as  far  as  the  posterior  ends  of  the  proboscis  sheath  vessels.  Their 
anterior  branches  are  numerous,  but  of  small  size.  They  project  in- 
ward from  the  lateral  walls  of  the  lateral  blood  vessels,  very  much  as 
in  Carinoma.  The  main  longitudinal  canals  are  large,  and  are  situ- 
uated  in  the  parenchyma  above  the  lateral  vessels,  and  slightly  separated 
from  them.  There  is  a  single  main  longitudinal  canal  on  each  side, 
and  this  is  usually  about  half  the  diameter  of  the  lateral  vessel  in  the 
same  region.  At  its  posterior  end  each  of  the  longitudinal  canals  en- 
larges somewhat,  and  as  usual  sends  off  a  large  efferent  duct  (nd,  text- 
fig.  17)  to  the  dorso-lateral  aspect  of  the  body. 

Nervous  System  and  Sense  Organs.  —  The  cerebral  sense  organs 
are  well  developed  for  the  genus,  although  they  are  not  distinctly  sepa- 
rated from  the  other  nervous  tissues,  as  in  the  case  of  C.  rubra.1 
Yet  there  is  a  distinct  ciliated  canal  leading  from  a  specialized  lateral 
furrow  into  the  nervous  tissues  above  and  beside  the  dorsal  brain  lobe. 
The  inner  end  of  this  ciliated  canal  (pi.  xxn,  fig.  2,  cc)  passes  within 

'Coe,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  p.  13,  pi.  x,  fig.  2,  1901;  also  previous 
article,  paged  identically. 


NEMERTEANS  135 

the  basement  membrane  and  outer  fibrous  layer,  and  is  thus  well  re- 
moved from  the  integument.  Here  it  lies  in  close  contact  with  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  brain,  and  is  closely  surrounded  by  large  nerves 
(pi.  xxn,  fig.  2,  sn~)  from  the  dorsal  ganglia.  Externally  it  termi- 
nates on  a  slight  papilla  in  the  middle  of  the  distinct,  though  short, 
lateral  groove  with  which  the  side  of  the  head  is  provided.  The 
epithelium  of  the  groove  is  also  unquestionably  sensory  in  its  nature, 
and  lies  in  close  proximity  to  the  brain,  from  which  it  is  supplied  with 
numerous  small  nerves. 

The  lateral  sense  organs,  or  side-organs,  are  situated  immediately 
behind  the  efferent  nephridial  ducts,  as  in  other  species.  They  are 
rather  conspicuous  in  life,  when  they  appear  as  colorless  oval  spaces 
in  the  midst  of  the  lateral  longitudinal  black  lines,  and  at  the  anterior 
border  of  the  fourth  transverse  band.  They  are  not  very  extensive, 
but  possess  a  remarkable  degree  of  specialization.  The  sensory  cells 
are  less  than  half  as  high  as  the  neighboring  cells  of  the  integument, 
so  that  each  of  these  sense  organs  appears  as  a  conspicuous  oval  de- 
pression exactly  on  the  lateral  margin.  The  cells,  too,  are  rendered 
still  more  conspicuous  from  the  fact  that  the  secretions  situated  deep 
among  the  cells  assume  a  deep  blue  stain  with  haematoxylin  and 
orange,  while  the  integumental  cells  always  take  on  more  or  less  of  the 
orange  color,  and  are  partially  obscured  by  the  dark  body  pigment. 
The  relation  of  the  sense  organ  to  the  other  tissues  is  shown  in  pi. 
xxn,  fig.  3. 

The  brain  and  lateral  nerves  present  no  striking  peculiarities. 
There  are  two  dorso-median  nerves  as  in  several  other  species  of  the 
genus.  The  upper  nerve  lies  in  the  median  line,  just  external  to  the 
outer  circular  muscular  layer,  while  the  lower,  or  inner,  lies  directly 
beneath  the  former  and  just  outside  the  inner  circular  muscular 
layer. 

Reproductive  Organs. —  Sexual  products  are  mature  in  August. 
The  eggs  are  opaque  and  rose-colored,  and  give  the  characteristic  rose 
coloring  to  the  bodies  of  the  females  at  this  season.  They  develop  in 
pouches  in  the  parenchyma  above  the  lateral  nerves,  and  each  pouch, 
containing  from  20  to  50  or  more  ova,  opens  directly  to  the  dor- 
so-lateral  surface  of  body.  The  oviducts  are  completely  formed  in 
advance  of  the  deposition  of  the  eggs,  and  are  in  all  cases  lined  with  a 
distinct  layer  of  small,  closely  placed  epithelial  cells.  Even  before  the 
eggs  are  fully  mature  the  small  pouches  in  which  the  ova  of  the  follow- 
ing year  are  to  develop  are  already  established.  Several  ovarian 
pouches  are  encountered  in  each  transverse  section. 


136  COE 

Habitat. —  Several  feet  below  low-water  mark  on  piles  of  wharf, 
San  Pedro  Harbor,  Calif. ;  not  common.  Only  sexually  mature  females 
were  obtained. 

2.     CARINELLA  ALBOCINCTA  sp.  nov. 

pi.  xvi,  figs.  4,  5. 

Body  rather  stout  for  genus,  but  can  become  much  more  elongated 
than  the  figures  indicate  ;  not  much  flattened,  rather  firm,  less  soft  than 
in  C.  rubra  or  C.  frenata.  Head  of  moderate  size,  of  variable 
shape,  broader  than  neck,  from  which  it  is  demarcated  by  an  annular 
constriction.  When  body  is  strongly  contracted,  however,  the  anterior 
portions  become  much  swollen  and  wrinkled,  and  the  head  withdrawn 
into  the  body  until  it  is  partially  hidden  from  view  from  above.  A 
pair  of  very  shallow  transverse  grooves  lie  on  the  lateral  margins  of 
head,  just  in  front  of  neck.  Esophageal  region  rounded,  intestinal 
region  not  much  flattened,  posterior  extremity  not  slender. 

Proboscis  pore  subterminal ;  proboscis  rather  small.  Mouth  situ- 
ated just  back  of  annular  constriction  marking  the  neck,  of  variable 
size  according  to  state  of  contraction  of  body. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  usually  a  beautiful  cherry  red,  some- 
times inclining  to  brick  red,  and  sometimes  to  purplish  red,  with  a  series 
of  narrow,  pure  white  rings.  These  rings  are  all  very  narrow,  hardly 
thicker  than  a  thread,  though  some  are  much  finer  than  others  and  are 
merely  indicated  as  very  delicate  hair  lines.  They  are  placed  at  vary- 
ing intervals  throughout  the  length  of  the  worm,  and  most  of  them 
completely  encircle  the  body.  There  may  be  50-100,  or  more,  in  a 
large  individual. 

Tip  of  snout  provided  with  a  narrow,  terminal  border  of  white, 
which  reaches  back  along  the  lateral  margins  of  head  for  a  little  dis- 
tance. This  terminal  white  border  extends  to  ventral  surface,  where 
it  is  fully  as  conspicuous  as  from  above.  When  head  is  extended  and 
obtusely  pointed  the  white  marking  is  angular,  and  extends  back  on 
the  lateral  margins  for  about  half  the  length  of  the  head.  In  the  angle 
of  the  marking,  on  the  ventral  surface,  lies  the  proboscis  pore.  When 
head  is  contracted  strongly  the  terminal  white  border  appears  merely 
as  a  short  transverse  marking  on  each  side  of  the  proboscis  pore. 

The  first  white  ring  lies  on  the  constricted  neck  portion,  and  is 
interrupted  by  the  mouth  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  5),  so  that  it  is  incomplete  ven- 
trally.  The  second  ring  is  commonly  separated  from  the  first  by  two 
to  three  times  the  width  of  the  body.  This  ring  is  short  and  complete, 
but  is  thinner  ventrally  than  on  the  dorsal  surface.  The  third  ring  is 
about  half  as  far  behind  the  second  as  the  latter  is  from  the  first.  Then 


NEMERTEANS  137 

follows  a  long  series  of  similar  rings  separated  from  each  other  by  an 
average  distance  of  a  little  less  than  the  diameter  of  body  in  moderate 
extension.  Of  course  the  separation  of  the  rings  depends  largely  on 
the  state  of  contraction  of  body,  for  when  strongly  contracted  they  are 
less  than  a  quarter  as  far  apart  as  when  extended.  Nearly  all  the  rings 
are  complete,  but  many  are  thinner  ventrally  than  above.  Some  are 
extremely  fine,  and  others  consist  of  double  lines  separated  by  a  very 
thin  line  of  the  red  color  of  body. 

The  general  color  of  body  becomes  gradually  lighter  in  intestinal 
region,  which  often  has  a  slightly  yellowish  tinge.  Ventral  surface  is 
of  a  lighter  shade  than  dorsal,  and  has  a  grayish  tinge. 

After  preservation  in  formalin  or  in  alcohol  the  body  assumes  a  dull 
reddish  brown  or  purplish  color,  with  very  faint  white  rings.  An 
abrupt  change  in  color  usually  occurs  at  the  second  white  ring,  the  parts 
anteriorly  commonly  being  brownish,  while  those  immediately  behind 
the  ring  are  often  deep  purple.  The  white  terminal  border  on  the 
head  remains  conspicuous  when  the  worm  is  not  strongly  contracted. 

Size.  —  Largest  specimen  observed  was  about  30  cm.  long  and  4 
mm.  in  width,  although  others  were  less  than  half  this  size. 

In  internal  anatomy  the  species  presents  few  deviations  from  that 
described  for  related  species  of  the  genus. 

Proboscis  of  rather  large  size  for  genus,  with  muscular  layers  and 
pair  of  large  nerves  as  in  other  species. 

Musculature.  —  Fibrous  crossings  between  the  external  and  internal 
muscular  layers  of  the  body  walls  are  but  little  developed. 

Cephalic  glands  are  voluminous,  and  occupy  a  great  portion  of  the 
tissues  of  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain. 

Alimentary  canal  presents  no  striking  peculiarities. 

Blood  System.  —  Cephalic  blood  lacunas  of  large  size.  Their 
branches  pass  posteriorly  as  large  lateral  vessels,  or  lacunas,  which 
send  off  unusually  numerous  branches  about  the  esophagus.  These 
esophageal  lacunas  pass  ventrally  well  beneath  the  esophagus,  and  ex- 
hibit abundant  anastomoses  as  in  some  species  of  Cerebratulus^  The 
rhynchoccel  vessels  originate  some  distance  behind  the  mouth  region, 
though  not  as  far  posteriorly  as  in  C.  cingulata  (p.  141).  As  in  the 
latter  species,  these  vessels  are  short  and  of  much  less  extent  than  in 
many  related  forms. 

Nephridia.  —  The  excretory  tubules  are  limited  to  about  the  third 
and  fourth  fifths  of  the  esophageal  region.  Anteriorly  there  are  several 
canals  which  branch  profusely  among  the  lateral  and  esophageal  blood 

1  Notably  C.  lacteus ;  Coe,  Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.  Sci.,  ix,  p.  493,  1895. 


138  COE 

vessels.  Farther  back  these  branches  unite  into  about  five  to  eight  lon- 
gitudinal canals  on  each  side,  which  lie  above  the  lateral  blood  lacunas 
and  do  not  join  until  they  are  near  the  efferent  ducts.  Here  they  unite 
to  form  a  rather  large  lacuna,  as  in  C.  cingulata,  from  the  dorsal  wall 
of  which  the  efferent  duct  leads  to  the  dorso-lateral  aspect  of  the  body. 

Nervous  System  and  Sense  Organs.  —  Brain  and  lateral  nerves  as 
in  other  species.  Cephalic  nerves  numerous  and  of  large  size.  Me- 
dian dorsal  nerve  small.  Cerebral  and  lateral  sense  organs  are  less 
well  developed  than  in  the  other  species  described  from  the  Pacific 
coast. 

Habitat.  —  Rather  common  in  50-100  fathoms  between  San  Pedro 
and  Catalina  Island,  Calif.  The  worms  live  among  red  algae,  having 
almost  exactly  the  same  color,  so  that  they  are  not  easily  discovered 
among  the  contents  of  the  trawl.  They  are  found  associated  with 
Tceniosoma  punnetti  and  exhibit  a  similar  tenacity  of  life. 

3.     CARINELLA  CINGULATA  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xiv,  figs.  2-4. 

Body  long,  slender,  subcylindrical,  resembling  C.  superba  in  gen- 
eral appearance,  and  not  strikingly  different  from  C.  sexlineata  and  C. 
capistrata,  which  are  also  found  on  the  California  coast.  In  general 
color  of  body,  as  well  as  in  being  furnished  with  narrow  longitudinal 
and  transverse  white  markings,  there  is  considerable  resemblance. 
The  markings  on  body,  however,  are  arranged  in  a  very  characteristic 
manner,  and  differ  from  those  of  any  known  species. 

The  head  is  considerably  broader  than  neck,  rounded,  truncate  or 
emarginate  in  front,  flattened  dorso-ventrally.  It  is  marked  off  from 
body  by  a  distinct  annular  constriction. 

Body  often  shows  constrictions  in  the  annular  white  lines  described 
below.  Proboscis  pore  subterminal.  Mouth  large,  situated  on  the 
constricted  portion  spoken  of  as  the  neck. 

Length  15  cm.  or  more  ;  width  about  3-4  mm. 

Color.  —  General  tone  of  body  is  deep  brown,  varying  sometimes  to 
chocolate  and  sometimes  to  cinnamon  brown.  When  filled  with  ripe 
genital  products  the  general  effect  of  the  intestinal  region  is  only  pale 
brownish.  Head  much  paler  than  body  in  color,  with  two  narrow, 
transverse,  terminal,  dark  markings  —  one  on  either  side  of  the  tip  of 
the  snout  (pi.  xiv,  figs.  2-4).  In  certain  states  of  contraction,  these 
markings  almost  meet  just  dorsally  to  the  proboscis  pore. 

On  the  neck  is  a  darker  brown  transverse  marking  about  one-fourth 
as  wide  as  diameter  of  body  dorsally,  but  which  becomes  narrower 


NEMERTEANS  139 

laterally.  Below  the  lateral  margin  it  is  quite  narrow,  and  continues 
ventrally  as  a  thin  line  which  joins  the  one  from  the  other  side  just  at 
the  posterior  border  of  the  mouth.  This  dark  nuchal  band  is  bordered 
posteriorly  by  a  distinct  white  band  of  about  the  same  diameter  (pi. 
xiv,  figs.  2-4). 

On  the  ground  color  of  the  body  are  four  longitudinal  white  bands, 
extending  with  more  or  less  distinctness  throughout  the  length  of  the 
body.  These  are  situated  symmetrically,  two  very  near  the  lateral 
margins  of  body,  and  the  other  two  dividing  the  dorsal  surface  into 
three  equal  parts.  The  lines  all  terminate  anteriorly  in  the  first  white 
ring,  situated  just  behind  the  dark  nuchal  band  mentioned  above. 
Anteriorly  the  lines  are  narrow,  but  on  the  approach  to  the  intestinal 
region,  broaden  out  very  irregularly.  Those  on  the  dorsal  surface  en- 
croach so  greatly  on  the  general  brown  ground  color  as  to  limit  it  to  a 
narrow,  brown,  median  dorsal  stripe,  and  two  other  narrow  brown 
stripes  on  lateral  margins.  The  two  lateral  lines  come  to  lie  ventrally 
to  the  lateral  margins,  and  become  so  wide  as  to  occupy  almost  the 
whole  ventral  surface  —  the  brown  color  being  largely  replaced  by  the 
brownish  white  of  the  longitudinal  bands.  This  may  be  true  of  the 
worms  only  at  the  time  when  the  sexual  products  are  mature,  for  the 
pouches  of  reproductive  elements  are  light  in  color  and  partially  obscure 
the  brown  color  of  body.  At  other  seasons  the  white  lines  would 
doubtless  appear  narrower,  and  the  brown  color  of  intestinal  region 
would  be  more  pronounced. 

The  body  is  divided  transversely  into  unequal  segments  by  a  series 
of  narrow  white  rings,  situated  at  irregular  intervals  from  the  head  to 
the  posterior  end  of  the  body,  as  in  C.  superba.  Most  of  these  white 
rings  are  very  narrow,  but  are  rendered  more  conspicuous  by  being 
bordered,  sometimes  on  both  sides,  and  sometimes  only  on  one,  by  fine 
brown  rings  which  are  continuous  with  the  general  ground  color,  but 
of  a  darker  hue.  These  brown  rings  are  often  more  conspicuous  than 
the  narrow  white  ring  beside  them,  so  that  some  of  the  annular  mark- 
ings appear  dark,  rather  than  lighter  in  color  (pi.  xiv,  figs.  2-4) .  The 
brown  rings  pass  through  and  interrupt  the  longitudinal  pale  bands. 
The  color  of  the  white  markings,  especially  the  longitudinal  ones,  ap- 
pears to  be  superficial  and  applied  in  small,  confluent  spots,  and  not 
homogeneously. 

The  segment  included  between  the  first  and  second  and  that  between 
the  second  and  third  white  rings  are  each  fully  twice  as  great  as  any 
other  segments.  The  rings  are  otherwise  fairly  regular  in  position,  but 
are  often  interrupted  or  wanting  on  ventral  surface.  Prof.  C.  B.  Wilson, 


140  COE 

to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  specimens  or  this  and  other  species  of 
California  nemerteans,  states  in  his  notes  that  "  in  some  specimens 
the  alternate  white  rings  extend  only  to  the  lateral  white  longitudinal 
lines,  and  do  not  go  entirely  around  the  body." 

After  preservation  in  formalin,  the  region  between  the  second  and 
third  white  rings  is  much  darker  in  color,  as  commonly  occurs  in  the 
genus.  As  usual  the  contrast  in  color  is  very  marked  anteriorly,  but 
shades  off  gradually  beyond  the  third  white  ring. 

A  rather  conspicuous  rounded  pit,  of  much  paler  color,  situated 
exactly  on  the  lateral  margin  of  the  body  just  dorsal  to  the  longitudinal 
white  band,  and  on  the  anterior  border  of  the  third  white  ring,  marks 
the  position  of  the  lateral  sense  organ  on  each  side. 

The  worms  are  prone  to  break  up  when  captured,  the  fragmentation 
taking  place  at  the  white  rings,  where  the  body  often  shows  con- 
strictions. 

Proboscis.  —  Proboscis  sheath  extends  only  a  comparatively  short 
distance  into  intestinal  region,  but  is  well  developed  throughout  the 
esophageal  region.  Just  in  the  vicinity  of  the  nephridiopores  the  rhyn- 
chocoel  becomes  sharply  divided  into  a  smaller  posterior  cavity  and  an 
enlarged  anterior  chamber.  The  anterior  chamber  continues  ventrally 
for  a  few  sections  as  a  blind  sack  beneath  the  smaller  dorsal  cavity 
into  which  the  posterior  end  of  the  proboscis  continues.  These  fea- 
tures are  similar  to  those  described  for  C.frenata  (p.  133),  but  are  less 
pronounced.  Proboscis  becomes  separated  from  its  sheath  in  the  region 
of  the  mouth,  and  therefore  some  little  distance  behind  the  brain. 
It  is  provided  with  two  large  nerves  which  arise  from  the  ventral 
ganglia  at  points  of  origin  of  the  unusually  large  ventral  commissure. 
The  nerves  pass  dorsally  and  immediately  enter  the  proboscis  sheath, 
in  the  tissues  of  which  they  extend  posteriorly  fora  few  sections,  when 
they  enter  the  proboscis  at  its  attachment  to  the  sheath.  The  arrange- 
ment of  the  epithelial  and  muscular  layers  is  as  in  related  species. 

Musculature  and  integument  present  no  marked  peculiarities. 
The  basement  layer  beneath  the  integument  is  unusually  well  devel- 
oped. Dorsal  crossing  of  fibers  between  the  internal  and  external 
muscular  layers  is  much  better  developed  than  in  any  of  the  other 
known  species  from  the  Pacific  coast. 

Cephalic  Glands.  —  In  addition  to  the  highly  developed,  deep- 
staining  masses  of  glands  in  the  integument  of  the  head,  a  thick  layer 
of  similar  glands  is  found  around  the  rhynchodseum.  These  extend 
backward  nearly  to  the  brain,  and  are  very  conspicuous  from  their 
secretions,  which  stain  deep  purple  in  haematoxylin.  The  condition 


NEMERTEANS 

in  this  species  is  intermediate  between  that  described  above  for  C. 
frenata,  where  these  glands  occur  in  the  integument  only,  and  C. 
rubra?  where  they  occur  not  only  in  the  integument  and  around  the 
rhynchodseum,  but  are  thickly  massed  in  the  cephalic  musculature  as 

well. 

Blood  and  Nephridial  Systems.  —  Cephalic  blood  lacunae  and  lat- 
eral vessels  as  in  other  species.  Rhynchoccel  vessels  peculiar  in  that 
they  do  not  appear  in  the  anterior  fourth  of  the  esophageal  region,  and 
extend  for  only  a  short  distance,  terminating  posteriorly  in  front  of  the 
anterior  end  of  the  nephridial  system.  During  their  short  extent, 
however,  they  show  numerous  connections  with  the  lateral  vessels. 
The  nephridia  are  of  the  normal  type  for  the  genus,  with  a  main  canal 
above  the  lateral  blood  vessel  on  each  side.  Anteriorly  the  canal 
branches  out  on  the  wall  of  the  blood  vessel  as  usual.  The  nephridia 
are  of  very  limited  extent,  and  occupy  less  than  the  middle  third 
of  the  esophageal  region.  Posteriorly  each  of  the  main  canals  exhibits 
a  sac-like  enlargement,  with  highly  columnar  epithelium,  from  the 
dorsal  wall  of  which  the  efferent  duct  leads  to  a  dorso-lateral  aspect 
of  the  body  as  usual.  The  efferent  duct  is  not  an  open  tubule,  how- 
ever, but  spreads  out  in  the  external  circular  muscular  layer  into  a 
broad,  spongy  meshwork,  from  which  a  small  duct  leads  to  the  sur- 
face. 

Nervous  System. — Ventral  commissure  of  brain  even  more  massive 
than  in  most  related  species.  Large  and  numerous  cephalic  nerves 
extend  throughout  the  tissues  of  the  head.  Dorsal  and  buccal  nerves 
are  also  of  large  size. 

Cerebral  Sense  Organs. — Much  less  highly  differentiated  than  in 
any  other  species  of  the  genus  yet  described  from  the  region.  Ciliated 
canals  wanting,  the  sense  organ  consisting  simply  of  an  oval  area 
with  differentiated  sensory  cells  of  smaller  size  and  with  longer  cilia 
than  elsewhere,  and  provided  with  a  rather  large  nerve  from  the  dorsal 
ganglion  which  lies  adjacent,  and  just  beneath  the  well-developed  base- 
ment layer.  The  region  is  always  conspicuous  by  the  absence  of  the 
deeply  staining  glands  which  are  found  elsewhere  on  the  body.  Thus 
the  cerebral  sense  organs  differ  but  slightly  in  their  histological  features 
from  the  lateral  sense  organs  found  in  the  vicinity  of  the  nephridiopores. 

Lateral  Sense  Organs. — Small,  but  very  sharply  defined.  They 
are  situated  on  the  lateral  margins  of  the  body  immediately  posterior 
to  the  nephridiopores.  The  sensory  epithelium  is  made  up  of  slender 

^oe,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  p.  14,  pi.  ix,  fig.  i,  1901;  also  previous 
article,  paged  identically. 


142 


COE 


cells,  which  present  a  sharp  contrast  to  the  neighboring  cells  of  the 
integument  because  of  their  comparative  freedom  from  secretion.  The 
general  appearance  of  the  sense  organ  is  similar  to  that  figured  for  C. 
frenata  (pi.  xxn,  fig.  2). 

Reproductive  Organs. — Sexual  products  mature  in  September. 
Sexual  pouches  are  usually  situated  dorsally  to  the  lateral  blood  vessel, 
and  open  on  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  body. 

Habitat.  —  Monterey  Bay,  Calif.  Shallow  water;  not  common. 
Dredged  from  soft  bottom  in  fourteen  fathoms  off  McAbee's  Beach, 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif.,  by  C.  B.  Wilson,  1899. 

Nemertopsis  Burger 
Fauna  and  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel,  Monogr.  22,  p.  548,  1895. 

Representatives  of  this  genus  are  characterized  by  extremely  long 
thread-like  bodies  of  firm  consistency.  They  resemble  Emplectonema 
in  form,  habits  and  general  internal  anatomy,  but  differ  in  having  only 
four  ocelli,  which  are  symmetrically  placed  on  the  head,  in  armature 
of  proboscis,  and  in  other  anatomical  details. 

The  worms  are  quite  as  slender  as  those  of  the  genus  Cephalothrix, 
but  they  do  not  coil  the  body  in  a  spiral. 

Proboscis  sheath  very  short,  proboscis  armed  with  well-developed 
central  stylet  and  basis,  and  with  two  pouches  of  accessory  stylets  ; 
cerebral  sense  organs  small,  situated  well  in  front  of  brain.  Cephalic 
glands  usually  well  developed. 

But  two  species  of  this  genus  have  thus  far  been  described,  both 
of  which  have  been  found  in  the  Mediterranean.  A  third  form,  de- 
scribed below,  occurs  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  North  America. 

4.     NEMERTOPSIS  GRACILIS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xv,  fig.  i ;  pi.  xx,  figs.  10,  11. 

This  very  slender  species  bears  a  close  external  resemblance  in  form 
and  color  to  N.  peronea  (Quatr.)  Burger,  but  differs  in  several  fea- 
tures of  internal  organization,  especially  in  the  structure  of  the  pro- 
boscis armature  and  the  extent  of  the  intestinal  caecum. 

Like  N.  peronea  the  body  is  extremely  long  and  slender,  probably 
more  so  than  any  other  Nemertean  found  on  the  coast  except  species 
of  Cephalothrix.  The  body  is  commonly  10  to  15  cm.  or  more  in 
length,  and  usually  less  than  i  mm.  in  breadth.  The  head  is  slightly 
broader  than  the  body,  which  is  somewhat  flattened  dorso-ventrally, 
but  of  nearly  equal  width  throughout  its  length.  Mouth  and  proboscis 
have  a  common  opening. 


NEMERTEANS  143 

Color.  —  The  color  of  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  body  is  dull  whitish 
with  a  tinge  of  brown,  or  sometimes  decidedly  brownish,  with  two 
narrow  longitudinal  bands  of  deep  brown  extending  throughout  the 
length  of  the  body.  Each  of  these  brown  bands  is  perhaps  one-eighth 
as  broad  as  the  body.  They  lie  near  the  median  dorsal  line,  and  are 
separated  from  each  other  by  about  twice  the  width  of  either  band. 
On  the  head  they  lie  just  internal  to  the  eyes,  and  do  not  extend  quite 
to  the  tip  of  the  snout  (pi.  xv,  fig.  i).  They  are  sharply  marked 
off  from  the  much  paler  color  between  them,  but  show  a  tendency  to 
shade  off  laterally  into  the  general  pale  brownish  color  of  the  dorsal 
surface.  Towards  the  lateral  margins  the  brownish  tinge  becomes 
very  inconspicuous  and  gradually  shades  off  into  the  whitish  or  pale 
flesh  color  which  covers  the  ventral  surface. 

Ocelli.  —  Four  eyes  of  large  size  are  arranged,  as  in  N.  peronea, 
to  form  the  corners  of  a  square  (pi.  xv,  fig.  i). 

Cephalic  Glands.  —  Enormously  developed  cephalic  glands  occupy 
the  greater  portion  of  the  head  and  stretch  far  back  into  body,  extend- 
ing even  as  far  back  as  the  most  anterior  sexual  pouches.  In  the 
esophageal  region  these  glands  often  occupy  more  space  than  the  pro- 
boscis sheath  and  esophagus  together,  and  fill  up  the  space  usually 
taken  by  the  body  parenchyma,  which  is  in  this  species  very  much 
more  reduced  than  in  N.  peronea. 

Proboscis.  —  The  proboscis  sheath  is  not  much  more  than  one-third 
as  long  as  the  body.  The  proboscis  is  provided  with  eight  large 
nerves  which  reach  back  to  the  stylet  apparatus  ;  the  muscular  and 
epithelial  layers  are  as  in  Amphiporus.  Central  stylet  of  proboscis 
slender,  provided  with  an  elongated,  slender  basis,  measuring  (in  a 
single  specimen)  about  0.123  mm.  in  length  by  0.02  mm.  in  average 
diameter.1  The  basis  is  peculiar  in  being  of  nearly  the  same  diameter 
throughout  (pi.  xx,  figs.  10,  u),  and  not  swollen  posteriorly.  The 
shape  of  the  basis  alone  will  readily  serve  to  distinguish  the  present 
species  from  N.  peronea,  which  has  a  short  conical  basis.  The  central 
stylet  is  rather  slender,  but  my  notes  unfortunately  do  not  indicate  its 
dimensions,  nor  whether  it  is  shorter  or  longer  than  the  basis.  Each 
of  the  two  lateral  pouches  contains  usually  from  four  to  six  slender 
stylets.  In  the  preserved  specimens  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  stylets 
have  their  heads  lobed  or  five-parted  as  do  those  of  N.  peronea. 

Alimentary  Canal. — The  intestinal  caecum,  which  lies  in  the 
median  line  directly  beneath  the  esophagus,  is  very  short  indeed  and  is 

1  But  a  single  basis  was  measured,  so  that  these  dimensions  may  not  represent 
average  measurements. 


COE 

without  branches.  It  is  much  shorter  than  in  TV.  peronea  and  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  brain  by  several  times  its  length,  while  in  TV.  peronea 
it  is  described  by  Burger  (loc.  cit.,  p.  549)  as  reaching  nearly  to  the 
brain.  In  one  series  of  sections  of  TV.  gracilis  the  caecum  itself  ex- 
tended through  seventeen  sections  only,  while  there  were  about  seventy- 
five  sections  between  its  anterior  end  and  the  brain. 

Nervous  System  and  Sense  Organs.  —  Brain  and  nervous  system 
present  no  important  deviations  from  those  of  TV.  peronea.  Cerebral 
sense  organs  small,  much  elongated,  situated  far  in  front  of  brain  and 
connected  with  exterior  as  usual. 

The  sexual  products  ripen  late  in  summer.  The  ovaries  and  sperm- 
aries  lie  directly  above  the  lateral  nerve  cords,  but  when  fully  devel- 
oped extend  also  internal  to  them. 

Habitat.  —  Pacific  Grove,  Calif.,  among  mussels  and  other  growths 
on  rocks  at  low  water.  Not  common.  Collected  in  same  locality  in 
1899  by  C.  B.  Wilson. 

Paranemertes  Coe 
Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  p.  32,  1901. 

Three  species  (P.  carnea,  P.  peregrina,  P.  pattida)  of  this  genus 
have  been  described  from  Alaska  (loc.  cit.).1  A  fourth  species  was 
found  abundantly  at  San  Pedro  and  San  Diego,  California.  This  form 
agrees  with  those  previously  described  in  general  anatomical  features, 
but  differs  in  regard  to  the  number  and  arrangement  of  the  ocelli,  so 
that  the  part  of  the  generic  diagnosis  which  refers  to  the  ocelli  (p.  32) 
will  have  to  be  amended  to  read,  "  Ocelli  minute,  usually  numerous, 
but  sometimes  consisting  of  but  a  single  pair." 

5.    PARANEMERTES   CALIFORNICA  sp.  nov. 

pi.  xv,  fig.  2  ;  pi.  xvni,  figs.  1-5  ;  pi.  xxi,  figs.  1-9. 

Body  long,  moderately  slender,  rounded  or  cylindrical  in  the  short 
esophageal  region,  very  much  flattened  farther  back.  Intestinal  region 
much  wrinkled  when  contracted,  but  smooth  when  body  is  well  ex- 
tended. Head  small  and  acutely  pointed  in  ordinary  states  of  contrac- 
tion. The  snout,  with  the  ocelli,  can  be  retracted  to  a  very  consider- 
able extent  into  the  tissues  of  the  head,  very  much  as  in  some  species 
of  Tceniosoma.  Intestinal  region  flat  and  ribbon-like  with  thin  mar- 
gins wrhich  are  sometimes  bent  towards  the  ventral  surface.  Posterior 
extremity  rounded. 

1  Also  previous  article,  identically  paged.  The  peculiar  fluted  or  braided  ap- 
pearance of  the  stylets  (both  central  and  accessory)  of  P.  peregrina  was  not 
described  in  the  previous  article  but  is  represented  on  pi.  xx,  figs.  14,  15. 


NEMERTEANS  145 

Size.  —  Length  of  largest  specimen  obtained  45  cm.;  width  4-6 
mm. ;  visual  length  10-20  cm. 

Color.  —  The  colors  are  far  less  opaque  than  in  most  species,  and 
are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  give  the  tissues  a  remarkably  translucent  ap- 
pearance. Anterior  portion  of  body  pale  orange  inclining  to  flesh 
color,  sometimes  more  decidedly  orange  and  sometimes  pale  flesh 
color.  Head  distinctly  orange,  but  usually  of  a  pale  tint.  Brain  re- 
gion a  little  more  reddish  in  color.  General  color  of  intestinal  region 
grayish  flesh  color,  or  very  pale  salmon,  and  somewhat  translucent, 
but  this  ground  color  is  so  much  obscured  by  the  dark  green  color  of 
the  intestinal  tract  that  in  effect  this  region  appears  of  a  greenish  tinge. 
Commonly  the  green  color  extends  as  a  pair  of  broad,  irregular  longi- 
tudinal bands  separated  by  a  pale  reddish  median  band  (where  the  in- 
testinal lobes  do  not  show) ,  and  bordered  on  the  lateral  margins  by 
pale,  grayish  salmon  or  occasionally  by  whitish. 

The  ventral  surface  is  somewhat  paler  than  the  dorsal,  and  the 
median  reddish  band  is  replaced  by  the  greenish  color  of  the  intestine. 

On  the  dorsal  surface  near  the  anterior  end  of  the  body  are  two 
regions  of  slightly  differentiated  color,  the  one  reaching  back  in  the 
median  line  nearly  to  the  brain,  the  other  extending  about  as  far  pos- 
teriorly behind  the  brain  as  is  this  organ  from  the  tip  of  the  snout. 
These  show  simply  as  regions  of  more  orange  color,  and  the  posterior 
region  is  separated  from  the  flesh  colored  portion  behind  by  a  V- 
shaped,  orange  colored  groove.  The  apex  of  the  groove  lies  in  the 
median  line  and  points  posteriorly,  while  its  limbs  extend  obliquely 
antero-laterally  to  the  ventral  surface  where  they  come  nearly  into 
contact  in  the  median  line.  A  similar,  but  very  indistinct,  V-shaped 
groove  lies  just  posterior  to  the  anterior  orange  colored  region. 

On  the  under  side  of  the  head  is  a  pale  area  on  the  tip  of  the  snout 
marked  off  posteriorly  by  an  orange  colored  line  from  the  still  paler 
triangular  area  found  on  each  lateral  side  of  the  head. 

About  10-15  mm.  back  of  the  head  (in  an  individual  about  20  cm. 
lono")  darker  areas  appear  on  the  sides  of  the  body  and  increase  in 
number  back  to  the  intestinal  region.  These  indicate  the  pouches  of 
the  intestinal  caeca  which  stretch  forward  far  into  the  esophageal  region, 
and  which  in  the  intestinal  region  are  dark  green  in  color.  This  color 
is  very  permanent  and  remains  after  preservation  in  formalin  or  in 
alcohol,  and  even  after  imbedding  in  paraffin.  The  green  intestinal 
lobes  nearly  all  fork  distally,  and  each  fork  is  again  divided,  but  there 
is  much  irregularity  in  this  respect. 

The  median  dorsal  band  of  pale  reddish  color  is  due  to  the  color  of 


146  COE 

the  fluid  in  the  proboscis  sheath.  This  is  not  very  conspicuous  in  the 
esophageal  region,  where  the  proboscis  fills  most  of  the  space  in  its 
sheath,  but  in  the  intestinal  region  the  proboscis  sheath  is  seen  to  be 
filled  with  a  clear  red  fluid.  The  red  color  does  not  reside  in  the  cor- 
puscles, but  exists  in  the  fluid  itself,  while  the  corpuscles  are  nearly 
colorless.  Occasionally  an  individual  has  the  intestinal  region  grayish 
in  color,  and  in  such  cases  the  proboscis  sheath  is  very  conspicuous  as 
a  wavy  longitudinal,  blood-red  band  about  one-fourth  the  diameter  of 
the  body. 

After  preservation  the  esophageal  region  becomes  almost  colorless, 
but  the  intestinal  tract  gives  a  decidedly  greenish  color  to  the  rest  of 
the  body. 

Proboscis, — When  extruded  the  proboscis  appears  of  a  reddish  color 
due  to  the  red  rhynchocoel  fluid  within  it,  but  when  this  fluid  is  pressed 
out  the  proboscis  remains  colorless.  It  is  of  fairly  large  size,  and  is 
provided  with  four  or  six  pouches  of  accessory  stylets  in  addition  to  the 
central  stylet  (pi.  xvm,  fig.  2;  pi.  xxi,  fig.  3).  The  basis  of  the 
latter  is  rather  long  and  slender,  slightly  narrower  anteriorly,  but  of 
fairly  even  diameter  throughout  (pi.  xvm,  figs.  4,  5  ;  pi.  xxi,  figs. 
4-8).  The  stylet  itself  is  moderately  slender  and  about  half  as  long 
as  the  basis,  or  sometimes  a  little  more  than  half  as  long.  There  are 
usually  two  or  three  accessory  stylets  in  each  of  the  four  or  six  pouches. 
All  the  stylets,  both  central  and  accessory,  show  a  peculiar  darker  or 
more  opaque  portion  about  the  head  (pi.  xxi,  figs.  4-9).  This 
darker  portion  extends  perhaps  one-sixth  the  length  of  the  stylet. 
Measurements  in  a  single  specimen  are  :  Basis  of  central  stylet  0.36 
mm.  long,  o.i  in  average  width  ;  stylets  about  0.17-0.2  mm.  in  length. 

In  each  of  three  specimens  sectioned  the  proboscis  was  provided 
with  ten  large  and  distinct  nerves.  A  fourth  individual  showed  an 
abnormal  condition  in  that  there  were  twelve  distinct  nerves  in  a  short 
region  of  the  proboscis,  although  there  was  but  the  usual  number 
(ten)  both  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  to  this  region.  A  fifth  specimen 
showed  eleven  nerves.  The  nerves  are  often  one-half  to  three-fourths 
as  great  in  diameter  as  the  thickness  of  the  longitudinal  muscular 
layer.  Muscular  and  epithelial  layers  as  usual,  but  the  basement 
layer  beneath  the  internal  epithelium  is  so  very  much  thickened  that  it 
practically  equals  the  circular  muscular  layer  in  thickness. 

Proboscis  sheath  reaches  fully  one-half  the  entire  length  of  the 
body,  but  does  not  extend  into  the  posterior  one-third  of  the  animal. 
In  this  respect  the  present  species  agrees  well  with  the  other  members 
of  the  genus  from  Alaska.  Muscular  layers  of  proboscis  sheath  enor- 


NEMERTEANS  147 

mously  developed  as  far  posteriorly  as  the  anterior  portion  of  the  intes- 
tinal region.  In  few  other  Hoplonemerteans  is  the  proboscis  sheath 
so  powerful  as  in  the  present  species  (pi.  xvm,  fig.  i). 

Ocelli.  —  The  snout  when  well  extended  is  sharply  pointed,  but  can 
be  withdrawn  to  a  considerable  extent  into  the  tissues  of  the  head. 
For  this  reason  the  two  very  small  ocelli  which  are  situated  near  the 
tip  of  the  snout  (pi.  xxi,  fig.  i)  are  likely  to  be  overlooked,  and  are 
difficult  to  see  in  the  living  worm.  They  lie  deep  in  the  tissues  of  the 
head  and  can  usually  be  seen  clearly  only  after  the  specimen  has  been 
cleared  in  cedar  oil  or  some  other  suitable  medium.  Sometimes  instead 
of  two  single  ocelli,  we  find  two  groups  each  made  up  of  two  or  more 
minute  pigment  spots  (pi.  xxi,  fig.  2). 

Cerebral  Sense  Organs.  —  These  are  extremely  small,  measuring 
scarcely  more  than  one-tenth  the  diameter  of  head  in  same  region,  lie 
some  distance  in  front  of  brain,  and  connect  with  exterior  on  latero- 
ventral  margin  of  head  near  tip  of  snout. 

Cephalic  glands  are  voluminous,  composing  the  greater  portion  of 
the  tissues  of  the  head  in  front  of  brain.  They  are  much  interspersed 
with  connective  tissue  and  muscle  fibers,  and  do  not  extend  posteriorly 
to  the  brain  in  any  considerable  numbers.  There  are  a  few  isolated 
S2ibmuscular  glands  in  the  esophageal  region. 

Brain  small  as  compared  with  the  diameter  of  head,  but  of  the 
usual  proportions. 

Muscular  System.  —  Just  in  front  of  brain,  and  in  the  region  of  the 
attachment  of  proboscis  to  its  sheath,  a  longitudinal  muscular  layer 
arises  quite  independently  and  is  distinct  from  the  longitudinal  muscles 
of  the  body  walls.  These  muscles  surround  the  brain,  esophagus,  and 
proboscis  sheath.  This  secondary  longitudinal  muscular  layer  in- 
creases greatly  in  size  back  of  brain,  but  remains  separated  from  the 
musculature  of  the  body  walls  by  a  thick  layer  of  parenchyma.  Back 
of  the  brain  this  muscular  layer  (//«',  pi.  xvm,  fig.  i)  becomes  thicker 
than  the  main  longitudinal  layer  (//«)  of  the  body  walls,  and  its  fibers 
are  larger,  more  closely  placed  in  their  bundles  and  stain  more  deeply. 
It  reaches  a  considerable  distance  into  the  esophageal  region,  but  gradu- 
ally the  bundles  comprising  it  become  more  and  more  separated  from 
each  other  by  parenchymatous  tissue,  and  gradually  they  approach 
nearer  the  body  walls.  Some  of  the  fibers  attach  themselves  to  the 
proboscis  sheath  just  outside  the  circular  muscular  layer.  Eventually 
they  become  arranged  just  internal  to  the  longitudinal  muscles  of  body 
walls  and  form  a  portion  of  this  layer.  Their  fibers  are  much  larger, 
however,  and  by  an  increase  in  number  farther  back  give  rise  to  the 


148  COE 

main  portion  of  the  longitudinal  muscles  of  body  walls.  In  no  other 
species,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  has  any  such  condition  been  described, 
though  an  approach  to  it  is-  met  with  in  A.  nebulosusj-  where  the 
submuscular  glands  develop  to  such  an  extent  as  to  form  a  distinct 
layer  which  divides  the  longitudinal  muscular  layer  into  an  outer  and 
an  inner  portion. 

An  unusual  amount  of  parenchyma  surrounds  the  muscles,  nerves, 
proboscis  sheath,  esophagus  and  other  organs. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  Especially  remarkable  is  the  short  extent  of 
esophagus,  which  separates  from  rhynchodaeum  just  in  front  of  brain, 
and  enlarges  posterior  to  this  organ,  as  usual.  Instead  of  extending 
far  posteriorly,  however,  as  in  most  related  species,  it  is  only  about 
twice  as  long  as  the  distance  from  tip  of  snout  to  brain.  It  then  enters 
the  dorsal  wall  of  the  intestine,  the  anterior  portion  of  which  in  this 
case  corresponds  in  position  and  histological  structure  to  the  intestinal 
caecum  of  other  forms,  although  it  does  not  end  blindly.  An  ex- 
tremely short  caecum  proper  is,  however,  present  and  extends  forward, 
with  a  few  pairs  of  lateral  lobes,  for  a  very  short  distance  anterior  to 
the  posterior  opening  of  esophagus. 

The  portion  of  the  canal  posterior  to  the  esophagus  which  corre- 
sponds to  the  caecum  of  other  forms  extends  backward  for  a  long  dis- 
tance before  merging  into  the  intestine  proper.  This  condition  has 
evidently  arisen  from  the  disappearance  of  the  long,  slender  pylorus 
of  the  typical  Hoplonemertean,  so  that  the  esophagus  opens  very  near 
the  anterior  end  of  the  long  caecum,  instead  of  far  back,  as  in  most 
other  members  of  the  order.  I  shall  therefore  refer  to  the  caecum  all 
that  portion  of  the  alimentary  canal  which  lies  anterior  to  the  intestine 
proper  and  exhibits  lateral  diverticula.  This  will  include  the  short 
caecum  proper,  together  with  the  intestinal  canal  back  as  far  as  the  in- 
testine proper. 

The  character  of  the  epithelial  lining  of  esophagus  agrees  with  that 
in  related  species.  Where  the  esophagus  enters  dorsal  wall  of  caecum, 
however,  a  marked  change  in  the  character  of  its  epithelium  appears, 
as  in  other  forms.  Both  the  caecum  and  the  caecum  proper  have 
the  same  anatomical  and  histological  peculiarities.  Both  send  off 
paired  lateral  diverticula,  which  are  closely  placed  together,  of  rather 
small  size  (pi.  xvm,  fig.  3),  and  extend  laterally  somewhat  above  the 
lateral  nerves. 

The  histological  structure  of  the  caecum  is  as  in  related  species, 

'Coe,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  p.  49,  pi.  xi,  fig.  i,  1901;  also  previous 
article,  paged  identically. 


NEMERTEANS  149 

except  that  the  cells  in  the  lateral  diverticula  are  provided  with  a 
peculiar  granular  pigment  which  gives  them  a  deep  green  color. 
The  same  pigment  occurs  in  the  intestine  proper,  and  is  conspicuous 
in  life,  giving  the  body  a  large  portion  of  its  characteristic  coloring. 
It  is  insoluble  in  alcohol,  cedar  oil,  or  the  mounting  media,  and  is  far 
more  conspicuous  in  preserved  specimens  after  they  have  been  placed 
in  clearing  oil.  In  the  caecum  the  pigment  is  limited  to  the  lateral 
diverticula,  and  is  not  found  in  the  central  canal. 

Toward  the  posterior  end  of  the  caecum  the  diverticula  become 
longer  and  the  canal  gradually  takes  on  the  character  of  the  intestine 
proper  near  the  most  anterior  sexual  glands.  The  intestinal  diver- 
ticula are  very  closely  placed,  and  for  the  most  part  fork  once  or  twice 
into  two  or  four  similar  branches.  These  are  very  conspicuous  in 
life  or  after  clearing  in  oil,  because  of  their  deep  green  pigment,  as 
stated  above.  Other  than  in  the  presence  of  this  peculiar  pigment  the 
histological  structure  of  intestine  is  as  in  related  forms. 

Blood  and  Nephridial  Systems.  —  In  the  head,  as  well  as  posterior 
to  the  brain,  the  blood  vessels  branch  out  into  very  numerous  branches, 
which  ramify  through  the  parenchyma,  including  both  that  which  lies 
internal  to  the  inner  longitudinal  muscles  and  that  between  the  two  longi- 
tudinal muscular  layers  which  are  described  above.  The  vessels  are  all 
of  small  size,  and  extend  on  all  sides  above  proboscis  sheath  and  beneath 
esophagus,  as  well  as  laterally.  Back  toward  the  intestinal  region 
they  form  the  usual  pair  of  lateral  vessels.  The  proboscis  sheath  ves- 
sel is  as  in  related  species. 

In  regard  to  the  nephridia,  it  is  necessary  to  state  that  no  well- 
developed  nephridial  tubules  were  found,  although  several  series  of 
sections  were  examined  carefully  back  as  far  as  the  anterior  sexual 
glands.  A  number  of  very  fine  tubules  in  the  esophageal  region  may 
possibly  represent  the  nephridial  system,  although  they  were  scarcely 
to  be  distinguished  from  blood  vessels.  There  were  some  indications 
that  these  tubules  were  connected  with  several  very  minute  efferent 
ducts  opening  to  the  surface  laterally,  but  this  could  not  be  demon- 
strated with  certainty  in  any  case. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  had  evidently  been  re- 
cently discharged  from  individuals  collected  near  the  end  of  July. 
The  ducts,  which  still  remained  open,  connected  with  the  dorso-lateral 
surfaces  of  the  body. 

Habitat.  —  Individuals  of  this  species  are  rather  common  in  sand 
at  low  water  in  San  Diego  Harbor.  They  were  also  obtained  from 
sandy  locations  on  Dead  Mans  Island,  San  Pedro.  A  single  specimen 


I5O  COE 

was  collected  on  a  pile  of  wharf  in  San  Diego  Harbor.     When  handled 
the  worms  exude  an  abundance  of  a  milky  mucus. 

Carcinonemertes  Coe 

American  Naturalist,  xxxvi,  p.  440,  1902. 

Parasitic  Nemerteans  living  on  various  species  of  Crustacea.  Body 
small,  slender,  often  filiform,  rounded,  and  of  about  the  same  diameter 
throughout ;  head  without  distinct  lateral  grooves,  not  demarcated  from 
body.  Body  not  usually  coiled  or  much  twisted,  but  often  folded  sharply, 
so  that  anterior  portion  of  body  lies  parallel  and  in  contact  with  pos- 
terior portion.  Mouth  and  proboscis  open  together ;  esophagus  ex- 
tremely short,  opening  broadly  into  intestine  through  a  large  muscular 
chamber  situated  immediately  behind  brain  ;  intestine  broad,  with  short 
lateral  pouches  which  are  but  little  developed  in  posterior  portion  of 
body. 

Proboscis. —  Proboscis  sheath  without  muscular  walls,  consisting 
merely  of  a  thin  membrane  closely  applied  to  the  small  proboscis.  Pro- 
boscis but  little  developed,  very  small  in  size,  and  extremely  short,  with- 
out lateral  pouches  of  reserve  stylets,  but  armed  with  central  stylet  and 
basis  only.  Central  stylet  minute,  basis  small  and  slender.  Stylet  region 
of  proboscis  can  be  withdrawn  but  little  behind  brain ;  consequently 
anterior  chamber  is  very  short,  without  distinct  muscular  layers,  without 
distinct  nerves,  and  without  a  thickened  glandular  epithelium  such  as 
occurs  in  almost  all  other  Nemerteans.  Chamber  immediately  behind 
stylet  small  but  muscular,  and  with  a  lining  of  flattened  epithelium, 
while  posterior  proboscidial  cavity  is  very  short,  often  almost  spherical, 
highly  glandular,  connected  closely  with  the  rudiments  of  the  proboscis 
sheath  and  embedded  in  the  connective  tissue  which  lies  internal  to  the 
body  musculature. 

Ocelli  two.      Cerebral  sense  organs  probably  wanting. 

Cephalic  glands  massively  developed  ;  a  remarkable  development  of 
submuscular  glands  extends  throughout  whole  length  of  body,  usually 
forming  a  distinct  layer  internal  to  the  muscular  walls  of  body,  and 
often  thicker  than  all  other  layers  of  body  wall  combined. 

Body  musculature  consists  of  a  thin,  oblique  or  circular  muscular 
layer  and  a  somewhat  thicker,  but  yet  weak,  longitudinal  layer  internal 
to  the  former. 

Usually  oviparous,  though  fertilization  often  takes  place  internally, 
and  sometimes  a  portion  of  the  ova  of  an  individual  may  be  retained  in 
the  body  until  after  the  development  of  free-swimming  embryos.  De- 
velopment without  complicated  metamorphosis. 


NEMERTEANS  151 

6.    CARCINONEMERTES  EPIALTI  Coe. 

pi.  xix,  figs.  1-9. 
American  Naturalist,  xxxvi,  p.  442,  1902. 

Body  small,  rounded,  slender,  of  same  diameter  throughout ;  sex- 
ually mature  individuals  about  4-6  mm.  in  length  and  less  than  0.5  mm. 
in  diameter ;  head  not  demarcated  from  body ;  lateral  grooves  and 
cerebral  sense  organs  very  inconspicuous  or  wanting. 

Color.  —  Bright  orange,  sometimes  inclining  more  to  reddish  and 
sometimes  to  yellowish.  Head  a  little  paler,  for  the  color  is  largely 
due  to  the  intestinal  lobes  which  extend  forward  to  brain. 

Ocelli.  —  A  pair  of  ocelli  of  irregular  outline,  but  sometimes  cres- 
cent-shaped, lie  about  half  way  between  tip  of  snout  and  brain.  Some- 
times the  ocelli  are  irregularly  fragmented,  and  the  pigment  is  arranged 
in  four  irregular  masses. 

Proboscis.  —  Proboscis  sheath  greatly  reduced,  extending  but  little 
posteriorly  to  brain,  where  it  becomes  united  with  posterior  chamber 
of  proboscis  (pi.  xix,  fig.  2).  The  sheath  consists  merely  of  few  fibers 
of  connective  tissue  supporting  a  very  thin  flattened  epithelium,  and 
can  be  seen  only  in  favorable  preparations. 

Proboscis  very  minute  and  short,  extending  scarcely  more  than  its 
own  diameter  posteriorly  to  brain  (pi.  xix,  fig.  5).  Rhynchodaeum 
(fig.  5,  r)  slender;  esophagus  separates  from  proboscis  cavity  just  in 
front  of  brain  (fig.  5).  Anterior  chamber  of  proboscis  (figs.  2,  3,  ac) 
very  small,  not  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  a  brain  lobe,  lined  with  thin, 
scarcely  glandular  epithelium.  Stylet  region  swollen  (figs.  2-4)  and 
provided  with  large  and  abundant  gland  cells  (^)  which  open  both 
into  anterior  chamber  and  into  the  narrow  canal  connecting  this  with 
cavity  behind  stylet  region. 

Basis  of  central  stylet  slender,  about  three  to  five  times  as  long  as 
broad  (figs.  3-5),  measuring  about  .027-. 033  mm.  in  length  and 
.005-. 008  mm.  in  diameter.  Basis  slightly  larger  posteriorly  than 
near  attachment  of  the  very  minute  stylet  (figs.  2,  6).  There  is  no 
trace  of  accessory  stylets. 

The  usual  small  oval  middle  chamber  lies  directly  behind  stylet 
region  and  connects  with  anterior  chamber  by  a  canal  (figs.  3,  4)  which 
passes  close  beside  the  basis  of  the  central  stylet  and  which,  though 
narrow,  is  broader  than  in  many  other  Hoplonemerteans.  Middle 
chamber,  behind  the  stylet,  is  highly  muscular,  lined  with  flattened 
epithelium,  and  is  often  filled  with  fluid  containing  an  abundance  of 
granules  resembling  hardened  secretions  (fig.  3).  These  apparently 
originate  in  the  posterior  chamber,  as  described  below. 


152  COE 

The  proboscis  now  bends  sharply  on  itself  in  ordinary  states  of  con- 
traction and  ends  in  an  oval  chamber  with  small  lumen  and  very 
massive  glandular  walls  (figs.  2-5,  pc).  The  cells  lining  this  chamber 
are  highly  columnar,  irregularly  arranged  in  several  layers,  and  are 
thickly  packed  with  secretions  which  have  great  affinity  for  ordinary 
stains.  Posterior  chamber  closely  imbedded  in  the  surrounding  con- 
nective tissue  (figs.  4,  5),  and  this  appears  to  be  connected  with  the 
muscular  walls  of  esophagus.  Its  movements  are  doubtless  to  a  great 
extent  dependent  on  the  contractions  of  esophagus,  which,  as  described 
below,  is  converted  into  a  sort  of  muscular  pharynx. 

Body  Watts.  —  Outer  epithelium  as  in  other  genera,  and  richly 
provided  with  glands. 

Muscular  layers  of  body  wall  consist  of  a  thin,  external  circular  or 
oblique  layer  of  muscles  and  an  internal  longitudinal  layer  (figs.  7,  8), 
somewhat  thicker  than  the  former,  but  yet  thinner  than  in  most  related 
genera.  Lateral  nerves  occupy  the  usual  places  internal  to  longi- 
tudinal muscular  layer.  In  this  species,  however,  they  lie  internal 
also  to  the  thick  layer  of  submuscular  glands  (figs.  4,  7,  8),  and 
therefore  nearer  center  of  body  than  in  other  genera  where  these  glands 
are  not  so  highly  developed. 

There  is  very  little  body  parenchyma,  the  intestine  filling  most  of 
the  space  internal  to  the  glandular  layer,  except  at  the  time  when 
genital  products  are  developing. 

Cephalic  Glands.  —  Throughout  the  head  the  tissues  are  crowded 
with  cephalic  glands.  Those  situated  more  anteriorly  open  mainly  on 
tip  of  snout  (text-fig.  18;  pi.  xix,  fig.  5,  eg),  but  farther  back  they 
open  directly  outward  on  all  sides  of  body. 

Back  of  brain  they  pass  gradually  into  submuscular  glands  which 
extend  as  a  distinct  layer  throughout  entire  body.  The  glandular 
cells  composing  this  layer  open  directly  outward  to  the  surface  (figs. 
4i  7»  8,  sg)  and  are  situated  on  the  whole  circumference  of  body  im- 
mediately internal  to  the  longitudinal  muscular  layer.  The  glandular 
layer  is  in  most  regions  so  massively  developed  that  it  exceeds  in 
thickness  all  other  layers  of  body  wall  combined.  The  secretions  of 
these  glands  furnish  the  sticky  mucus  by  means  of  which  the  worms 
cling  so  tenaciously  to  the  crab  or  to  other  objects. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  The  esophagus,  which  leaves  the  rhyncho- 
daeum  just  in  front  of  brain  (pi.  xix,  fig.  5),  passes  beneath  the  ventral 
commissure  as  a  narrow  tube  lined  with  rather  flat  cells,  as  in  other 
genera.  Just  back  of  brain,  however,  it  becomes  enormously  enlarged 
with  high,  columnar,  ciliated  epithelium,  richly  provided  with  gland 


NEMERTEANS 


153 


:4V 4-r  -UK 


cells.  This  portion  of  esophagus  is  highly  muscular  and  somewhat 
barrel-shaped  (fig.  5,  e) ,  projecting  a  little  way  backward  into  the  broad 
intestine  which  immediately  follows  posteriorly.  Its  posterior  portion 
is  therefore  surrounded  by  the  intestine,  indicating  rudiments  of  the 
intestinal  caeca  found  in  other  genera.  Intestinal  canal  broad,  with 
short  lateral  pouches 
which  become  very 
much  reduced  toward 
posterior  end  of  body. 

Nervous    System. —  .  ,  .,,, 

The    nervous   system  //.V''«.-«,» 

»       •  /        '*  *  *l   I      • ' 

shows     few     deviations  /  :/'•/'•  J  ',  *•  • 

from  that  in  related  gen-  '  '**-*'  '*  ' 

era.  Brain  fairly  well 
developed.  From  dor- 
sal lobes  a  pair  of  large 
nerves  pass  anteriorly  to 
eyes  and  anterior  por- 
tions of  head.  These 
are  easily  seen  in  living 
worms.  No  indications 
of  cerebral  sense  organs 
were  found  either  when 
the  specimens  were 
stained  in  toto  or  when 
examined  in  sections. 

Reproductive  Or- 
gans.—  The  pouches  of  FlG  l8  c  ^jaM.  Horizontal  section  through 
genital  products  become  anterior  portion  of  body  ;  somewhat  diagrammatic ; 
enormously  developed  eg,  cephalic  glands,  ac,  me,  pc,  anterior,  middle  and 
and  encroach  greatly  posterior  chambers  of  proboscis.  X  125. 
upon  the  intestinal  canal  at  time  of  sexual  maturity  (rl.  xix,  figs.  7, 
8).  Genital  pouches  extend  farther  forward  than  in  almost  any  other 
Nemertean,  reaching  very  nearly  to  brain.  Ovaries  (fig.  7,  ov}  regu- 
larly paired,  with  a  single  large  pouch  containing  usually  from  twelve 
to  thirty  ova  between  each  pair  of  intestinal  lobes.  Spermaries,  on 
the  other  hand,  far  more  numerous,  surrounding  intestinal  canal  on  all 
sides.  As  many  as  fifteen  or  more  separate  spermaries  (fig.  8,  t )  are 
sometimes  found  in  a  single  transverse  section  of  the  body.  As  in 
most  parasitic  animals  the  abundance  of  sexual  products  is  greatly  in 
excess  of  that  in  related  nonparasitic  forms. 


154  COE 

Habitat.  —  This  is  a  much  smaller  and  less  slender  species  than  C. 
carcinopkila  (Kolliker)  Coe  when  sexually  mature,  and  differs  from 
it  in  regard  to  size  of  posterior  chamber  of  proboscis,  in  the  stylet  ap- 
paratus, and  in  many  other  anatomical  details,  although  the  differ- 
ences are  not  very  considerable. 

In  general  appearance,  in  color,  arrangement  of  ocelli,  esophagus, 
intestine,  and  brain  the  two  species  are  very  similar.  C.  carcinophila 
lives  on  the  gills  and  among  the  egg  masses  of  various  species  of  crabs 
on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America  and  on  the  coasts  of  Europe. 
C.  epialti  also  lives  when  sexually  mature  among  the  egg  masses  of 
a  crab  —  in  this  case  Epialtus  productus,  the  common  kelp  crab  of 
the  California  coast. 

Upwards  of  one  hundred  of  these  little  worms  were  found  among 
the  eggs  of  a  single  crab  at  Monterey,  Calif.,  September  3,  1901.  In 
practically  all,  the  sexual  products  were  nearly  mature,  but  no  eggs 
were  laid  in  confinement.  The  worm  lived  only  a  few  days  in  a  dish 
of  sea  water  and  appeared  less  hardy  than  the  species  on  the  Atlantic 
coast.  I  was  unable  to  determine  whether  the  worms  pass  their  early 
life  on  the  gills  of  the  crab,  as  does  C.  carcinophila,  but  suspect  that 
this  may  be  the  case. 

7.     AMPHIPORUS   CRUENTATUS  Verrill 
pi.  xx,  figs.  1-6. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  n,  p.  184,  1879. 

Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.,  vm,  p.  399,  pi.  xxxm,  figs.  7,  8  ;  pi.  xxxv,  fig. 
3,  1892. 

This  species,  which  has  previously  been  found  only  in  New  England, 
is  fairly  common  among  various  growths  on  the  rocks  of  the  break- 
water at  San  Pedro,  Calif.  A  number  of  specimens  were  also  obtained 
from  piles  at  Monterey,  Calif. 

Body  small,  soft,  rather  slender,  usually  10-25  mm-  m  length,  of  a 
pale  yellow,  bright  yellow,  or  sometimes  flesh  color,  and  having  very 
conspicuous  vessels  with  deep  red  blood,  the  color  of  which  resides  in 
the  large,  discoid  corpuscles. 

Head  slender,  with  inconspicuous  oblique  furrows  placed  far  back 
from  tip. 

Ocelli  usually  five  to  ten  on  each  lateral  margin  of  head  (pi.  xx, 
fig.  6;  text  fig.  19),  usually  well  separated,  irregular  in  size  and  posi- 
tion ;  anterior  ocellus  on  each  side  distinctly  the  largest  and  situated 
more  superficially. 

Proboscis  very  long  and  large,  of  a  pale,  slightly  pinkish  color. 


NEMERTEANS 


155 


Central  stylet  slender  and  acutely  pointed,  having  a  very  slender  basis 
of  about  the  same  length  as  stylet. 
Basis  peculiar  in  that  it  is  no  wider, 
and  is  often  narrower,  posteriorly  than 
at  attachment  of  stylet.  It  is  often  irreg- 
ular in  shape  (pi.  xx,  figs.  1-5)  and 
about  five  or  six  times  as  long  as  its 
average  width.  Measurements  vary 
from  0.07  to  o.i  mm.  in  length  and 
0.013  to  0.017  mm.  in  width.  Two 
pouches  of  accessory  stylets  contain 
from  two  to  four  slender  stylets  each. 
Proboscis  sheath  reaches  very  nearly  to 
posterior  end  of  body.  Retractor  mus- 
cle of  proboscis  composed  of  about  six 
strong  fibers,  attached  in  two  groups 
to  wall  of  sheath. 

Blood    system    as    in    related    spe- 
cies.    In    every  individual    of    a    large        FIG.  19.    A.  cruentatus.    Dia- 
number   of    specimens   the   dorsal,    or    Sram  of  anterior  portion  of  body, 

proboscis  sheath  vessel  originated  ante-    showinS  ocdli  5  *'•  brain  5  ™>  ^ 
.     ,     ,  ,        .   ,     ,  ,  lv>   cephalic,   dorsal    and  lateral 

norly  from  the  right  lateral  vessel  (text    blood  yessels>    x^ 

fig.  19). 

8.     AMPHIPORUS  PAULINUS  Punnett ' 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  92,  1901. 

Punnett  describes  this  new  species  from  several  specimens  collected 
by  Professor  D'Arcy  Thompson  in  the  Pribilof  Islands.  This  is  de- 
scribed as  being  a  slender  form,  50-90  mm.  in  length  and  up  to  4  mm. 
in  greatest  diameter.  Color  in  life  unknown,  but  after  preservation 
the  worms  assume  a  pale  yellowish  brown  color  dorsally,  and  are 
almost  white  ventrally.  Submuscular  glands  well  developed,  reaching 
back  to  intestinal  region.  Intestinal  cseca  do  not  reach  nearly  to  the 
brain.  Proboscis  sheath  extends  only  about  six  sevenths  the  length  of 
the  body ;  the  proboscis  is  about  three  fourths  as  long  as  body  and 
contains  fifteen  nerves.  Its  armature  consists  of  central  stylet  and 
two  pouches  with  four  reserve  stylets  each.  Basis  is  same  length  as 
central  stylet.  A  single  efferent  nephridial  duct  lies  on  each  side. 
Cerebral  sense  organs  small,  situated  immediately  in  front  of  brain. 
There  are  numerous  ocelli. 

1  For  the  sake  of  completeness  this  species  is  included  here,  although  it  has 
not  been  studied  by  the  writer. 


COE 


9.    TETRASTEMMA   SIGNIFER  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xiv,  figs.  9-11 ;  xxi,  figs.  10-12. 

Body  of  moderate  proportions  or  somewhat  elongated  for  the  genus, 
rounded  throughout ;  not  very  changeable  in  shape.  Head  of  mod- 
erate size,  somewhat  narrower  than  body,  marked  off  from  parts  im- 
mediately following  by  rather  conspicuous  oblique  lateral  grooves  ;  a 
second  pair  of  similar  oblique  grooves  lies  farther  forward  on  head,  as 
shown  in  pi.  xiv,  fig.  1 1 . 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  deep  reddish  brown  or  purplish 
throughout  esophageal  and  intestinal  regions.  In  the  intestinal  region 

the  color  is  rather  more  opaque  than  it  is  farther 
forward.  Ventral  surface  of  the  same  general 
color  as  dorsal,  but  of  a  duller  tone,  and  often 
much  paler  in  the  median  line.  This  paler 
median  band  is  sometimes  quite  distinct  in  the 
anterior  esophageal  region.  A  little  back  of 
the  posterior  pair  of  oblique  lateral  furrows  the 
reddish  color  of  body  suddenly  ceases,  and  the 
whole  head  is  white,  or  colorless,  except  for  a 
characteristic  large  dorsal  marking.  This  mark- 
ing is  of  a  deeper  brown  and  less  reddish  color, 
and  is  usually  situated  just  anterior  to  the  poste- 
rior pair  of  ocelli,  although  the  relative  position 
of  these  parts  is  largely  dependent  on  the  state 
of  contraction  of  the  head. 

In  shape  the  marking  resembles  a  wreath  in 


FIG.  20.     T.  signtfer. 

Outline  of  anterior  por- 


tion of  body,  showing  heraldry  (pi.  xiv,  figs.  9-11  ;  text  fig.  2o),hav- 
shape  of  cephalic  mark-  ing  a  transverse,  posterior  or  basal  portion  from 
ing  and  arrangement  of  which  two  semicircular  branches  pass  anteriorly, 
ocelli.  X35-  but  do  not  usually  join.  A  fourth  portion  of  the 

figure  passes  forward  in  the  median  line  from  the  basal  portion  to  the 
anterior  ends  of  the  semicircular  lateral  bands,  but  does  not  usually 
join  them.  All  these  parts  of  the  marking  have  irregular  edges  so 
that  the  wreath-like  effect  is  made  still  more  striking.  The  general 
effect  is  often  that  of  an  open  wreath  with  vertical  crossbar  and  sub- 
stantial base,  the  whole  figure  appearing  upon  a  white  field.  The 
wreath  is  not  always  open,  for  one  or  both  of  its  anterior  ends  may 
join  the  anterior  end  of  the  median  longitudinal  bar.  The  whole 
figure  is  surrounded  by  white,  and  is  separated  from  the  reddish 
brown  of  the  esophageal  region  by  a  fairly  wide  band  of  the  same 


NEMERTEANS  157 

color.     This  white  color  also   covers  the  whole  ventral  side  of  the 
head,  as  is  shown  in  pi.  xiv,  fig.  10. 

After  preservation,  and  even  after  imbedding  in  paraffin,  the  dark 
brown  color  of  body  and  the  white  anterior  portions  with  the  peculiar 
cep  halic  marking  remain  almost  as  distinct  as  in  life. 

Blood  vessels  are  distinguished  easily  because  of  their  reddish  color. 
This  color  is  resident  in  the  oval  or  rounded  discoid  corpuscles,  as  in 
several  other  species  of  the  genus.  The  corpuscles  are  very  flat,  with 
several  small  pigment  bodies  in  each. 

Ocelli,  —  The  four  ocelli  are  of  rather  large  size,  and  arranged 
nearly  in  the  form  of  a  square  (text  fig.  20) .  They  lie  deep  in  the 
tissues  of  the  head,  and  occupy  a  variable  position  as  regards  the  mark- 
ing on  the  head,  but  in  ordinary  states  of  contraction  the  posterior  pair 
lies  just  behind  the  basal  portion  of  the  marking,  while  the  anterior 
pair  is  situated  beneath  the  antero-lateral  portions  of  the  wreath,  as 
indicated  in  pi.  xiv,  figs.  9-11.  As  seen  in  sections,  the  eyes  lie  deep, 
in  the  midst  of  the  cephalic  tissues. 

Size. —  Length  about  15-25  mm. ;  width  commonly  less  than  i  mm. 

Proboscis.  —  Of  moderate  size  ;  whitish  or  pale  flesh  color.  Mus- 
cular and  other  layers  as  in  related  species.  There  are  ten  proboscidial 
nerves.  Central  stylet  slender,  acutely  pointed;  basis  conical,  opaque 
and  granular  in  posterior  third  (pi.  xxi,  figs.  10-12). 

Body  Walls.  —  Composed  of  the  usual  layers.  The  pigment  which 
gives  the  body  its  color  is  found  in  a  thin,  but  very  dense,  layer  be- 
tween the  integument  and  the  basement  layer,  and  to  a  less  degree 
among  the  bases  of  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  integument.  It  is  even 
more  dense  in  the  cephalic  marking  than  elsewhere.  Nearly  the  whole 
space  enclosed  by  the  body  walls  is  occupied  by  the  internal  organs,  so 
that  there  is  but  very  little  body  parenchyma. 

Submusctilar  glands  are  almost  entirely  wanting.  Cephalic  glands 
are  but  little  developed.  Practically  the  only  glands,  therefore,  which 
open  at  the  surface  of  the  body  are  the  integumental  glands.  It  was 
noticed  in  life  that  the  worms  of  this  species  were  remarkably  free  from 
mucus.  There  are  numerous  forms  in  which  an  abundance  of  mucus 
is  associated  with  an  unusual  development  of  the  submuscular  glands 
(in  Carcinonemertes  epialti,  for  example),  so  that  it  seems  probable 
that  these  glands  furnish  a  supply  of  mucus  accessory  to  that  of  the 
integument. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  A  pair  of  very  slender  intestinal  caeca  extend 
forward  to  abut  against  the  posterior  faces  of  the  dorsal  brain  lobes. 
For  a  considerable  distance  behind  their  anterior  ends  these  caeca  are 


158  COE 

less  than  half  as  great  in  diameter  as  are  the  lateral  nerves,  close  beside 
which  they  lie.  Quite  anteriorly  they  are  situated  above  the  nerves, 
then  gradually  assume  positions  immediately  internal  to  them,  and  farther 
back,  and  after  increasing  somewhat  in  size,  come  to  lie  beneath,  as  well 
as  internal  to,  the  nerves.  At  a  point  about  one-fourth  the  distance  from 
the  brain  to  the  most  anterior  sexual  glands  the  ca?ca  of  the  two  sides 
join  to  form  a  single  broad  chamber  beneath  the  esophagus.  This 
is  provided  with  a  few  broad  lateral  pockets,  which  are  but  slightly 
differentiated  from  the  main  chamber.  At  about  two-thirds  the  dis- 
tance from  the  brain  to  the  most  anterior  sexual  glands  the  narrow 
esophagus  empties  through  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  broad  intestinal  cham- 
ber, which  shows  but  slightly  developed  lateral  pouches  in  front  of  the 
anterior  sexual  glands,  although  they  are  well  developed  farther  back. 

The  anterior  portion  of  the  esophagus  is  lined  with  highly  columnar 
ciliated  cells,  closely  packed  together  with  massive  gland  cells.  These 
latter  gradually  disappear  more  posteriorly  until  there  is  only  a  single 
layer  of  short  cells  filled  with  a  clear  cytoplasm  and  provided  with 
long  cilia,  which  line  the  narrow  posterior  portion  of  the  esophagus  — 
or  the  '  pylorus '  as  it  is  called  by  Burger. 

Nephridial  and  Blood  Systems.  —  The  nephridia  are  remarkably 
limited  in  extent,  but  consist  of  unusually  large  tubules.  They  are 
situated  above  the  lateral  nerves,  beside  the  esophagus,  and  immedi- 
ately behind  the  brain.  Two  large  canals  often  occur  on  each  side, 
one  of  which  lies  above  and  the  other  below  the  slender  intestinal 
caecum.  After  a  very  short  extent,  they  unite  to  form  a  remarkably 
large  efferent  duct  on  each  side,  which  passes  above  the  lateral  nerves 
to  open  on,  or  immediately  below,  the  lateral  margin  of  the  body  as 
usual.  In  no  other  species  of  Nemertean  have  the  efferent  ducts  been 
found  to  be  of  such  great  volume  as  compared  with  the  size  of  the  body. 

The  blood  vessels  show  no  remarkable  deviations  from  those  in 
related  species.  Many  of  the  larger  vessels  are  filled  with  large,  oval 
corpuscles,  with  very  distinct  nuclei. 

Sense  Organs.  —  The  cerebral  sense  organs  are  voluminous  and 
highly  specialized.  They  are  situated  immediately  in  front  of  the 
brain.  The  large  duct  with  which  each  communicates  with  the  exter- 
ior passes  anteriorly  to  the  ventro-lateral  margin  of  the  head  as  usual. 
The  brain  shows  a  correspondingly  high  degree  of  development,  being 
remarkably  large  for  the  size  of  the  body. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  are  mature  in  August. 

Habitat.  —  San  Pedro  Harbor,  Calif.,  on  piles  of  wharf;  off  San 
Pedro,  in  3-6  fms.  on  hold-fasts  of  kelp  ;  not  very  common. 


NEMERTEANS  1 59 

10.     TETRASTEMMA  NIGRIFRONS  sp.  nov. 

pi.  xv,  fig.  7;  pi.  xvi,  figs.  6-9;  pi.  xvii,  fig.  i ;  pi.  xx,  fig.  16; 

pi.  xxi,  figs.  15-23. 

Body  of  moderate  proportions,  or  rather  slender  for  genus,  rounded 
throughout.  Blood  corpuscles  red  in  color.  Head  more  variable  in 
size  and  shape  than  in  many  related  species  ;  provided  with  two  pairs 
of  lateral,  oblique  furrows  of  more  than  ordinary  distinctness.  In  pi. 
xv,  fig.  7  and  pi.  xvi,  fig.  6,  the  head  is  represented  as  being  well  ex- 
tended, while  in  pi.  xvi,  fig.  8,  and  pi.  xvii,  fig.  i,  it  is  considerably  con- 
tracted. The  anterior  pair  of  furrows  lies  between  the  anterior  and 
posterior  pairs  of  ocelli ;  each  furrow  extends  on  dorsal  surface  from 
lateral  border  obliquely  backward  toward  the  median  line,  but  fades 
out  gradually  before  meeting  its  fellow ;  on  the  ventral  side  the  fur- 
rows extend  obliquely  forward  and  join  in  the  median  line  not  far 
behind  the  rhynchodaeum  opening  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  7).  The  posterior 
pair  of  furrows  is  situated  just  behind  the  posterior  pair  of  ocelli,  and 
serves  to  mark  off  the  head  from  the  body.  Conspicuous  lateral  con- 
strictions at  this  point  often  accentuate  the  position  of  these  furrows. 
They,  too,  pass  obliquely  backward  on  dorsal  surface,  but  are  not  very 
distinctly  marked  in  most  cases. 

Color.  —  In  peculiarities  of  color  and  markings  this  species  presents 
more  variations  than  any  other  Nemertean  described  in  this  paper. 
A  superficial  examination  led  me  to  believe  that  no  less  than  three 
species  were  represented  by  individuals  which  on  more  extended 
study  were  found  to  present  all  degrees  of  intergradation.  They  all 
agree  in  internal  organization,  and  are  all  similar  in  having  a  whitish 
or  pale  yellowish  head  provided  with  a  dark,  dorsal  marking  of  vari- 
able size  and  shape.  The  under  side  of  head  is  whitish  or  very  pale 
in  all  varieties.  All  agree,  moreover,  in  having  a  deep  red  color  in 
the  blood  corpuscles.  The  three  more  distinct  color  varieties  suggest 
the  varietal  designations  purpurcttm,  bicolor  and  pallidum. 

Variety  purpuretim  (pi.  xvii,  fig.  i).  —  Head  opaque  white,  with 
large,  shield-like  dorsal  marking  of  very  dark  brown  color.  This  mark- 
ing is  rounded  in  front,  and  deeply  bilobed  in  the  median  line  ;  it  is 
somewhat  wider  posteriorly  and  commonly  shows  two  conspicuous 
indentations  near  its  posterior  end ;  posterior  border  of  marking 
usually  straight.  The  white  color  of  head  extends  a  short  distance 
back  of  the  marking,  or  as  far  as  the  posterior  oblique  furrows,  where 
it  abruptly  changes  to  a  deep  rich  purple,  which  color  extends  to  pos- 
terior end  of  body.  The  individual  shown  in  pi.  xvii,  fig.  i,  is  repre- 
sented as  somewhat  contracted,  and  the  white  color  behind  the  marking 


160  COE 

is  consequently  narrower  than  where  the  head  is  more  fully  extended. 
The  line  separating  the  white  color  of  head  from  the  purple  of  body 
is  as  sharp  as  possible.  Ventral  surface  of  same  general  color  as  the 
back,  but  somewhat  paler  and  with  a  more  reddish  tinge  ;  often  with 
a  much  paler  median  band  anteriorly.  Color  of  ventral  side  of  head 
whitish,  separated  abruptly  from  body  color  on  a  line  corresponding 
to  a  similar  line  of  demarcation  on  dorsal  surface.  Some  of  the  purple 
individuals  become  reddish  brown  in  intestinal  region. 

Variety  bicolor  (pi.  xvi,  figs.  8,  9).  Head  whitish  with  tinge  of 
brown,  with  broad,  triangular  dorsal  marking  of  dark  brown.  This 
marking  is  widest  behind,  with  its  obtuse  apex  in  the  median  line 
anteriorly.  Behind  the  head  the  color  of  body  abruptly  changes  to 
deep  rich  brown,  with  a  narrow  median  band  of  white.  The  brown 
color  is  deepest  along  the  borders  of  the  median  white  band,  and  is 
much  paler  laterally ;  toward  the  lateral  margins  of  body  it  becomes 
pale  brownish,  and  this  color  continues  to  the  ventral  surface,  becom- 
ing gradually  paler  toward  the  median  line.  The  ventral  surface  is 
therefore  pale  brownish,  and  this  color  continues  on  the  ventral  side  of 
the  head. 

The  third  variety,  fallidum  (pi.  xv,  fig.  7),  is  much  less  deeply 
colored  than  those  above  described,  and  has  a  much  narrower  marking 
on  the  head.  The  marking  is  of  the  same  deep  brown  color  as  in  the 
other  varieties,  but  is  often  less  than  one  third  as  wide  as  the  head. 
It  is  commonly  acutely  triangular  with  its  pointed  apex  in  the  median 
line  anteriorly.  In  this  variety  the  ocelli  are  situated  about  half-way 
between  the  narrow  marking  and  the  margins  of  the  head.  The 
general  color  of  head  is  whitish  with  a  faint  tinge  of  brownish.  The 
whole  body  back  of  the  head  is  of  a  pale  brownish  or  buff  color,  or  it 
is  occasionally  whitish  with  a  faint  tinge  of  brown.  Oftentimes  a 
paler,  or  whitish,  line  extends  longitudinally  on  the  dorsal  surface, 
sometimes  reaching  posterior  end  of  body.  Ventral  surface  in  this  va- 
riety is  pale  buff  throughout.  The  red  blood  vessels  are  naturally 
more  conspicuous  than  in  the  darker  varieties. 

A  variety  which  occurs  on  piles  at  San  Pedro  is  deep  flesh  color 
with  tinge  of  orange  dorsally,  and  with  dark  brown  cephalic  mark- 
ing. Ventral  surface  is  grayish. 

Another  variety,  common  on  the  piles  at  Monterey,  is  shown  in  pi. 
xvi,  figs.  6,  7.  In  this  the  head  is  opaque  white  with  a  moderately 
large  wedge-shaped  dorsal  marking  of  dark  brown  color  on  head. 
Back  of  head  and  throughout  body  the  color  is  reddish  brown, 
thickly  sprinkled  with  minute  dots  of  darker  color.  Ventral  surface 


NEMERTEANS  l6l 

of  head  white,  and  this  white  color  extends  as  a  narrow  band  back- 
ward along  ventral  median  line  as  far  as  the  intestinal  region  (pi.  xvi, 

%•  7)- 

In  some  individuals  of  the  other  varieties  mentioned  a  much  paler 

band  extends  backward  along  the  middle  of  the  ventral  surface  in  the 
esopLageal  region,  and  this  band  is  often  directly  continuous  with  the 
pale  color  of  the  ventral  surface  of  the  head.  In  most  cases  this  ven- 
tral band  is  not  sharply  demarcated,  but  shades  off  gradually  into  the 
darker  color  toward  the  sides  of  the  body. 

Other  specimens  are  pale  brick  red  inesophageal  region,  and  chest- 
nut brown  posteriorly,  with  ventral  surface  grayish  or  pale  reddish. 
In  fact,  there  are  all  possible  gradations  between  the  most  extreme 
color  varieties. 

Pigment  to  which  color  of  body  is  due  resides  among  the  basal  por- 
tions of  the  cells  in  the  integument.  The  pigment  of  the  cephalic 
marking,  on  the  other  hand,  is  situated  among  the  cephalic  tissues 
internal  to  the  circular  muscles.  When  the  worms  are  kept  for  some 
time  in  stale  sea  water  these  outer  tissues,  including  the  pigment,  are 
sloughed  off,  but  the  worms,  which  are  very  hardy,  remain  alive  and 
crawl  about  for  several  hours  more  in  this  condition.  Such  worms 
are  pale  pinkish  or  flesh  color  with  the  ocelli  and  red  blood  vessels 
showing  very  conspicuously. 

The  general  brownish  color  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  worms  is 
retained  after  long  preservation,  and  the  cephalic  marking  is  perfectly 
distinct  even  after  imbedding  in  paraffin. 

Ocelli. — The  four  medium-sized  ocelli  lie  deep  in  the  tissues  of  the 
head  and  occupy  a  variable  position  as  regards  the  cephalic  marking. 
Their  position  also  varies  greatly  according  to  the  state  of  contraction 
of  anterior  portion  of  body.  When  head  is  somewhat  contracted  the 
ocelli  form  a  square  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  8),  but  when  well  extended  (pi.  xv, 
fig.  7  and  pi.  xvi,  fig.  6)  the  distance  between  anterior  and  posterior 
pairs  of  ocelli  is  considerably  greater  than  between  the  two  ocelli  of 
the  same  pair.  In  an  occasional  specimen  one  or  more  of  the  ocelli 
are  double,  owing,  no  doubt,  to  fragmentation  of  the  normal  ocellus. 

Size. — Largest  specimens  found  were  about  70  mm.  long,  and 
about  2  mm.  in  diameter,  while  the  majority  of  sexually  mature  indi- 
viduals were  not  more  than  20-30  mm.  long  and  i  mm.  wide.  Many 
immature  individuals  were  of  much  smaller  size. 

Proboscis. — Proboscis  sheath  extends  to  posterior  end  of  body. 
Proboscis  pale,  often  slightly  pinkish.  It  is  provided  with  ten  con- 
spicuous nerves.  Basis  of  central  stylet  of  the  ordinary  conical  form, 


l62  COE 

with  swollen,  rounded  posterior  end.  As  shown  in  pi.  xxi,  figs.  16-23, 
there  is  considerable  variation  in  size  and  shape  of  basis.  Figs.  22  and 
23  were  drawn  from  two  specimens  of  the  same  color  variety  collected 
at  the  same  time,  and  yet  the  difference  in  size  and  shape  of  basis  is 
greater  than  commonly  occurs  between  two  related  species.  The 
central  stylet  is  of  moderate  proportions,  not  particularly  sharp,  and  is 
usually  a  little  more  than  half  as  long  as  basis.  There  are  commonly 
three  stylets  in  each  of  the  two  lateral  pouches,  although  there  are 
sometimes  four,  or  occasionally  only  two  in  one  or  both  of  the  pouches. 
Measurements  of  several  specimens  show  the  following  variations  : 

Length  of  Basis.          Diameter  of  Basis  at  Widest  Part.  Length  of  Stylet. 

.17  mm.  .10  mm.  .08  mm. 

.15  .08  .09 

.14  .07  .08 

.14  .06  .07 

.12  .05  .08 

.11  .05  .07 

.11  .05  .06 

The  length  of  the  longest  basis  measured  is  therefore  more  than 
half  as  long  again  as  the  shortest,  while  the  diameter  of  largest  is  just 
twice  that  of  smallest.  The  length  of  stylet,  on  the  other  hand,  is 
much  less  variable,  the  longest  being  only  half  as  long  again  as  the 
shortest. 

The  posterior  portion  of  basis  is  dark  and  granular  (pi.  xxi,  figs. 
1 6,  17),  but  gradually  assumes  the  usual  translucence  in  the  anterior 
half. 

Body  Watts. —  Integument  and  musculature  as  in  related  species. 
Pigment  of  dorsal  surface  situated  among  the  basal  portions  of  the 
integument.  Basement  layer  of  body  walls  thicker  than  in  most 
species  of  the  genus,  and  the  species  is  also  peculiar  in  having  a  rather 
large  amount  of  body  parenchyma  separating  the  organs  of  the  body. 
This  parenchyma  extends  forward  into  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain. 

Cephalic  glands  are  fairly  well  developed  and  surround  the  rhyn- 
chodaeum  on  all  sides,  but  they  do  not  extend  back  as  far  as  the  brain. 
Submuscular  glands  are  wanting. 

Alimentary  Canal. — The  rhynchoccel  separates  from  the  esopha- 
geal  opening  well  in  front  of  the  brain,  so  that  the  rhynchodaeum  is  un- 
usually short.  When  the  proboscis  is  partially  extruded,  the  esophageal 
opening  (mouth)  appears  almost  like  a  separate  aperture.  A  pair  of 
slender  diverticula  of  the  intestinal  caecum  reach  forward  to  the  dorsal 
brain  lobes.  They  extend  backward  above  the  lateral  nerves  for  some 


NEMERTEANS  163 

distance,  and  then  unite  with  the  main  caecum,  situated  beneath  the 
esophagus,  as  usual.  Other  pairs  of  slender  diverticula  are  given  off 
at  intervals  from  the  main  caecum,  and  these  also  pass  forward  to  the 
dorsal  side  of  the  lateral  nerves  and  end  blindly  at  their  anterior  ends. 
The  posterior  portion  of  the  esophagus  is  not  very  slender,  and  it  unites 
with  the  intestine  in  front  of  the  most  anterior  sexual  glands. 

Blood  System. — The  blood  vessels  are  often  very  conspicuous  in 
life,  especially  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the  body,  because  of  their  deep 
red  color  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  9).  The  coloring  matter  resides  in  the  cor- 
puscles themselves,  which  are  oval  and  discoid.  The  union  of  the 
three  longitudinal  vessels  at  the  posterior  end  of  body  is  especially  con- 
spicuous, and  corpuscles  are  seen  to  pass  freely,  but  without  regularity, 
in  either  direction  in  the  same  vessel.  Their  movement,  either  back- 
ward or  forward,  seems  wholly  dependent  on  the  contraction  of  par- 
ticular parts  of  the  body,  and  is  not  controlled  by  any  direct  contrac- 
tion of  the  walls  of  the  vessels. 

The  blood  vessels  are  also  conspicuous  in  sections  because  of  their 
content  of  large  corpuscles  with  deeply  staining  nuclei.  In  many  cases 
the  vessels  are  so  closely  packed  with  these  corpuscles  that  they  are 
more  conspicuous  in  the  stained  sections  than  most  of  the  other  organs 
of  the  body.  The  dorsal  vessel  lies  within  the  rhynchocoel  in  the  an- 
terior portion  of  its  course.  The  general  relations  of  the  vessels  are  as 
in  related  species,  and  the  presence  of  the  corpuscles  allows  the  course 
of  even  the  smaller  vessels  easily  to  be  followed.  Similar  corpuscles 
are  found  abundantly  in  the  rhynchocoel. 

Nephridia.  —  The  nephridial  tubules  extend  from  the  brain  region 
well  back  toward  the  end  of  the  esophageal  region.  The  tubules  are 
largest  anteriorly,  where  they  ramify  in  the  body  parenchyma  both 
above  and  below  the  lateral  nerves,  as  well  as  beside,  and  a  little  in 
front  of,  the  brain.  There  is  a  single  pair  of  large  efferent  ducts,  and 
usually  one  or  more  pairs  of  smaller  ones.  The  large  ducts  are  situ- 
ated about  on  a  level  with  the  posterior  ends  of  the  dorsal  ganglia,  and 
pass  obliquely  downwards  to  open  somewhat  below  the  lateral  margins 
of  the  head.  Sometimes  a  second,  smaller  efferent  duct  lies  near  the 
larger  one.  Well  back  in  the  esophageal  region  a  pair  of  smaller 
efferent  ducts  pass  above  the  lateral  nerves  to  open  a  little  below  the 
lateral  margins  of  the  body  as  usual.  These  smaller  accessory  ducts 
are  not  found  in  all  individuals. 

Cerebral  Sense  Organs. — These  sense  organs  are  situated  some 
little  distance  —  about  their  own  diameter — in  front  of  the  brain,  and 
somewhat  nearer  the  ventral  surface.  The  large  ducts  which  com- 


164  COE 

municate  with  the  exterior  pass  anteriorly  and  ventrally  to  open  on  the 
latero-ventral  aspects  of  the  head,  as  usual. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  were  found  to  be  nearly 
mature  early  in  September,  but  none  of  the  eggs  could  be  made  to  de- 
velop at  this  time  by  artificial  fertilization.  They  are  probably  usually 
discharged  late  in  September  or  in  October.  The  sexual  glands  do 
not  extend  forward  as  far  as  the  opening  of  the  esophagus  into  the  in- 
testine, as  they  do  in  many  related  species.  They  are  surrounded  by 
a  considerable  amount  of  parenchyma,  except  when  fully  mature. 
The  genital  ducts  were  preformed  as  far  as  the  basement  layer  of  the 
body  walls  during  the  latter  part  of  August.  These  ducts  all  open  on 
the  dorsal  surface  of  the  body,  although  in  the  male  some  of  the  sper- 
maries  are  situated  ventral  to  the  lateral  nerves.  In  such  cases  a  long 
duct  from  each  spermary  passes  internally  to  the  nerve  to  open  through 
the  body  walls  above  the  lateral  margin,  as  in  the  case  of  the  glands 
situated  dorsally. 

Habitat.  —  Among  algae  between  tides,  Pacific  Grove;  common. 
On  piles  of  wharf,  Monterey ;  abundant.  In  similar  situations,  San 
Pedro  Harbor  ;  not  common.  Collections  of  bryozoa  and  small  alga? 
from  piles  at  Monterey  always  furnished  many  specimens  of  this  con- 
spicuous, but  variously  colored  species  when  left  standing  a  short  time 
in  sea  water.  As  noted  above,  these  worms  are  very  hardy,  moving 
about  actively  for  several  hours  after  the  pigmented  integument  has 
been  sloughed  off.  When  placed  in  formalin  they  do  not  break  up 
spontaneously,  but  usually  die  intact  and  well  extended. 

ii.     TETRASTEMMA  BILINEATUM  sp.  nov. 

pi.  xiv,  fig.  6 ;  pi.  xxi,  figs.  13,  14 ;  pi.  xxn,  fig.  4. 

A  minute  species,  measuring  when  sexually  mature  only  5  to  10 
mm.  in  length,  and  less  than  a  millimeter  in  diameter.  Body  rounded 
throughout,  of  moderate  proportions,  but  rather  shorter  and  stouter 
than  in  many  related  species.  Head  of  moderate  size,  provided  with 
two  pairs  of  faintly-marked  oblique  grooves,  but  not  distinctly  sepa- 
rated from  the  parts  following. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  flesh  color,  creamy,  or  grayish, 
with  two  very  conspicuous  deep  brown  stripes  extending  along  the 
dorsal  surface  nearly  the  whole  length  of  the  body.  The  longitudinal 
stripes  are  sometimes  reddish  brown  and  sometimes  deep  chocolate. 
The  ventral  surface  is  mainly  grayish.  Anteriorly  the  stripes  ter- 
minate somewhat  in  front  of  the  ocelli,  but  sometimes  reach  the  very 
tip  of  the  snout.  Posteriorly  they  extend  nearly,  though  not  quite,  to 


NEMERTEANS  165 

the  posterior  extremity  of  the  body,  and  are  sharp  and  conspicuous 
throughout.  The  diameter  of  each  stripe  is  perhaps  one-sixth  the  di- 
ameter of  body,  and  the  two  are  separated  about  twice  the  diameter  of 
each.  In  ordinary  states  of  contraction  the  stripes  are  not  quite  as 
widely  separated  as  are  the  ocelli,  so  that  they  pass  medially  to  the 
latter.  In  preserved  specimens  the  stripes  retain  their  rich  brown  color 
even  after  imbedding  in  paraffin. 

Ocelli,  —  The  four  ocelli  are  of  moderate  size,  and,  as  in  many  re- 
lated species,  usually  occupy  the  corners  of  a  square  (pi.  xiv,  fig.  6). 
They  are  situated  deep  in  the  tissues  of  the  head.  There  is  no  trace 
of  pigment  between  the  two  ocelli  of  the  same  side. 

Proboscis.  —  Presents  few  deviations  from  the  normal  type,  and,  as 
usual,  is  provided  with  ten  nerves.  Basis  is  of  very  small  size,  rather 
slender,  and  but  slightly  enlarged  posteriorly.  Its  average  length  is 
only  about  .05-. 07  mm.  and  its  width  .02-. 025  mm.  The  central  stylet 
is  rather  slender  (pi.  xxi,  figs.  13,  14)  ;  each  of  the  two  lateral  pouches 
contains  two  or  three  accessory  stylets.  Proboscis  is  attached  a  little 
in  front  of  brain  ;  proboscis  sheath  does  not  extend  quite  to  posterior 
end  of  body. 

Body  Walls.  —  The  pigment  which  gives  the  brown  color  to  the 
longitudinal  dorsal  bands  (pi.  xxn,  fig.  A^pig)  is  conspicuous  in  every 
transverse  section  of  the  body.  It  is  not  situated  in  the  integument, 
but  occupies  the  inner  portion  of  the  longitudinal  muscular  layer. 
Throughout  the  whole  body,  except  in  the  head  and  most  anterior 
esophageal  region,  the  anastomosing  pigment  cells  largely  obscure  the 
muscular  fibers  in  the  region  where  they  are  situated.  This  causes  the 
longitudinal  muscular  layer  to  appear  interrupted  by  an  elongated  dark 
mass  on  each  side  of  the  proboscis  sheath.  Just  back  of  the  brain, 
where  the  muscular  layer  is  thickest,  the  pigment  masses  lie  on  the 
internal  border  of  this  layer,  but  farther  back  they  occupy  its  whole 
thickness  (pi.  xxn,  fig.  4). 

Submuscular  glands  appear  only  in  anterior  esophageal  region,  and 
are  but  little  developed. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  Abroad  intestinal  caecum  extends  forward 
through  about  half  the  length  of  esophageal  region.  It  lies  beneath  and 
beside  the  esophagus,  which  opens  through  its  dorsal  wall  posteriorly. 

Nephridia.  —  Situated  in  the  middle  portion  of  the  esophageal  re- 
gion. A  single  pair  of  efferent  ducts  passes  immediately  above  the 
lateral  nerves  to  open  on  the  surface  of  the  body  just  beneath  the  lat- 
eral margins.  The  efferent  ducts  are  situated  only  a  few  sections  pos- 
terior to  the  anterior  end  of  the  intestinal  caecum. 


166  COE 

Nerves  and  Sense  Organs.  —  Brain  is  of  large  size,  with  remark- 
ably large  ventral  commissure.  Cerebral  sense  organs  remarkably 
voluminous,  situated  immediately  in  front  of  brain,  and  extending 
somewhat  beside  and  beneath  the  ventral  ganglion.  Canal  to  exterior 
is  of  large  size,  and  extends  well  forward  toward  tip  of  head,  to  open 
below  lateral  margin  in  a  shallow  oblique  furrow. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  are  mature  in  August. 
The  most  anterior  reproductive  pouches  in  the  males  are  situated  well 
forward  in  the  esophageal  region,  or,  in  other  words,  well  in  front  of 
the  opening  of  the  esophagus  into  the  intestine.  The  anterior  sper- 
maries  lie  beneath  the  lateral  nerves,  but  in  the  intestinal  region,  where 
several  spermaries  appear  in  each  transverse  section  of  body,  they  are 
found  in  smaller  numbers  above  the  nerves.  The  ovaries  occupy  sim- 
ilar positions  in  the  female.  The  eggs  when  mature  are  very  large  in 
proportion  to  size  of  body,  being  fully  one-third  its  diameter. 

Habitat.  —  Common  among  bryozoa  and  tunicates  (  done)  on  piles 
of  wharf  in  the  harbor  of  San  Diego,  Calif. 

12.     TETRASTEMMA  QUADRILINEATUM  sp.  nov. 

Pl.    XIV,  fig.    5;    Pi.  XX,  figs.    12,   13. 

Body  short,  broad  and  stout ;  somewhat  flattened,  but  with  rounded 
edges.  Head  usually  narrower  than  body;  provided  with  the  usual 
pair  of  lateral  oblique  grooves,  which  appear  as  slight  constrictions 
opposite  the  posterior  pair  of  ocelli.  Intestinal  region  broad  and  some- 
what flattened.  Intestinal  caeca  not  much  branched ;  reaching  nearly 
to  brain  region. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  whitish,  with  four  longitudinal 
deep  brown  stripes.  Two  of  these  stripes  lie  near  lateral  margins  of 
body,  while  the  other  two  are  situated  symmetrically  on  the  dorsal  sur- 
face. The  two  dorsal  stripes  are  much  the  wider,  and  are  each  about 
equal  in  width  to  the  white  median  stripe  which  lies  between  them. 
They  are  narrower  on  the  head,  and  terminate  anteriorly  a  little  in 
front  of  the  anterior  pair  of  ocelli.  Posteriorly  they  extend  to  the  end 
of  the  body  where  they  likewise  become  much  narrower.  These 
broad  dorsal  stripes  are  smooth  in  outline,  but  the  lateral  stripes,  which 
are  very  much  narrower,  usually  present  a  much  broken  and  ragged 
appearance.  In  some  individuals  the  lateral  stripes  are  fully  three- 
fourths  as  wide  as  the  dorsal,  but  ordinarily  they  are  less  than  half  as 
wide.  The  two  lateral  stripes  are  strictly  marginal,  and  ordinarily  do 
not  show  from  dorsal  surface  unless  the  animal  is  somewhat  com- 
pressed. They  each  terminate  anteriorly  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lateral 


NEMERTEANS  167 

grooves  on  the  head,  or  a  little  behind  them.  The  white  space  sepa- 
rating the  lateral  from  dorsal  stripes  is  nearly  equal  to  the  width  of  one 
of  the  dorsal  stripes.  While  the  color  of  the  stripes  is  always  a  deep 
rich  brown  (pi.  xiv,  fig.  5),  the  whitish  ground  color  is  subject  to  con- 
siderable variation  in  different  individuals  and  in  different  states  of 
development  of  the  sexual  products. 

The  head  is  usually  pure  white  except  for  the  brown  stripes  ;  esopha- 
geal  region  commonly  pure  opaque  white,  although  several  mature 
male  specimens  were  pale  yellowish  or  flesh-colored  in  this  region. 
Intestinal  region  commonly  has  a  tinge  of  yellow  or  of  pale  salmon, 
due  to  the  color  of  the  intestinal  lobes  which  show  through  the  other 
tissues.  When  filled  with  mature  ova,  the  intestinal  region  often  has 
a  yellowish  or  very  pale  greenish  tinge,  while  the  males  may  be  pale 
flesh  colored. 

The  ventral  is  of  practically  the  same  color  as  the  dorsal  surface, 
but  the  effect  of  intestinal  lobes  and  sexual  products  is  here  more 
marked,  so  that  in  the  intestinal  region  there  is  often  a  tinge  of  salmon 
(from  the  intestinal  lobes),  of  flesh  color,  or  of  greenish  yellow  (from 
the  sexual  products).  The  color  is  also  affected  by  the  dorsal  brown 
stripes  which  show  through  the  other  tissues  to  some  extent. 

Proboscis  whitish  ;  brain  pale  yellow  in  color. 

The  four  dark  brown  stripes  are  quite  as  conspicuous  after  preser- 
vation, and  even  after  imbedding  in  paraffin,  as  they  are  in  life. 

Ocelli.  —  The  four  medium-sized  ocelli  are  arranged  nearly  in  the 
form  of  a  square  in  ordinary  states  of  contraction  of  the  head.  Their 
relative  position  to  the  brown  dorsal  stripes  is  very  variable,  be- 
cause they  lie  so  deep  in  the  tissues  of  the  head  as  to  be  unaffected 
by  the  contraction  of  the  superficial  tissues  in  which  the  pigment 
of  the  stripes  resides.  Commonly,  however,  they  lie  in  or  just  lateral 
to  the  brown  stripes  —  the  anterior  pair  lying  near  the  anterior  ends 
of  the  stripes,  and  the  posterior  pair  about  on  a  level  with  the  lateral 
oblique  grooves,  as  these  appear  on  the  margins  of  the  head  (pi.  xiv, 

%.  5)- 

Size. — A  small  species,  averaging  only  about  8-12  mm.  long,  and 

less  than  I  mm.  in  width,  when  sexually  mature. 

Proboscis, — Proboscis  sheath  extends  to  posterior  end  of  body. 
Basis  of  central  stylet  bell-shaped,  short,  much  enlarged  and  rather  ab- 
ruptly truncated  posteriorly  (pi.  xx,  figs.  12,  13).  Central  stylet  about 
three-fourths  as  long  as  basis,  rather  small,  but  of  typical  proportions. 
Each  of  the  two  lateral  pouches  usually  contains  two  accessory  stylets, 
in  size  and  shape  like  the  central  stylet.  Basis  measures  about  .o6-.o7 


i 68  COE 

mm.  in  length,  and  .04-. 05  mm.  in  diameter  near  base ;  central  stylet 
.O45-.055  mm.  long. 

Retractor  muscle  of  proboscis  attached  to  the  dorsal  wall  of  the 
sheath  at  about  two-thirds  the  distance  from  head  to  posterior  extremity 
of  body.  Proboscis  of  large  size,  provided  with  ten  large  and  con- 
spicuous nerves. 

Body  Walls. — The  pigment  of  the  four  dark  longitudinal  lines 
appears  perfectly  black  in  mounted  sections,  and  is  always  very  con- 
spicuous. It  is  situated  in  the  basal  portions  of  the  integument. 

Cephalic  glands  are  well  developed,  and  fill  up  a  considerable  'por- 
tion of  the  tissues  of  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain. 

Alimentary  Canal. — A  pair  of  broad  diverticula  of  the  intestinal 
csecum  extends  forward  above,  and  a  little  in  front  of  the  dorsal  brain 
lobes.  Shortly  behind  the  brain  the  two  diverticula  join  the  broad 
unpaired  cascum  which  lies  beneath  the  esophagus.  This  latter  por- 
tion of  the  alimentary  canal  swells  out  into  a  large  chamber  immedi- 
ately behind  the  brain,  while  its  slender  posterior  portion  (pylorus) 
does  not  empty  into  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  intestine  until  well  behind 
the  most  anterior  sexual  glands.  The  broad  intestinal  caecum  sends 
off  a  few  pairs  of  large  diverticula.  The  most  posterior  of  these  ex- 
tend between  the  anterior  sexual  glands,  while  the  most  anterior  pair 
terminates  above  the  dorsal  ganglia,  as  mentioned  above. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  system  is  remarkable  for  its  short 
extent  and  for  the  fact  that  the  efferent  ducts  open  on  the  head  immedi- 
ately beside  the  dorsal  ganglia.  The  nephridial  tubules  lie  above  the 
anterior  portions  of  the  lateral  nerves,  but  do  not  extend  more  than  a 
very  short  distance  behind  the  brain.  A  few  branches  also  ramify 
beside  and  a  little  in  front  of  the  dorsal  ganglia.  The  efferent  ducts 
are  rather  large,  and  open -on  the  sides  of  the  head  about  on  a  level 
with  the  middle  portions  of  the  dorsal  ganglia. 

Cerebral  Sense  Organs.  —  These  are  of  moderately  large  propor- 
tions. They  lie  a  little  in  front  of  the  brain  and  somewhat  nearer  the 
ventral  surface.  The  ducts  communicating  with  the  exterior  pass  an- 
teriorly to  open  on  the  ventro-lateral  aspects  of  the  head  as  usual. 

The  lateral  nerves  unite  above  the  posterior  end  of  the  alimentary 
canal. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  The  sexual  products  were  found  to  be 
nearly  mature  in  August.  As  in  most  species  of  the  genus,  the  sexual 
glands  are  very  voluminous,  and  occupy  the  greater  portion  of  the  body 
in  the  intestinal  region.  As  stated  above,  the  most  anterior  sexual 
pouches  lie  some  distance  in  front  of  the  opening  of  the  esophagus  into 


NEMERTEANS 


169 


the  intestine.  The  distance  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  anterior 
sexual  pouches  is  therefore  very  short. 

Habitat.  —  Among  ascidians  and  other  growths  on  piles  of  wharf 
in  San  Pedro  Harbor,  Calif. ;  fairly  common.  Sexually  mature  in 
August.  Ova  large,  opaque  ;  pale  greenish  in  color. 

This  new  species  resembles  both  T.  vittatum  (Hubrecht)  Burger l 
and  T.  quadristriatum  Langerhans 2  in  general  appearance,  and  in 
having  four  longitudinal  brown  lines  on  dorsal  surface.  In  the  former 
species,  however,  the  four  lines  usually  become  confluent  behind  the 
head  in  two  quadrangular  patches  which  send  two  fine  lines  between 
the  posterior  pair  of  ocelli ;  in  the  latter  species  the  two  median  lines 
extend  to  the  tip  of  the  head  before  uniting,  while  the  lateral  are  inter- 
rupted between  the  ocelli  and  do  not  unite  on  tip  of  head.  In  T. 
qicadrilineatum,  as  described  above,  the  median  lines  reach  nearly  to 
tip  of  snout,  but  do  not  join  each  other,  while  the  lateral  lines  usually 
end  behind  the  ocelli. 


13.     TETRASTEMMA  ((ERSTEDIA)  DORSALE  (Abildgaard) 

Mclntosh 

Planaria  dorsalis  ABILDGAARD,  Zool.  Danic.,  iv,  p.  25,  1806. 

Tetrastemma  dorsalis  MclNTOSH,  British   Annelids,  Pt.    I,  Nemerteans,  Ray 

Soc.,  p.   172,  1873. 
Oerstedia  dorsalis  Burger,  Fauna  und  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel,  Monogr. 

22,  p.  592,  1895. 

This  small,  widely  distributed  species  was  collected  by  Mr.  J.  F. 
Abbott  in  about  20  fms.  in  Monterey  Bay,  Calif. 

The  species  may  be  recognized  by  its  firm,  slender,  cylindrical 
body,  usually  only  8-15  mm.  in  length,  somewhat  narrower  toward 
both  extremities  ;  flesh  color  or  pale  yellowish,  mottled  on  dorsal  sur- 
face with  brownish  blotches  and  dots  of  .various  shades  and  with  con- 
siderable variation  in  distribution,  often  being  mainly  collected  into  a 
series  of  transverse  bands  with  a  few  scattered  blotches  between. 

1  Hubrecht,  A.  A.  W.,  Genera  of  European  Nemerteans  critically  revised. 
Notes  from  Leyden  Museum,  p.  229,  1879. 

Hubrecht  placed  this  species  in  the  genus  (Erstedia,  but  Burger  refers  it  to 
Tetrastemma.  The  specific  name  -vittatum  is  preoccupied  in  Tetrastemma,  how- 
ever, by  Verrill,  who  described  and  figured  a  widely  different  species  under  this 
name  in  1874  (American  Journal  of  Science,  vn,  p.  45).  If  Hubrecht's  species 
actually  belongs  to  Tetrastemma,  it  is  obvious  that  it  must  receive  a  new  specific 
name. 

3  Langerhans,  P.,  Die  Wurmfauna  von  Madeira,  Zeits.  f.  wiss.  Zool.,  xxxiv, 
p.  136-140,  iSSo. 


170 


COE 


The  head  is  continuous  with  body  and  provided  with  four  ocelli. 
Proboscis  armature  as  in  other  species  of  Tetrastemma. 

Habitat.  —  On  piles  of  wharves,  on  rocks,  among  algas,  bryozoa, 
ascidians  and  other  growths.  Widely  distributed  in  Northern  Hemi- 
sphere, occurring  on  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe,  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean and  on  both  the  east  and  west  coasts  of  North  America. 


14.    TETRASTEMMA   (CERSTEDIA)    RETICULATUM 

sp.  nov. 

pi.  xrv,  figs.  7,  8 ;  pi.  xx,  fig.  7-9. 

A  minute  species  measuring  but  8-15  mm.  in  length  when  sexually 
mature,  and  less  than  0.5  mm.  in  diameter.  Body  short,  thick, 
rounded;  much  resembling  Oerstedia  in  form  and  movements,  as 
well  as  in  firmness  of  body  and  in  general  appearance.  The  peculi- 
arities of  the  species  are  not  sufficiently  pronounced, 
however,  to  warrant  its  separation  from  the  genus 
Tetrastemma.  Head  usually  somewhat  narrower 
than  body,  from  which  it  is  usually  distinctly 
marked  off  by  a  pair  of  oblique  lateral  grooves. 
These  lie  opposite  the  posterior  pair  of  ocelli  (pi. 
xiv,  fig.  8),  as  in  related  species. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  white,  with  rec- 
tangular and  longitudinal  brown  markings  which 
obscure  most  of  the  white  color  of  dorsal  surface. 
Two  varieties,  presenting  widely  different  arrange- 
ment of  the  dorsal  markings,  were  met  with,  and 
these  in  extreme  cases  would  sviggest  two  different 
species.  In  both  varieties  the  head,  which  is  white 
or  colorless,  is  provided  with  a  very  similar  trans- 
FIG.  21.  T.  retic-  verse  deep  brown  marking  between  the  anterior  and 
ulatum.  Outline  of  posterior  pairs  of  ocelli.  This  marking  consists  of 
anterior  portion  of  a  transverse  band  of  color  extending  laterally  some- 
body, showing  post-  wha(.  b  d  the  ocell^  and  living  a  Bunded  and 
tion  of  ocelli  and  ,  ,,.,,,  .  /.  .  r-  \  •*>. 

shape  and  arrange-    deeP!y  bilobed  anterior  margin  (text  fig.   21).     It 

ment  of  markings,    is   often  shaped  like  a  dumb-bell,  except  that  the 
X4°-  contour  is   straight,  and  not  indented,  posteriorly. 

In  the  most  common  variety  (pi.  xiv,  fig.  7)  there  are  about  sixteen 
pairs  of  rectangular  brown  markings  situated  on  the  dorsal  surface  and 
extending  from  the  head  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  These  oc- 
cupy the  greater  portion  of  the  dorsal  surface,  leaving  but  little  space 


NEMERTEANS  17 1 

between' and  beside  the  rectangular  marks  for  the  white  ground  color. 
They  are  often  decidedly  irregular  in  shape,  but  in  ordinary  states  of 
contraction  of  body  average  about  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as 
broad,  and  are  separated  medially  by  a  space  about  half  as  great  as 
their  transverse  diameters.  In  addition  to  the  sixteen  pairs  of  rectangu- 
lar marks,  a  pair  of  slender,  irregular,  brown  lines  are  situated  near 
the  lateral  margins  along  the  whole  length  of  the  body  behind  the  head. 
Anteriorly  these  slender  brown  lines  join  the  more  anterior  rectangular 
markings,  but  at  about  the  third  pair  of  rectangular  markings  become 
separated,  to  join  again  at  about  the  fourteenth  pair.  When  the 
animal  is  slightly  compressed,  a  narrow  white  margin  appears  out- 
side these  lateral  brown  lines.  The  fusion  between  the  first  pair  of 
rectangular  markings  and  the  lateral  lines  is  usually  complete,  while  the 
second  pair  is  often  joined  by  only  narrow  bridges  of  the  brown  color 
(text  fig.  21 ).  Sometimes  other  pairs  of  markings  are  connected  with 
the  lines  by  similar  bridges  of  color,  and  toward  the  end  of  body  this 
is  usually  the  case.  At  about  the  fourteenth  pair  of  markings  there  is 
often  a  complete  fusion  of  brown  color,  both  of  the  lateral  lines  and 
of  the  rectangular  markings  of  the  same  pair,  and  very  commonly 
only  a  narrow,  transverse  band  of  white  serves  to  indicate  the  division 
between  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth,  and  between  the  fifteenth  and 
and  sixteenth,  or  last,  markings.  Often  even  this  narrow  transverse 
white  band  does  not  extend  more  than  half  way  to  the  margins  of  the 
body.  This  fusion  of  all  the  brown  markings  is  commonly  limited 
to  the  three  or  four  posterior  pairs  of  markings,  but  in  some  individuals 
involves  the  greater  portion  of  the  dorsal  surface.  When  carried  to 
the  extreme  condition  all  the  markings  on  the  body  back  of  the  head 
are  united,  and  this  fusion  gives  rise  to  the  second  and  less  common 
variety. 

In  this  second  variety  (pi.  xiv,  fig.  8)  the  whole  dorsal  surface  back 
of  the  head  is  of  a  deep  brown  color  interrupted  by  about  fifteen  irreg- 
ular, transverse,  whitish  bands  reaching  laterally  toward  margins  of 
body.  These  fifteen  whitish  bands  indicate  the  spaces  between  the 
sixteen  pairs  of  rectangular  markings  described  for  the  first  variety. 
The  lateral  lines  have  become  fused  and  lost  in  the  rectangular  mark- 
ings, and  both  markings  of  the  same  pair  have  completely  lost  their 
individuality.  Occasionally,  however,  a  paler  median  line  is  indicated. 
Laterally,  too,  the  adjacent  pairs  of  markings  have  fused  completely. 
Often  the  transverse  whitish  bands  do  not  extend  more  than  half  way 
to  the  lateral  margins,  as  was  mentioned  in  regard  to  the  caudal  region 
of  the  first  variety.  They  often  become  indistinct,  and  gradually  shade 


COE 

into  the  brown  color  laterally.  Sometimes,  moreover,  the  fusion  is  so 
complete  that  only  a  portion  of  the  full  number  of  transverse  whitish 
bands  can  be  found. 

The  brown  color  of  body  varies  from  a  rather  light  brown  to  deep, 
chocolate  brown  or  sometimes  deep  reddish  brown.  The  whitish  in- 
termediate spaces  are  caused  by  absence  of  brown  color,  and  are  not 
due  to  any  special  pigment. 

The  ventral  surface  is  commonly  dull  grayish  with  a  tinge  of  yellow- 
ish in  median  line,  but  there  are  often  numerous  fine  granules  of 
brownish  pigment  scattered  over  the  surface.  The  colors  of  the  dorsal 
surface  show  through  to  some  extent,  and  in  the  second  variety  the 
brown  color  often  encroaches  on  the  ventral  surface  and  shades  off 
gradually  toward  the  median  line.  When  full  of  ripe  ova,  the  ventral 
surface  of  the  intestinal  region  shows  a  broad  lateral  band  of  dull 
greenish  tint  due  to  the  olive  green  color  of  the  ova. 

Ocelli.  —  The  four  ocelli  are  of  medium  size  and,  as  usual,  are 
arranged  nearly  in  the  form  of  a  square  (text  fig.  21),  although  in  ordi- 
nary states  of  contraction  of  head  there  is  rather  more  space  between 
the  two  ocelli  of  the  same  side  than  between  those  of  either  the  ante- 
rior or  posterior  pair  (pi.  xiv,  figs.  7,  8).  Moreover,  the  ocelli  of 
the  posterior  pair  often  seem  to  be  slightly  farther  apart  than  those  of 
the  anterior  pair. 

Proboscis.  —  Proboscis  sheath  reaches  end  of  body  as  in  related 
species.  Proboscis  pale  flesh  color,  of  large  size  as  compared  to  body 
of  worm.  Basis  of  central  stylet  about  two  and  one-half  times  as  long 
as  broad,  somewhat  elliptical,  of  nearly  equal  diameter  throughout,  and 
only  a  little  wider  posteriorly  than  near  the  attachment  of  stylet  (pi. 
xx,  figs.  7-9).  Posterior  half  of  basis  appears  granular  and  dark,  but 
becomes  gradually  lighter  anteriorly  until  the  anterior  third  is  as  trans- 
lucent as  in  other  species.  Central  stylet  slender,  about  two-thirds  as 
long  as  the  basis.  Each  of  the  two  pouches  usually  contains  two  acces- 
sory stylets.  Measurements  average  about  .05  mm.  for  the  length  of 
the  central  and  largest  accessory  stylets,  while  the  basis  is  about  .07 
mm.  long  and  .025  mm.  in  average  diameter.  The  proboscis  is  usually 
provided  with  nine  nerves,  although  in  a  single  specimen  there  was  an 
indication  of  a  tenth  nerve. 

Internal  Organization.  —  The  dark  pigment  of  the  dorsal  surface 
of  the  body  is  situated  among  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  integument, 
and  extends  upward  among  the  cells  well  toward  the  surface. 

Voluminous  cephalic  glands  situated  both  above  and  beneath  the 
rhynchodaeum  reach  back  nearly  to  the  brain. 


NEMERTEANS  1 73 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  A  pair  of  rather  large  diverticula  of  the  in- 
testinal caecum  reach  forward  to  the  brain,  and  pass  to  the  dorsal  side 
of  the  dorsal  ganglia.  They  join  the  broad  unpaired  caecum  shortly 
behind  the  mouth.  The  caecum  extends  backward  beneath  the  esopha- 
gus, sending  off  a  few  broad  diverticula.  The  narrow  posterior  por- 
tion of  the  esophagus  does  not  join  the  intestine  until  after  the  appear- 
ance of  several  pairs  of  sexual  glands.  In  this,  and  a  number  of 
other  features,  the  species  very  closely  resembles  T.  qtiadrilineatum. 

Nephridia. —  The  nephridial  system  is  limited  to  the  region  near 
the  brain.  Its  tubules  extend  beside,  as  well  as  a  very  short  distance 
behind,  the  brain.  The  single  pair  of  efferent  ducts  open  laterally 
just  opposite,  or  a  trifle  behind,  the  posterior  ends  of  the  dorsal 
ganglia. 

Cerebral  Sense  Organs  are  remarkably  large.  They  are  situated 
beside  and  beneath  the  ventral  ganglia,  and  project  somewhat  in  front 
of  them.  Large  ducts  pass  antero-ventrally  to  the  surface  of  the  head, 
as  usual. 

Nervous  System.  —  The  brain  is  unusually  voluminous  ;  otherwise 
the  nervous  system  agrees  with  that  of  related  species. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  are  mature  in  September. 
The  ova  are  very  large  (about  .18  mm.  in  diameter),  pale  olive  green 
in  color,  arranged  in  a  single  row  along  each  side  of  intestinal  region. 
The  spermatic  pouches  are  correspondingly  voluminous  in  the  males. 
As  stated  above,  the  anterior  sexual  glands  extend  well  in  front  of  the 
posterior  end  of  the  esophagus  (pylorus),  so  that  but  a  comparatively 
short  distance  intervenes  between  them  and  the  brain. 

Habitat. —  On  piles  of  wharf  in  San  Pedro  Harbor,  Calif.,  common. 

15.    TyENIOSOMA  PUNNETTI1  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xvi,  figs.  1-3 ;  pi.  xvin,  fig.  6. 

Body  large,  soft,  flabby,  extremely  contractile,  rounded  in  esopha- 
geal  region,  and  much  flattened  posteriorly  when  extended  ;  much  like 
T.  princeps*  in  shape,  and,  like  that  species,  becoming  very  short  and 
subcylindrical  when  strongly  contracted. 

Head  and  anterior  portions  of  body  extremely  contractile ;  smooth 
and  somewhat  flattened  when  moderately  extended,  but  abruptly  trun- 
cated, cylindrical,  and  thrown  into  deep  circular  wrinkles  when  con- 

^he  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Mr.  R.  C.  Punnett,  of  St.  Andrews,  Scot- 
land, well  known  for  his  recent  work  on  this  group  of  worms. 

2  Coe,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  pi.  n  figs.  3,  4,  p.  62,  1901 ;  also  preceding 
article,  paged  identically. 


174 


COE 


tracted.  Snout  small,  rounded  or  emarginate  in  front,  flattened  con- 
siderably (pi.  xvi,  figs.  1,2),  but  may  be  almost  completely  withdrawn 
into  the  swollen  succeeding  portions  of  head,  as  shown  in  fig.  3. 
Oblique  cephalic  furrows  lie  on  the  ventro-lateral  margins.  As  seen 
from  in  front  when  strongly  contracted,  the  snout  presents  an  elliptical 
outline,  separated  by  a  deep  groove  from  the  tissues  of  the  succeeding 
regions,  which  have  been  moved  forward  to  surround  the  retracted  head 
(pi.  xvi,  fig.  3).  This  groove  passes  through  the  cephalic  furrows, 
and  is  continuous  with  them.  The  anterior  portion  of  the  esophageal 
region  also  is  deeply  wrinkled  with  circular  grooves.  Proboscis  pore 
subterminal ;  proboscis  rather  small,  whitish  in  color.  Mouth  ex- 
tremely variable  in  size,  according  to  state  of  contraction  of  anterior 
portions  of  body.  When  head  is  well  extended  the  mouth  is  situated 
well  back  from  snout  and  represents  a  large,  much  elongated  opening 
(pi.  xvi,  fig.  2),  but  when  head  is  strongly  contracted  the  mouth  as- 
sumes the  proportions  of  a  small,  rounded  pore  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  3)  on  the 
ventral  surface  a  little  posterior  to  the  retracted  snout. 

Esophageal  region  is  often  greatly  swollen  just  behind  the  widely 
opened  mouth  when  body  is  well  extended,  very  much  as  in  Cere- 
bratulus.  There  are  many  indications  that  in  this  species  of  Tcznio- 
soma  the  esophagus  is  often  filled  with  water,  which  is  ejected  at  inter- 
vals, and  thus  serves  to  some  extent  as  a  respiratory  organ,  as  has  often 
been  considered  the  case  in  Cerebratulus.  The  greater  portion  of 
esophageal  region  is  subcylindrical,  becoming  more  flattened  pos- 
teriorly. 

Intestinal  region  often  very  flat  and  ribbon-like  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  i), 
usually  much  wrinkled  and  showing  a  tendency  to  roll  up  into  an  ir- 
regular spiral,  as  has  been  noted  in  other  species.  This  region  may 
contract  to  but  a  small  fraction  of  its  usual  length,  becoming  at  the 
same  time  nearly  as  thick  as  broad.  Posterior  extremity  not  very 
slender. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  usually  deep  brownish  red,  or  dark 
red  with  only  a  tinge  of  brown ;  sometimes  of  a  deep  mahogany  color. 
The  body  color  often  appears  as  if  covered  with  a  delicate  whitish 
bloom.  Anterior  portion  of  head  is  much  deeper  brown  or  almost 
black,  sharply  marked  off  from  a  narrow  white  border  which  occupies 
the  terminal  and  lateral  margins  of  snout.  The  dark  brown  or  blackish 
color  is  limited  to  the  dorsal  surface  of  snout,  and  usually  consists  of  a 
rather  narrow  transverse  marking  which  shades  off  gradually  into  the 
general  body  color  posteriorly.  It  is  bordered  laterally  by  the  white 
margin  mentioned. 


NEMERTEANS  175 

Ventral  side  of  snout  pure  white,  continuous  with  the  white  of  the 
margins  of  dorsal  surface,  but  this  color  does  not  commonly  extend 
posteriorly  to  the  snout.  Occasionally,  however,  the  white  area  ex- 
tends back  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  head  proper,  and  may  include 
the  mouth  region  also.  Back  of  snout  the  ventral  color  usually  be- 
comes gradually  reddish,  so  that  a  pale  red  area  generally  surrounds 
the  mouth  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  2). 

Ventral  surface  of  esophageal  region  of  a  brownish  red  color  similar 
to  that  of  dorsal  surface,  but  of  a  much  paler  and  more  grayish  shade. 
A  much  paler  grayish  median  band  is  often  found  throughout  the 
whole  ventral  surface.  In  intestinal  region  there  is  a  similar  pale 
brownish  red  color  much  influenced  by  the  grayish  color  of  the  median 
intestinal  canal  and  its  lateral  diverticula.  These  latter  are  conspic- 
uous when  the  body  is  well  extended,  and  add  largely  to  the  grayish 
effect  of  the  ventral  side  of  the  whole  intestinal  region.  Sometimes 
ventral  surface  is  of  the  same  brownish  red  color  on  the  lateral  mar- 
gins as  occurs  on  the  upper  side  of  body,  but  toward  the  middle  line 
becomes  much  grayer  and  paler,  while  a  median  line  of  pure  gray 
extends  through  the  intestinal  region. 

The  tissues  of  body  in  intestinal  region  show  a  general  salmon  or 
orange  color  when  cut. 

Size,  —  A  large  species,  individuals  often  measuring  40-60  cm.  in 
length  and  S-io  mm.  in  width  when  extended.  One  of  the  preserved 
specimens  still  measures  20  cm.  in  length,  and  5-7  mm.  in  width  in 
intestinal  region,  and  12  mm.  just  behind  mouth.  When  strongly  con- 
tracted the  body  of  a  large  individual  may  become  but  6—8  cm.  long, 
but  is  several  times  as  thick  as  when  extended. 

Ocelli. — On  each  antero-lateral  border  of  head  is  an  irregular 
cluster  of  numerous  minute  ocelli.  When  cleared  in  cedar  oil  these 
appear  distinctly  as  an  irregular  longitudinal  row  of  forty  to  sixty  or 
more  small  pigment  spots  just  ventral  to  the  dark  head  shield  (pi. 
xvui,  fig.  6). 

Proboscis. — Proboscis  sheath  possesses  an  unusual  length,  extend- 
ing backward  throughout  the  greater  portion  of  the  intestinal  region. 
Proboscis  of  large  size,  with  two  well-developed  muscular  layers  — 
internal  longitudinal  and  external  circular  —  as  usual. 

Body  Walls. — The  three  muscular  layers  are  massively  developed 
throughout  the  body. 

Cephalic  glands  are  enormously  developed,  as  in  most  related 
species,  and  extend  backward  into  the  esophageal  region.  In  front  of 
the  brain  they  encroach  largely  upon  the  muscular  and  connective 


1^6  COE 

tissues  surrounding  the  rhynchodseum  and  blood  lacunae,  but  are  sepa- 
rated from  the  more  superficial  glands  of  the  cutis  by  the  rather  thick 
layer  of  fibrous  tissue  which  constitutes  its  inner  portion.  This  line 
of  separation  is  more  marked  on  the  dorsal  than  on  the  ventral  side  of 
the  head.  In  the  brain  region  the  cephalic  glands  occupy  a  large  por- 
tion of  the  longitudinal  muscular  layer  on  all  sides  of  the  body.  In 
the  region  of  the  mouth  they  become  more  scattered,  and  lie  mainly  on 
the  right  and  left  sides,  although  they  extend  inward  to  the  inner  por- 
tion of  the  outer  longitudinal  muscular  layer.  Posterior  to  the  mouth 
they  are  limited  to  the  middle  portions  of  the  outer  longitudinal  mus- 
cular layer  ventral  to  the  lateral  nerves,  and  occur  only  sparingly. 
They  cease  entirely  a  short  distance  behind  the  mouth. 

The  cutis  is  thick  and,  as  in  related  species,  consists  of  two  con- 
spicuous layers  —  an  outer,  glandular  layer  with  closely  packed,  deeply 
staining  gland  cells,  and  an  inner,  fibrous  layer  consisting  largely  of 
interlaced  connective  tissue  fibers.  The  cutis  is  several  times  as  thick 
as  the  integument,  and  between  the  two  lies  a  rather  conspicuous 
layer  of  muscular  and  connective  tissue  fibers  forming  a  basement  layer 
for  the  integument. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  As  stated  above,  the  mouth  is  remarkably 
distensible,  appearing  when  contracted  as  a  small  round  pore,  but 
when  distended  is  a  large  and  long  slit  with  thickened  lips.  The 
posterior  end  of  the  esophagus  becomes  much  widened  before  it  joins 
the  intestine,  and  is  peculiar  in  that  it  does  not  pass  smoothly  into 
the  latter.  The  anterior  end  of  the  intestine  proper  is  narrow,  and  opens 
into  the  widened  esophagus  immediately  beneath  the  proboscis  sheath, 
while  the  esophagus  continues  backward  as  a  broad  blind  sac  for 
some  little  distance,  surrounding  the  lateral  and  ventral  walls  of  the 
intestine.  A  section  through  this  region,  therefore,  shows  a  rather 
small  intestinal  canal,  surrounded,  except  dorsally,  by  the  thick 
glandular  walls  of  the  broad,  caecal  portion  of  the  esophagus. 

Blood  and  Nephridial  Systems.  —  Cephalic  blood  lacunas,  lateral 
vessels  and  esophageal  lacuna?  as  usual.  Proboscis  sheath  vessel  con- 
tinues within  the  rhynchocoel  nearly  the  whole  length  of  the  esopha- 
geal region.  Nephridia  remarkably  extensive,  originating  a  short  dis- 
tance posterior  to  the  mouth  and  extending  nearly  the  whole  length 
of  the  esophageal  region.  The  efferent  ducts  are  numerous,  but  of 
small  size.  They  are  scattered  at  irregular  intervals  along  the  whole 
length  of  the  esophageal  region,  and,  as  usual,  pass  to  the  exterior  im- 
mediately above  the  lateral  nerves.  In  the  single  specimen  sectioned 
there  were  eight  to  twelve  of  these  ducts  on  each  side. 


NEMERTEANS  177 

Nervous  System  and  Sense  Organs.  —  Brain  and  lateral  cords  as 
in  related  species.  Cephalic  and  buccal  nerves  large. 

Cerebral  sense  organs  highly  specialized,  and  of  rather  large  size. 
They  are  much  elongated,  and  their  anterior  ends  are  situated  laterally 
in  the  angle  between  the  dorsal  and  ventral  ganglia.  After  extending 
back  nearly  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  dorsal  ganglion,  each  sense 
organ  enlarges  until  it  is  nearly  equal  in  diameter  to  the  dorsal  gang- 
lion, and  eventually  fuses  completely  with  the  posterior  surface  of  the 
latter.  At  the  narrow,  anterior  end  of  each  sense  organ  a  ciliated 
canal  leads  outward  to  open  into  the  rather  conspicuous  oblique 
cephalic  furrows. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  were  found  to  be  mature 
in  the  specimens  dredged  off  San  Pedro  in  August,  but  those  examined 
at  Monterey  in  September  had  neither  ripe  eggs  nor  sperm,  and  had 
evidently  recently  discharged  their  sexual  products.  The  mature  eggs 
are  large  and  opaque,  and  when  brought  into  sea  water  surround  them- 
selves with  a  jelly-like  coating. 

Habitat.  —  Dredged  among  red  algae,  of  color  closely  approxi- 
mating that  of  the  worms,  in  50  fms.,  between  San  Pedro  and  Santa 
Catalina  Island,  Calif.  This  is  a  common  species  in  that  locality,  and 
the  individuals  are  remarkably  hardy,  living  for  a  day  or  more  among 
damp  seaweeds.  A  number  of  large  living  specimens  were  obtained 
from  Chinese  fishermen,  who  caught  them  on  their  hooks  in  rather 
deep  water  (perhaps  10-20  fms.)  in  Monterey  Bay,  Calif.  Just  how 
the  worms  come  to  be  caught  on  these  hooks,  which  are  set  for  '  rock- 
cod,'  is  difficult  to  imagine,  unless  they  crawl  about  among  the  sea- 
weeds on  the  bottom,  and,  as  the  hooks  drag  through,  are  caught  in 
their  bodies.  It  is  possible  that  the  worms  actually  find  the  bait  and 
cling  to  it.  The  fact  that  the  body  is  often  entirely  without  injury 
points  to  this  conclusion.  The  fishermen  offered  no  conclusive  evi- 
dence in  the  matter.  The  species  must  be  abundant,  or  it  would  be 
more  rarely  caught  on  hooks. 

Individuals  live  for  a  long  time  in  captivity,  and  do  not  break  up 
when  roughly  handled.  They  may  be  easily  preserved  without  rup- 
ture, or  without  excessive  contraction  if  killed  slowly.  Natural  colors 
are  well  retained  in  formalin,  but  fade  in  alcohol. 

16.     ZYGEUPOLIA  LITTORALIS  C.  B.  Thompson 

Zool.  Anz.,  xxin,  p.  151,  1900. 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1901,  p.  657-739,  pi.  XL-XLIV,  1902. 

This  very  interesting  species  which  has  been  so  carefully  studied 
and  fully  described  by  Miss  Thompson  (1902)  occurs  rather  commonly 


COE 


on  the  flats  laid  bare  by  the  lowest  tides  in  San  Pedro  Harbor.  It  has 
previously  been  recorded  only  from  the  vicinity  of  Woods  Hole,  Mass. 
The  worms  are  found  in  sandy,  and  not  in  muddy  locations. 

The  species  may  be  recognized  by  the  following  characters  :  Body 
rather  slender,  usually  5-8  cm.  in  length,  rather  translucent.  Head 
slender,  when  extended  tapering  to  a  fine  point,  without  cephalic  fur- 
rows ;  pure  white  in  color.  Esophageal  region  rounded ;  white,  very 


FIG.  22.  Z.  littoralis.  Diagram  of  anterior  por- 
tion of  body,  showing  relation  of  cerebral  sense  organ 
(cso)  to  ciliated  pit  (c/5)  on  side  of  head;  r/i,  rhyncho- 
dseum  ;  br,  brain  ;  /«,  lateral  nerve. 

FIG.  23.  Z.  littoralis.  Diagram  of  caudal  cirrus 
and  posterior  end  of  body ;  In,  lateral  nerve,  extend- 
ing into  caudal  cirrus  (In');  in,  intestine;  a,  anus. 
Both  figures  after  C.  B.  Thompson. 


FIG.  23. 


pale  yellowish  or  flesh  color.  Intestinal  region  flattened  in  life,  but 
rounded  after  preservation ;  color  varies  from  rose  to  pale  yellow,  light 
brown  or  chocolate  brown,  being  largely  dependent  on  the  amount  and 
character  of  the  contents  of  alimentary  canal.  Posterior  extremity  pro- 
vided with  a  conspicuous,  although  slender,  caudal  cirrus,  white  in 
color  (text  fig.  23),  with  large  central  blood  space. 

In  internal  organization,  the  presence  of  an  internal  circular  muscle 
at  the  beginning  of  intestinal  region,  the  division  of  the  anterior  por- 
tion of  alimentary  canal  into  esophagus  proper  and  stomach,  the  open- 
ing of  the  ciliated  canals  leading  from  cerebral  sense  organs  into  shallow 
lateral  pits  (text  fig.  22,  cp}  in  place  of  cephalic  furrows,  the  absence 


NEMERTEANS  I 79 

of  any  retractor  muscle  of  proboscis,  and  the  absence  of  the  inner  lon- 
gitudinal muscle  of  proboscis,  are  among  the  more  important  peculiari- 
ties of  the  species. 

In  the  paper  referred  to  will  be  found  detailed  histological  descrip- 
tions and  figures  of  all  the  principal  organs  of  the  body. 

17.     LINEUS  RUBESCENS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xiv,  fig.  i ;  pi.  xv,  figs.  3,  4;  pi.  xxn,  fig.  i. 

Body  very  slender,  rounded  anteriorly,  flattened  in  intestinal  region  ; 
posterior  extremity  slender ;  head  long,  rather  broad  ;  cephalic  furrows 
correspondingly  long,  reaching  posteriorly  as  far  as  the  anterior  end  of 
the  mouth,  which  is  situated  well  back  from  tip  of  snout. 

Size.  —  A  small  species,  the  specimens  obtained  measuring  only 
10-15  mm.  long,  and  less  than  I  mm.  in  diameter. 

Color.  —  Anterior  portions  of  body,  except  tip  of  head,  beautiful 
pink,  or  rosy  flesh  color,  occasionally  bright  pinkish  red,  sometimes 
with  tinge  of  blue.  Tip  of  head,  both  above  and  below,  whitish,  al- 
most colorless,  sharply  marked  off  from  pink  color  behind.  Intestinal 
region  deep  flesh  color  or  pale,  purplish  brown,  or  occasionally  buff, 
anteriorly,  shading  off  to  very  pale  pinkish  towards  posterior  end  of 
body ;  very  pale  posteriorly.  Ventral  surface  paler,  but  of  similar 
color,  pinkish  in  front,  pinkish  buff  or  pale  flesh  color  posteriorly ; 
often  with  still  paler  median  line.  Intestinal  lobes  flesh  color  or  buff  ; 
occasionally  brownish  or  purplish.  Head  can  be  so  much  contracted 
that  white  tip  will  disappear.  Brain  appears  pale  flesh  color.  Space 
between  ocelli  is  grayish.  A  most  striking  peculiarity  of  the  color  in 
the  esophageal  region  is  that  it  becomes  purplish  or,  sometimes, 
bright  blue  in  formalin.  I  know  of  no  other  species  of  Nemertean 
where  the  color  changes  from  pinkish  to  bluish  on  preservation. 
The  bluish  color  is  not  permanent,  however,  and  after  remaining  a  few 
weeks  in  formalin  will  have  practically  disappeared.  But  when  such 
specimens  are  cleared  in  cedar  oil,  a  delicate  bluish  or  bluish  green  color 
reappears  in  the  esophageal  region,  while  the  intestinal  region  remains 
colorless,  except  the  intestinal  lobes,  which  are  slightly  brownish.  The 
nature  and  situation  of  the  pigment  are  noted  below. 

Ocelli.  —  Situated  in  whitish  area  on  tip  of  head  is  a  row  of  two  to 
four  (or,  rarely,  as  many  as  six  or  eight)  ocelli  on  each  side  (pi.  xiv, 
fig.  i  ;  pi.  xv,  figs.  3,  4).  These  are  irregular  in  shape,  very  dark 
reddish  or  almost  black  in  color,  and  closely  placed  in  a  single  row. 
The  anterior  ocellus  on  each  side  is  usually  the  largest,  but  the  ocelli 


180  COE 

are  often  irregularly  joined  together,  so  that  the  individual  ocelli  cannot 
be  distinguished,  appearing  rather  as  a  row  of  scattered  pigment  masses 
on  each  side.  In  microscopic  sections  the  eyes  appear  deep  blue  in 
color. 

In  internal  organization  the  species  shows  many  deviations  from 
most  other  members  of  the  genus  although  it  is  evidently  closely  related 
to  L.jlavescens.  It  presents  a  number  of  interesting  anatomical  pecu- 
liarities, which  are  noted  below. 

Body  Watts.  —  At  the  point  where  the  posterior  esophageal  cavity 
enters  intestine,  the  circular  muscular  layer  abruptly  becomes  less  than 
half  as  thick  as  it  is  farther  forward,  and  allows  the  outline  of  the  body 
to  become  much  wider  and  more  flattened.  In  the  esophageal  region  a 
cross  section  is  but  little  wider  horizontally  than  vertically,  but  in  the 
intestinal  region  it  is  nearly  twice  as  wide.  This  is  due  to  the  reduc- 
tion of  the  circular  muscular  layer. 

Extensive  cephalic  glands  (pi.  xxn,  fig.  i,  cgV)  reach  inward 
almost  to  the  blood  lacunae  in  the  anterior  portions  of  the  head,  but  do 
not  extend  behind  the  brain  except  on  the  ventral  side,  where  they  reach 
as  far  as  the  posterior  ends  of  the  cerebral  sense  organs.  Beneath  the 
rhynchodaeum  is  a  conspicuous  canal  (a)  which  passes  forward  and 
joins  the  rhynchodasum  immediately  where  this  opens  on  the  ventral 
side  of  the  tip  of  the  snout.  This  canal  is  apparently  the  common  duct 
of  the  cephalic  glands  which  lie  beneath  the  brain,  for  it  originates  pos- 
teriorly in  a  large  cluster  of  these  glands.  Yet  in  no  other  species  of 
Nemertean  has  such  a  well-developed  duct  been  observed.  Unfortu- 
nately the  character  of  its  lining  is  obscured  by  the  secretions  which  it 
carries,  so  that  its  precise  nature  is  not  absolutely  certain. 

The  glands  of  the  cutis  (pi.  xxn,  fig.  i,  cugl}  are  extremely  abun- 
dant in  the  head.  They  extend  inward  to  the  circular  muscular  layer 
throughout  the  whole  intestinal  region.  Back  of  the  mouth  they  sink 
gradually  through  the  cutis  and  deeper  into  the  external  longitudinal 
muscular  layer.  In  the  region  of  the  nephridiopores  they  have  passed 
completely  through  this  layer  in  a  narrow  area  on  the  dorsal  and  on 
the  ventral  side,  and  have  come  in  contact  with  the  outer  border  of  the 
circular  muscular  layer.  Farther  back  the  region  in  which  the  glands 
reach  inward  as  far  as  the  circular  muscle  becomes  increased,  until  at 
the  beginning  of  the  intestinal  region  it  extends  along  the  whole  cir- 
cumference except  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lateral  nerves.  Throughout 
the  length  of  the  intestinal  region  these  glands  continue  to  border  the 
whole  surface  of  the  circular  muscles,  except  in  the  immediate  position 
of  the  lateral  nerves.  Perhaps  in  no  other  member  of  the  family 


NEMERTEANS  l8l 

Lineiclae  have  these  glands  been  found  to  be  so  extensive  as  in  the 
present  species. 

Pigment.  —  The  peculiar  bluish  color  which  appears  after  the 
worms  have  been  preserved,  and  have  consequently  lost  their  original 
pink  or  reddish  color,  is  due  to  a  vast  number  of  minute  granules  situ- 
ated in  the  nervous  plexus  which  lies  immediately  external  to  the 
circular  muscular  layer.  The  granules  are  present  only  in  that  portion 
of  the  plexus  which  lies  dorsal  to  the  lateral  nerves. 

Proboscis.  —  The  proboscis  sheath  is  remarkably  long  for  the  genus, 
extending  very  nearly  to  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  body.  The 
proboscis  is  of  moderate  proportions.  In  its  musculature  it  exhibits  an 
interesting  departure  from  the  type  characteristic  of  the  genus.  The 
circular  and  outer  longitudinal  muscular  layers  are  of  the  usual  propor- 
tions, while  the  internal  longitudinal  musculature  is  represented  by  two 
bands  placed  symmetrically  on  opposite  sides  of  the  proboscis.  These 
longitudinal  bands  occupy  about  one-sixth  to  one-eighth  of  the  circum- 
ference of  the  internal  epithelial  layer,  which  elsewhere  borders  the 
inner  face  of  the  circular  musculature.  In  thickness  the  two  muscular 
bands,  which  represent  the  inner  longitudinal  musculature  found  in 
most  related  species,  often  equal  that  of  the  outer  longitudinal  layer  in 
their  middle  portions,  but  are  much  thinner  toward  their  borders. 
Back  toward  the  middle  portions  of  the  proboscis  they  become  gradually 
thinner,  and  more  posteriorly  eventually  disappear,  allowing  the  inter- 
nal epithelium  to  border  the  circular  muscles  without  interruption  ex- 
cept from  the  nervous  layer.  Where  the  two  longitudinal  bands  are  pre- 
sent the  proboscis  nerves  are  well  developed  as  a  single  pair  of  flattened 
cords  which  lie  immediately  external  to  those  bands,  but  after  the  bands 
disappear,  the  nerves  spread  out  as  a  plexus  lying  between  the  circular 
muscles  and  basement  layer  of  the  internal  epithelium,  as  in  related 
species.  This  peculiar  arrangement  of  the  musculature  presents  a  con- 
dition intermediate  between  those  members  of  the  family  Lineida?  in 
which  the  three  layers  are  well  developed,  and  those  (such  as  Lineus 
flavescens,  for  example)  in  which  the  internal  longitudinal  layer  is  com- 
pletely wanting.  In  the  posterior  portions  of  the  proboscis  only  longi- 
tudinal fibers  occur,  and  these  are  bounded  externally  by  a  thin  fibrous 
layer,  and  internally  by  a  thin  epithelium  lining  the  proboscis  cavity. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  Esophagus   divided    into    two    well-marked 

portions,  separated  by  a  constriction,  and  distinguished  by  differences 

in  the  epithelial  lining  similar  to  those  which  Miss  Thompson  has 

recently  described  for  Zygezipolia  (I9O2).1     The  mouth,  situated  as 

1  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1901,  p.  709. 


l82  COE 

usual,  opens  into  the  typical,  broad  esophagus  with  greatly  convoluted 
walls  lined  with  highly  columnar  ciliated  epithelium  and  provided 
with  an  abundance  of  glands.  Exactly  in  the  region  of  the  nephridio- 
pores,  however,  or  at  about  one -fifth  the  distance  to  the  intestinal 
region,  a  marked  change  occurs.  The  esophageal  lumen  becomes  nar- 
row and  situated  immediately  beneath  the  proboscis  sheath,  while  be- 
neath and  beside  it  appears  a  second  broad  canal  —  posterior  esophageal 
chamber  or  stomach,  as  it  may  be  called.  This  is  likewise  devoid  of 
lateral  diverticula.  A  few  sections  back  of  the  anterior  end  of  this 
posterior  chamber,  the  narrow,  terminal  portion  of  the  esophagus 
proper,  or  anterior  esophageal  chamber,  opens.  The  epithelial  lining 
the  posterior  chamber  differs  conspicuously  from  that  of  the  anterior 
chamber.  In  the  latter  the  ciliated  cells  are  situated  superficially  and 
their  nuclei  are  not  far  removed  from  the  surface,  while  the  glandular 
cells  lie  mainly  at  a  lower  level  and  have  their  nuclei  farther  from  the 
surface.  In  the  posterior  esophageal  chamber,  on  the  other  hand,  a 
comparatively  small  proportion  of  the  cells  are  ciliated,  and  the  nuclei 
of  all  are  far  removed  from  the  surface.  The  cells  are  all  very  slender, 
and  are  thickly  packed  with  small  granules  of  secretions.  The  free 
surfaces  of  the  cells  appear  to  be  irregular,  and  are  covered  with  the 
secretion  which  partially  fills  the  lumen  of  the  esophagus,  so  that  it  is 
often  difficult  to  determine  exactly  where  the  cells  terminate.  In  this 
respect  they  differ  greatly  from  those  in  the  anterior  chamber,  where 
the  ciliated  cells  always  show  a  sharp  and  distinct  free  border. 

The  posterior  chamber  is  fully  four  times  as  long  as  the  anterior, 
and  at  its  posterior  extremity  enters  the  broad  cavity  of  the  intestine 
proper,  which  is  provided  with  the  usual  lateral  diverticula,  and  ex- 
hibits the  usual  histological  features.  The  transition  from  the  pos- 
terior esophageal  chamber  to  the  intestine  is  very  abrupt  in  both  its 
anatomical  and  histological  features.  The  circular  muscular  layer  of 
the  body  walls  becomes  much  thinner  at  this  point,  and  the  body  is 
flatter  and  wider,  as  described  above.  The  intestine  at  its  anterior  end 
becomes  correspondingly  wide  and  flat,  with  broad  lateral  diverticula. 
The  lumen,  on  the  other  hand,  becomes  much  narrower,  and  the  epi- 
thelial lining  several  times  as  thick  as  in  the  posterior  esophageal  cham- 
ber. As  in  other  species,  the  cells  are  large,  without  distinct  outlines, 
and  packed  with  peculiar  spherical  masses  of  deep-staining  secretions. 
The  nuclei  are  pushed  deep  into  the  bases  of  the  cells.  The  general 
appearance,  therefore,  of  these  two  portions  of  the  alimentary  canal  is 
vastly  different,  although  not  so  sharply  marked  as  in  other  forms 
where  the  esophagus  exhibits  less  specialized  portions. 


NEMERTEANS  183 

The  posterior  esophageal  cavity  —  'stomach/  or  gastric  portion  of 
esophagus,  as  it  may  be  called — is  by  no  means  a  structure  peculiar 
to  the  species  at  hand,  for  indications  of  a  specialized  posterior  portion 
have  often  been  described  for  the  esophagus  of  other  species.  Yet  in 
no  other  Heteronemertean  has  this  chamber  been  found  to  be  so  highly 
differentiated.  The  transition  is  usually  far  more  gradual,  especially 
between  the  stomach  and  the  intestine,  as  is  the  case  in  Zygcupolia. 
The  general  nature  of  the  cavity  resembles  the  intestinal  caecum  of 
the  Hoplonemerteans  far  more  than  it  does  the  so-called  '  stomach ' 
(Magendarm)  of  these  forms. 

Stood  and  Nephridial  Systems.  —  Cephalic  blood  lacuna?,  lateral 
vessels,  and  anastomosing  blood  spaces  about  esophagus  as  in  related 
species.  Rhynchocoel  vessel  short,  leaving  the  cavity  of  the  proboscis 
sheath  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  nephridiopores,  or  at  about 
one-fifth  the  distance  from  mouth  to  intestinal  region. 

Nephridial  system  remarkably  short,  but  with  rather  large  branches. 
It  commences  anteriorly  a  short  distance  behind  the  mouth  and  is 
limited  to  the  anterior  fifth  of  the  esophageal  region.  The  main  longi- 
tudinal canal  on  each  side  is  situated  as  usual  in  the  angle  between  the 
proboscis  sheath  and  the  esophagus,  and  the  branches  ramify  about  the 
esophageal  blood  spaces.  After  an  extent  of  less  than  one-fifth  the 
length  of  the  esophageal  region,  each  of  the  two  longitudinal  canals 
swells  out  into  a  comparatively  large  chamber  from  which  the  rather 
large  efferent  duct  passes  above  the  lateral  nerve  to  the  nephridiopores, 
situated  as  usual  on  the  dorso-lateral  surface  of  the  body.  The  nephrid- 
ial  canals  do  not  extend  farther  posteriorly  than  the  position  of  the 
nephridiopores,  which  are  strictly  paired. 

Nervous  System  and  Sense  Organs.  —  These  structures  present  no 
noteworthy  peculiarities.  Terminal,  or  frontal,  sense  organs  appar- 
ently wanting.  Cerebral  sense  organs  well  developed  and  closely 
united  with  posterior  surfaces  of  dorsal  ganglia.  The  canal  by  which 
each  of  the  sense  organs  communicates  with  the  posterior  end  of  the 
corresponding  cephalic  furrow  is  broad  and  short. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  No  sexual  products  are  present  in  speci- 
mens collected  in  August  and  September. 

Habitat.  —  A  few  specimens  of  this  beautifully  colored  species 
were  found  on  piles  in  San  Pedro  Harbor,  Calif.  A  single  specimen 
was  found  by  Mrs.  Cockerell  on  a  kelp  'hold-fast'  outside  the  same 
harbor.  The  species  also  occurs  sparingly  on  the  piles  at  Monterey, 
Caiif. 


184  COE 

1 8.    LINEUS   FLAVESCENS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xvn,  figs.  3,  4. 

Body  of  moderate  proportions  for  the  genus  ;  head  long  and  rather 
slender,  usually  a  little  narrower  than  body,  often  pointed,  and  often 
slightly  emarginate  in  front ;  cephalic  slits  longer  than  in  most  related 
species  ;  esophageal  region  rounded  ;  intestinal  region  only  moderately 
flattened  ;  posterior  extremity  rather  slender,  without  caudal  cirrus  ; 
proboscis  sheath  extends  nearly  to  posterior  end  of  body ;  proboscis 
rather  slender. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  yellowish,  but  of  a  great  variety  of 
shades  in  different  portions  of  the  body,  and  in  different  individuals. 
A  number  of  specimens  from  crevices  of  rocks  at  San  Pedro  Harbor 
were  pale  yellow,  sometimes  with  a  tinge  of  orange,  in  esophageal 
region,  and  deep  ochre  throughout  the  remainder  of  the  body  except 
the  head,  which  was  ochre  with  a  decided  tinge  of  orange.  Margins 
of  head  are  paler.  The  pale  yellow  of  esophageal  region  changes 
abruptly  to  the  ochre  of  the  intestinal  region ;  posterior  extremity  and 
whole  ventral  surface  of  body  of  a  duller,  paler  color. 

Esophageal  region  often  shows  two  distinct  regions  of  different  color, 
due  to  the  two  divisions  of  the  esophagus  described  below.  The 
anterior  pear-shaped  region  lying  next  the  mouth  is  more  deeply 
colored,  corresponding  with  the  thicker  esophageal  walls,  while  the 
remainder  of  the  region  is  usually  paler  (pi.  xvn,  fig.  4). 

Several  specimens  from  among  annelid  tubes  on  San  Pedro  break- 
water were  deep  ochre  anteriorly,  with  a  sharp,  median,  dorsal,  longi- 
tudinal white  line  which  extended  through  the  anterior  half  of  the 
esophageal  region.  The  remaining  portion  of  esophageal  region  was 
greenish  ochre,  while  the  whole  intestinal  region  was  dull  orange  (due 
largely  to  the  color  of  the  intestinal  canal),  covered  superficially  by  the 
pale  yellowish  of  the  body  walls.  Ventrally  the  color  was  dull  whitish 
on  head  and  in  anterior  esophageal  region,  then  greenish  ochre  back  as 
far  as  the  intestinal  region,  which  was  of  the  same  orange  color  as  dor- 
sal surface,  but  somewhat  duller.  Lateral  and  anterior  margins  of 
head  colorless  ;  cephalic  slits  long,  sharply  separating  the  ochre  or 
yellowish  orange  of  dorsal  surface  from  whitish  of  ventral  surface  of 
head.  Smaller  specimens  were  commonly  much  paler  in  color.  Some 
individuals  were  of  duller  colors,  with  dark  buff  intestinal  regions. 

Numerous  large  individuals  taken  in  from  50-100  fathoms  between 
San  Pedro  and  Santa  Catalina  Island  were  of  a  rich  golden  brown 
anteriorly,  with  a  tinge  of  yellowish  orange  on  the  head.  Intestinal 


NEMERTEANS  185 

region  varied  from  ochre  through  deep  buff  to  olive  brown,  sometimes 
showing  a  median  dorsal  longitudinal  stripe  of  darker,  more  brownish 
color.  These  were  filled  with  mature  sexual  products. 

In  all  these  varieties  the  brain  region  was  indicated  by  its  more  rosy 
color,  and  this  was  sometimes  quite  conspicuous.  The  lateral  and 
anterior  margins  of  head  were  always  very  pale  or  colorless.  The 
esophageal  region  showed  clearly  the  two  divisions  of  the  esophageal 
walls,  as  seen  through  the  somewhat  translucent  body  walls.  The 
ventral  surface  of  head  is  much  paler  than  dorsal  surface,  while 
throughout  remainder  of  body  the  ventral  differs  from  the  dorsal  sur- 
face in  color  mainly  in  having  a  duller  and  more  whitish  tinge.  A  paler 
median  dorsal  line  in  intestinal  region,  indicating  the  position  of  the 
proboscis  sheath,  is  often  present. 

Proboscis  straw  color  or  slightly  yellowish. 

Size.  —  Small,  pale-colored  individuals  were  8-15  mm.  long; 
others  20-40  mm.,  while  those  from  deeper  water  were  often  80-120 
mm.  in  length,  with  a  diameter  of  2-3  mm. 

Ocelli.  —  On  each  side  of  tip  of  head  is  a  transverse  row  of  irregular 
pigment  masses  (pi.  xvn,  figs.  3,4).  These  are  very  variable  in  shape, 
in  size,  and  in  number,  and  vary  in  color  from  blood  red  to  purple  or  black. 
There  are  commonly  three  to  seven  irregular  groups  of  pigment  granules 
on  each  side,  and  of  these  the  more  anterior  are  the  larger.  Those  of  the 
two  sides  are  separated  by  a  fairly  wide  pale  area  above  the  proboscis 
pore,  and  extend  as  a  single  row  along  each  antero-lateral  margin  of 
the  head.  Commonly  the  ocellus  lying  most  anteriorly  is  much  larger 
than  any  of  the  others,  while  the  three  or  four  most  posterior  ones  are 
represented  by  minute  dots  only.  The  number  of  ocelli  may  not  be 
the  same  on  the  two  sides,  and  perhaps  in  the  majority  of  cases  it  is 
impossible  to  determine  the  exact  number  because  the  pigment  granules 
are  so  much  scattered.  Often  there  is  an  irregular  row  of  scattered 
pigment  masses,  grouped  irregularly,  but  not  arranged  into  definite 
ocelli.  These  appear  to  have  arisen  from  a  fragmentation  of  ocelli 
which  have  previously  existed. 

Whether  the  ocelli  should  be  blood  red,  wine  color,  purple  or  black, 
seemed  to  be  an  individual  peculiarity,  and  was  not  always  correlated 
with  the  color  of  the  body  or  the  environment  under  which  the  animal 
lived.  It  is  to  be  noted,  however,  that  most  of  the  individuals  dredged 
among  the  red  seaweeds  had  wine-colored  or  purple  ocelli. 

As  seen  in  sections,  only  the  anterior  pair  of  ocelli  usually  possess  a 
well-developed  visual  apparatus,  with  distinct,  cup-shaped  retina  hav- 
ing long,  spindle-shaped  sensory  cells.  They  lie  very  deep  in  the 


186  COE 

tissues  of  the  head  on  either  side  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  rhyncho- 
daeum.  The  retina  faces  ventrally.  The  remaining  ocelli  are  much 
simpler  in  structure. 

In  internal  organization  this  species  shows  a  close  resemblance  to 
L.  rubescens,  and  hence  a  considerable  departure  from  the  typical 
species  of  the  genus  in  many  details  of  structure.  The  close  similarity 
in  many  anatomical  features  between  these  two  species  and  Zygeu- 
polia,  as  described  by  Miss  Thompson  (I9O2),1  is  very  striking,  and 
serves  to  unite  this  genus  more  closely  to  the  other  members  of  the 
Lineidae. 

Proboscis.  —  Proboscis  sheath  does  not  extend  to  end  of  body. 
Proboscis  attached  to  dorsal  wall  of  sheath  at  the  posterior  end  of  the 
esophageal  region,  and  only  a  few  sections  in  front  of  the  intestine,  by 
a  powerful  retractor  muscle.  In  this  same  region  the  circular  muscles 
of  proboscis  sheath  extend  ventrally  to  surround  the  esophagus  with 
a  rather  thick  layer  of  circular  muscles.  The  fibers  are  connected  to 
some  extent  with  the  main  circular  muscular  layer  of  the  body  walls 
by  a  crossing  of  fibers  immediately  above  the  proboscis  sheath.  This 
recalls  the  great  thickness  of  the  inner  circular  muscles  found  in  this 
same  region  in  Carinoma.  A  similar  condition  has  been  described 
for  Micrura  alaskensis  (Coe,  1901), 2 and  Miss  Thompson  (1902)*  has 
recently  described  for  Zygeupolia  littoralis  and  Micrura  cceca  a  well- 
defined  inner  circular  layer  in  this  region,  and  has  shown  its  apparent 
homology  with  the  inner  circular  muscular  layer  of  Carinella,  Carz- 
noma  and  other  Paleonemerteans. 

This  localized  inner  muscular  layer  doubtless  serves  the  double  pur- 
pose of  holding  the  proboscis  sheath,  with  its  attached  proboscis, 
firmly  in  place  among  the  other  tissues,  and  of  providing  a  strong 
annular  constriction  between  the  esophagus  and  intestine.  By  the 
action  of  this  sphincter,  food  materials,  having  entered  the  intestine, 
may  be  prevented  from  returning  to  the  esophagus.  Furthermore, 
the  esophagus  may  under  some  circumstances  act  as  a  respiratory 
organ,  as  described  by  Wilson  (1900)*  for  Cerebratithts  lacteus,  and 
as  I  have  observed  in  other  species,  and  in  this  case  the  muscular  con- 
striction will  prevent  the  water  from  passing  back  into  the  intestine. 

The  muscular  walls  of  the  proboscis  consist  of  the  outer  longitudinal 
and  inner  circular  layers  only.  The  inner  longitudinal  layer,  which  is 

1Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1901,  pp.  657-732. 

2  Preceding  article,  p.  72. 

8 Loc.  ct't.,  p.  667. 

*  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.,  XLin,  p.  109. 


NEMERTEANS  187 

represented  in  L.  rubescens  merely  by  two  bands  of  longitudinal  fibers 
(as  described  on  p.  181),  is  here  wanting  completely.  The  two  pro- 
boscis nerves  are  conspicuous  in  the  anterior  portions,  but  farther  back 
spread  out  into  a  plexus  as  usual.  The  basement  layer  of  the  proboscis 
epithelium  is  therefore  separated  from  the  circular  muscular  layer  only 
by  the  nerves  or  nervous  plexus,  as  described  on  p.  181  for  L,.  rubescens. 
A  precisely  similar  condition  has  recently  been  described  for  Zygeu- 
polia  by  Miss  Thompson  (I9O2),1  and  is  known  in  other  species  of 
the  Lineidse. 

Cephalic  glands  are  well  developed,  but  extend  backward  only  to 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  brain  region. 

Cutis  Glands.  —  In  the  esophageal  region  the  cutis  glands  form  a 
thick  and  distinct  layer  in  the  midst  of  the  outer  longitudinal  muscles. 
Anteriorly  they  lie  well  toward  the  periphery  of  this  muscular  layer, 
but  sink  gradually  deeper  until  in  the  nephridial  region  they  lie  in  con- 
tact with  the  circular  muscles  dorsally  and  ventrally.  This  condition 
is  retained  in  the  intestinal  region,  as  was  described  for  L.  rztbescens. 

Cephalic  Ftirrows. —  These  are  deep,  and  broaden  out  dorso- 
ventrally  on  their  internal  faces  near  their  posterior  ends.  The  canal 
leading  to  the  cerebral  sense  organ  on  each  side  joins  the  posterior, 
broadened  end  of  the  corresponding  cephalic  furrow  through  a  broad 
papilla. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  Mouth  large,  elongated,  situated  opposite 
posterior  ends  of  cephalic  slits.  As  stated  above,  the  esophagus  is 
seen  in  the  living  worm  to  be  divided  into  two  distinct  regions.  These 
consist  of  an  anterior,  pear-shaped  cavity  (pi.  xvn,  fig.  4)  immedi- 
ately behind  the  mouth  and  a  posterior  tube,  or  posterior  esophageal 
chamber,  connecting  with  the  intestine.  The  anterior  cavity  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  much  thicker,  convoluted  walls  and  deeper  color. 
At  its  posterior  end  this  chamber  is  widened  considerably,  and  is  then 
abruptly  constricted  as  it  opens  into  the  posterior  esophageal  chamber, 
or  stomach.  This  latter  portion  has  thinner  walls  and  paler  color,  and 
likewise  exhibits  a  constriction  just  before  it  opens  into  the  intestine. 
There  are  very  marked  histological  differences  between  these  two  por- 
tions of  the  alimentary  canal,  but  the  conditions  are  here  so  very 
similar  to  those  described  for  L.  rubescens  that  the  detailed  descriptions 
given  on  p.  182  apply  equally  well  for  the  species  at  hand.  Perfectly 
similar  conditions  have  recently  been  described  for  Zygeupolia  and 
other  forms. 

The  remarkable  development  of  circular  muscles  about  the  posterior 

1Loc.  cit.,  p.  693. 


i88  COE 

end  of  the  esophagus  forms  a  strong  sphincter  between  the  posterior 
esophageal  chamber  (stomach)  and  the  intestine,  as  described  above. 

Blood  and  Nephridial  Systems.  —  Cephalic  and  esophageal  lacunae 
as  in  related  species.  Proboscis  sheath  vessel  passes  outside  rhyn- 
chocoel  in  the  nephridial  region,  or  at  about  the  point  where  the  ante- 
rior esophageal  cavity  opens  into  the  stomach. 

The  main  nephridial  canals  are  of  large  size,  but  of  limited  extent. 
They  are  situated  beside  the  posterior  fourth  of  the  anterior  esophageal 
chamber,  and  the  anterior  third  of  the  posterior  esophageal  chamber, 
or  stomach.  In  one  small  specimen  sectioned  there  was  but  a  single 
pair  of  large  efferent  ducts,  while  in  a  larger  individual  there  were  two 
pairs.  In  the  former  case  the  ducts  were  exactly  paired,  while  in  the 
latter  both  the  ducts  on  one  side  were  in  front  of  the  more  anterior  of 
those  on  the  other. 

Nervous  System.  —  Brain  and  nervous  system  show  no  marked 
deviations  from  the  condition  typical  of  the  genus.  The  frontal  sense 
organ  appears  to  be  represented  by  a  crescent-shaped  groove  above  the 
Bubterminal  proboscis  pore. 

Habitat.  —  In  crevices  of  rocks  between  tides,  Dead  Man's  Island, 
San  Pedro  Harbor;  among  annelid  tubes,  breakwater,  San  Pedro, 
Calif. ;  not  very  abundant ;  one  specimen  from  a  floating  kelp  '  hold- 
fast'off  San  Pedro  Harbor  (Mrs.  Cockerell)  ;  common  among  red 
algaa  in  5ofms.  between  San  Pedro  and  Santa  Catalina  Island. 

The  worms  belonging  to  this  species  are  remarkably  hardy  and  will 
live  for  more  than  a  day  in  damp  seaweed  at  a  temperature  of  70—80° 
F.,  and  may  be  kept  for  a  long  time  in  confinement  in  a  small  quan- 
tity of  sea  water.  Sexual  products  appeared  to  be  fully  mature  in 
August,  but  in  some  individuals  had  been  previously  discharged. 

19.   LINEUS  PICTIFRONS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xvu,  figs.  5,  6. 

Body  of  large  size,  remarkably  soft  and  flabby,  very  changeable  in 
shape,  but  usually  somewhat  flattened  throughout.  Body  often  snarled 
and  tied  in  knots ;  much  fluted  longitudinally,  and  constricted  trans- 
versely when  contracted.  Head  narrower  than  body,  elongated,  often 
emarginate  in  front,  narrower  at  posterior  end  of  cephalic  slits  than  in 
its  middle  portion.  Cephalic  slits  unusually  long,  rosy  in  color  pos- 
teriorly, sometimes  bordered  by  a  narrow  line  of  white.  When  con- 
tracted, body  is  thick,  and  not  flattened,  except  near  anterior  end. 
Posterior  extremity  rather  slender,  rounded,  not  flattened. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body,  both  above  and  below,  deep  brown, 


NEMERTEANS  189 

chestnut,  or  slaty,  with  a  tinge  of  green  in  reflected  light,  or  of  plumbago 
or  bluish  when  seen  in  shadow.  Sometimes  a  reddish  tinge  is  given  to 
the  brown,  and  there  is  usually  a  soft,  velvety  sheen.  Head  has  a  rosy 
or  chestnut  tinge  beneath  the  brown.  Tip  of  tail  very  pale  in  color. 

Throughout  the  whole  body  is  usually  found  a  series  of  transverse 
and  longitudinal  yellowish  markings  on  dorsal  surface.  The  trans- 
verse markings  are  the  more  conspicuous  and  consist  of  a  series  of 
lemon  yellow  rings.  The  more  anterior  of  these  commonly  encircle 
the  whole  body,  while  farther  back  they  appear  on  dorsal  surface  only. 
They  are  all  much  widened  in  the  median  line,  and  in  some  specimens 
appear  to  consist  only  of  a  series  of  diamond-shaped  median  markings. 
More  commonly,  however,  each  marking  continues  laterally  as  a  fine 
line  which  completely  encircles  the  body,  although  many  are  inter- 
rupted on  the  ventral  surface.  In  the  posterior  half  of  the  intestinal 
region  these  markings  do  not  usually  appear  on  the  ventral  surface. 
In  some  specimens  the  markings  are  very  much  obscured  and  occa- 
sionally are  almost  completely  wanting.  The  first  transverse  marking 
occurs  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  cephalic  furrows,  and  this  is  usually 
much  larger  and  more  conspicuous  than  any  of  the  others  (pi.  xvn, 
fig.  5)  although  it  does  not  extend  to  the  ventral  surface.  On  a  worm 
of  10-20  cm.  in  length  there  are  usually  sixty  to  one  hundred  or  more 
of  these  transverse  rings. 

The  dorsal  surface  is  corrugated  with  longitudinal  flutings,  except 
when  the  animal  is  fully  extended.  These  flutings  are  accentuated  by 
very  fine,  hair-like  longitudinal  lines  of  ochre  or  orange  color  which 
extend  throughout  most  of  the  dorsal  surface.  They  are  not  only  very 
fine,  but  are  much  interrupted  and  irregular,  usually  wavy,  and  often 
consist  of  rows  of  elongated  dots  of  color.  On  the  head  the  lines  are 
much  interrupted  and  consist  mainly  of  rows  of  very  minute  dots. 
On  the  ventral  surface  they  are  entirely  wanting  throughout  the  body. 
On  the  dorsal  surface  there  are  commonly  about  seven  to  fifteen  or 
more  of  the  fine  lines,  of  which  the  one  in  the  median  dorsal  line  is 
more  distinct  than  the  others,  and  connects  the  transverse,  diamond- 
shaped,  pale  yellow  markings  described  above.  On  each  side  of  the 
median  line  the  lines  are  sometimes  arranged  rather  symmetrically,  but 
are  sometimes  almost  entirely  lacking.  This  is  often  the  case  in  the 
posterior  half  of  the  body.  In  many  specimens  the  lines  are  seen  only 
when  very  carefully  examined,  and  in  some  others  appear  to  be  en- 
tirely lacking.  Sometimes  they  are  wanting  anteriorly  to  the  third  or 
fourth  transverse  yellow  marking.  The  transverse  markings  are  of  a 
much  paler  yellow  than  are  the  longitudinal  lines. 


COE 

Especially  characteristic  is  the  peculiar  coloring  on  the  tip  of  the 
head,  and  this  has  suggested  the  specific  name.  On  the  dorsal  surface 
near  tip  of  snout  is  a  narrow  terminal  border  of  white,  and  situated 
within  this  white  border  are  two  oval,  orange-colored  spots  imbedded 
in  an  area  of  lemon  yellow  (pi.  xvn,  figs.  5,  6).  Sometimes  a  few 
isolated  dark  brown  dots  are  scattered  in  the  yellow  color.  In  some 
specimens  the  orange-colored  spots  are  very  conspicuous,  while  in 
others  they  are  very  small  and  indistinct.  Sometimes  the  yellow  color 
surrounding  them  is  wanting,  but  the  white  terminal  border  is  always 
present  on  the  tip  of  the  snout,  both  above  and  below. 

After  preservation  in  formalin  the  head  becomes  much  contracted 
and  wrinkled,  the  cephalic  slits  become  short,  and  the  body  assumes 
a  dull  black  or  slaty  color,  without  indications  of  the  characteristic 
yellow  markings  seen  in  life. 

Mouth  large,  with  pale  lips,  reaching  forward  to  the  posterior  ends 
of  the  cephalic  slits. 

Proboscis  salmon  or  flesh-colored,  very  long  and  slender. 

Size. — Usually  about  15  cm.  in  length  and  3—4  mm.  in  width, 
although  individuals  were  found  as  small  as  15  mm.  long,  while  a 
single  specimen  measured  nearly  50  cm. 

Proboscis.  —  Provided  with  two  muscular  layers  only,  the  internal 
longitudinal  muscles  being  wanting.  There  is  a  well-marked  crossing 
of  fibers  between  the  circular  muscles  and  the  outer  fibrous  layer,  as  in 
many  related  species. 

Body  Walls.  —  Structure  of  body  walls  as  in  other  representatives 
of  genus.  The  pigment  which  gives  the  dark  color  to  the  body  is 
situated  as  a  very  dense  layer  of  minute  pigment  granules  immediately 
beneath  the  epithelium  throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  body.  It 
is  even  present  as  a  less  distinct  layer  beneath  the  epithelium  of  the 
cephalic  furrows,  and  is  lacking  only  in  a  narrow  area  immediately 
surrounding  the  proboscis  pore.  This  area  corresponds  to  the  white 
zone  seen  in  life  at  the  tip  of  the  snout.  So  dense  is  the  pigment  layer 
that  if  ocelli  were  situated  in  it  they  would  be  very  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish. They  are  probably  not  present,  however,  for  they  do  not 
appear  in  any  of  the  sections. 

A  rather  thin  layer  of  connective  tissue  is  found  beneath  the  cutis 
glands,  which  indicates  an  approach  to  the  condition  of  a  true  cutis. 
The  cutis  glands  are  massed  in  a  distinct  layer  just  beneath  the  pigment 
layer,  and  do  not  extend  among  the  fibers  of  the  outer  longitudinal  mus- 
cles even  in  the  intestinal  region.  They  are  usually  distinctly,  though 
not  widely,  separated  from  these  muscles  by  the  thin  fibrous  layer. 


NEMERTEANS  I 9! 

Cephalic  glands  form  a  voluminous  and  well-marked  mass  of  deeply 
staining  glands  which  extends  back  both  dorsally  and  ventrally  nearly 
to  the  brain.  Their  secretions  are  discharged  anteriorly  at  the  tip  of 
the  snout  as  in  the  Tagniosomicke. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  The  esophageal  region  is  remarkably  short  in 
comparison  with  the  total  length  of  the  body  There  is  a  very  short 
esophagus  lined  with  the  characteristic  glandular  and  ciliated  cells. 
At  the  posterior  end  of  this  is  a  decided  constriction,  or  sphincter, 
which  opens  into  a  widened  posterior  chamber  without  lateral  pouches, 
but  having  a  lining  of  epithelium  not  widely  different  from  that  of 
the  intestine.  This  posterior  cavity  is  even  shorter  than  the  esophagus 
proper,  and  gradually  passes  into  the  true  intestine  with  its  paired 
lateral  pouches.  The  esophagus  proper  is  sometimes  only  as  long  as 
the  transverse  diameter  of  the  body,  and  hence,  much  shorter  than  in 
most  related  species.  The  cavity  behind  this  evidently  corresponds  to 
the  '  stomach,'  as  described  by  Miss  Thompson  ( I9O2)1  for  Zygeupolia, 
and  is  doubtless  homologous  with  the  posterior  esophageal  cavity  of 
Lineus  rzibescens  and  L.  Jlavescens,  as  described  above.  In  these 
latter  species,  however,  the  epithelial  lining  of  this  cavity  is  markedly 
different  from  that  of  either  the  esophagus  or  intestine,  while  in  L. 
pictifrons,  as  in  Zygetipolia,  it  resembles  the  intestinal  epithelium 
very  closely. 

Although  the  change  from  esophagus  to  '  stomach '  is  very  abrupt 
both  anatomically  and  histologically,  yet  it  is  quite  impossible  to  deter- 
mine exactly  where  the  stomach  ends  and  the  intestine  proper  begins. 
The  anterior  intestinal  pouches  are  but  slightly  indicated  and  pass 
gradually  into  the  wavy  outlines  of  the  stomach,  and  the  histological 
features  show  a  similar  gradation.  The  cells  of  the  axial  cavity  of  the 
intestine  retain  the  appearance  of  the  stomach  cells  for  some  distance 
posteriorly  as  in  Zygeupolia. 

An  internal  circular  muscular  layer,  such  as  is  described  above  for 
L.  rubescens  and  L.  flavescens  just  anterior  to  the  intestine,  is  not 
found  in  the  present  species. 

Blood  and  Nephridial  Systems.  —  There  is  the  usual  arrangement 
of  cephalic  blood  lacunae,  lateral  lacunas,  rhynchocrcl  vessel,  etc. 
Branches  of  the  lateral  lacunas  surround  the  esophagus,  and  are  gath* 
ered  into  a  single  pair  of  vessels  in  the  region  of  the  stomach.  In  this 
region  there  are  five  large  vessels  in  a  transverse  section  of  the  body  — 
the  rhynchocoel  vessel,  the  pair  of  lateral  lacuna?  situated  in  the  angle 
between  stomach  and  proboscis  sheath,  and  the  pair  of  ventral  vessels 

JProc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1901,  p.  709. 


COE 

situated  latero-ventrally  beneath  the  stomach.  At  the  beginning  of  the 
intestinal  region  the  lateral  lacunas  pass  ventrally  to  join  the  ventral 
vessels,  which  continue  to  posterior  end  of  body.  The  rhynchocoel 
vessel  passes  beneath  the  proboscis  sheath  at  the  beginning  of  the  intes- 
tinal region. 

The  nephridia  are  limited  to  about  the  middle  half  of  the  very  short 
region  of  the  esophagus  proper,  and  are  consequently  much  less  ex- 
tensive than  usual.  The  main  longitudinal  canal  on  each  side  lies  on 
the  lateral  wall  of  the  lateral  blood  lacuna  and  sends  branches  among 
the  esophageal  lacunae.  A  single  pair  of  efferent  ducts  pass  to  the  ex- 
terior above  the  lateral  nerves  as  usual.  In  one  individual,  one  of  the 
efferent  ducts  was  peculiar  in  that  it  branched  just  outside  the  circular 
muscular  layer.  Only  one  of  its  branches  passed  to  the  exterior  while 
the  other  penetrated  only  about  two-fifths  the  distance  through  the 
outer  longitudinal  muscular  layer. 

Nervous  System  and  Sense  Organs.  —  The  species  is  remarkable 
in  having  many  of  the  smaller  nerves  far  more  conspicuous  than  in 
most  other  species.  The  cephalic  nerves,  for  instance,  are  unusually 
large  and  numerous.  Esophageal  nerves  are  also  large,  with  a  distinct 
commissure  near  their  point  of  origin  from  the  ventral  brain  lobes. 
These  nerves  join  in  a  distinct  plexus  beneath  the  esophagus  a  short 
distance  behind  the  mouth.  The  dorso-median  nerve  is  clearly  marked 
and  of  remarkably  large  size.  The  internal  dorso-median  nerve, 
found  in  many  species  directly  beneath  the  former  and  internal  to  the 
circular  muscular  layer,  is  likewise  well  developed  in  this  species. 

The  brain  is  massive.  The  cerebral  sense  organs  are  correspond- 
ingly voluminous,  and  as  usual  are  bathed  posteriorly  in  the  large  lateral 
blood  lacunae.  The  cephalic  furrows  are  of  moderate  depth,  and  their 
lining  of  regularly  arranged  epithelial  cells  with  long  cilia  furnishes 
strong  evidence  of  their  sensory  functions. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  are  fully  mature  in 
August. 

Habitat.  —  One  specimen  measuring  nearly  half  a  meter  in  length 
was  found  by  Miss  Robertson,  of  the  University  of  California,  in  the 
crevices  of  a  rock  at  Dead  Man's  Island,  San  Pedro,  Calif.  Other  speci- 
mens of  much  smaller  size  were  found  among  worm  tubes  and  under 
stones  in  the  same  locality.  The  species  is  rather  common  in  mud 
among  tunicates  growing  on  the  piles  of  wharves  in  San  Pedro  Harbor, 
where  the  worms  are  usually  from  15  mm.  to  15  cm.  in  length. 
Dredged  in  several  localities  off  San  Pedro  in  2  to  20  fms. 


NEMERTEANS  1 93 

20.  LINEUS  ALBOLINEATUS  sp.  nov. 

Pl.  XVII,  fig.  2. 

Body  of  moderate  proportions  for  genus,  rounded  in  esophageal 
region  and  flattened  posteriorly.  Esophageal  region  longer  in  propor- 
tion to  length  of  body  than  in  related  species.  Head  short,  broad, 
commonly  a  little  wider  than  neck,  but  not  distinctly  demarcated, 
often  slightly  emarginate  in  front,  flattened  moderately.  Cephalic 
furrows  deep,  of  moderate  length,  and,  in  most  states  of  contraction  of 
head,  well  separated  anteriorly ;  when  strongly  contracted,  however, 
reaching  nearly  to  proboscis  pore  as  usual.  Mouth  small,  situated 
about  as  far  back  as  posterior  ends  of  cephalic  furrows.  Proboscis 
small,  with  peculiarities  as  described  below. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  body  deep  chocolate  brown  or  olive 
brown,  with  very  conspicuous,  clearly  marked,  white  or  pale  lemon 
yellow  stripe  extending  whole  length  of  body  in  the  median  dorsal  line. 
On  the  head  this  median  stripe  widens  out  to  form  a  broad,  pear-shaped 
white  marking  (pi.  xvn,  fig.  2)  which  is  often  two-thirds  to  three- 
fourths  as  wide  as  head.  It  is  broadest,  and  often  slightly  emarginate, 
very  near  the  tip  of  the  snout,  gradually  becoming  narrower  through 
about  half  the  length  of  the  head,  where  it  is  lost  in  the  dorsal  stripe 
which  continues  throughout  the  body.  The  narrow  terminal  border 
lying  in  front  of  the  white  marking  on  head  is  paler  brown  and  more 
reddish  than  the  general  color  of  body.  In  some  individuals  a  faint 
reddish  line  extends  from  each  cephalic  furrow  backward  along  the 
lateral  margin  of  the  body.  Occasionally  this  line  becomes  quite 
distinct. 

Ventral  of  same  color  as  dorsal  surface.  A  more  rosy  coloring 
marks  the  position  of  the  brain.  Cephalic  furrows  often  marked  by 
a  slightly  paler,  rosy  color.  Intestinal  region  inclining  toward  an 
olive  brown  shade.  White  dorsal  stripe  very  sharply  marked,  with- 
out gradation  into  adjacent  color.  It  averages  about  one  eighth  as  wide 
as  body,  but  is  rather  more  irregular  and  less  conspicuous  posteriorly. 

Ventral  side  of  head  reddish  brown ;  tip  of  snout  ventrally  more 
distinctly  reddish ;  mouth  reddish  inside,  lips  paler. 

In  formalin,  and  even  after  imbedding  in  paraffin,  the  worms  retain 
their  dark  brown  color  with  the  strongly  marked  dorsal  stripe  and 
cephalic  marking  as  in  life.  In  addition,  a  pair  of  narrow  lines  of 
light  color  appear  on  the  lateral  margins,  corresponding  to  the  faint, 
reddish  lines  seen  in  life.  They  are  continuous  with  the  cephalic 
furrows,  and  lie  exactly  on  the  lateral  margins  throughout  the  body. 


i94 


COE 


Size.  —  Length  100—150  mm.  in  extension ;  width  2  mm.  or  more. 

Ocelli.  —  Apparently  wanting,  although  some  irregular  masses  of 
reddish  brown  pigment  on  the  sides  of  the  head  may  perhaps  be  con- 
cerned with  light  perception. 

Proboscis.  —  The  pair  of  proboscis  nerves  lying  internal  to  the 
circular  muscular  layer  are  remarkably  conspicuous.  Inner  longitu- 
dinal muscular  layer  almost  completely  wanting ;  consequently  the 
pair  of  nerves  appear  to  lie  directly  beneath  the  inner  epithelial  layer. 
Fibrous  crosses  between  the  internal  and  external  muscular  layers  are 
very  inconspicuous,  although  they  are  sometimes  indicated.  In  many 
respects,  therefore,  the  structure  of  proboscis  approaches  the  condition 
found  in  Tccniosoma.  Proboscis  is  attached  posteriorly  at  the  bound- 
ary of  esophageal  and  intestinal  regions  by  a  broad  and  powerful 
muscle  to  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  proboscis  sheath.  Posteriorly  to  this 
point  the  cavity  of  the  sheath  is  very  small,  and  does  not  extend  very 
far  back  into  the  intestinal  region. 

Vascular  System.  — A  very  large  and  extensive  unpaired  blood 
lacuna  is  situated  in  the  head  in  front  of  the  brain,  and  completely 
surrounds  the  walls  of  the  rhynchodaeum,  except  on  the  ventral  side. 
Just  in  front  of  the  brain  the  lacuna  becomes  broken  up  into  smaller 
spaces,  which  unite  about  the  cerebral  sense  organs  into  a  single  exten- 
sive lacuna  on  each  side.  These  two  large  spaces  are  separated  only 
by  a  thin  strand  of  tissue.  Back  of  the  mouth  each  sends  off  a  series 
of  large  anastomosing  blood  spaces  around  the  lateral  and  ventral 
walls  of  the  esophagus.  These  esophageal  Iacuna3  extend  back  nearly 
two-fifths  of  the  length  of  the  esophageal  region,  where  they  unite 
again  with  the  lateral  vessels,  which  have  continued  in  the  angle 
between  the  proboscis  sheath  and  esophagus. 

Nephridia. — The  nephridial  system  is  very  short  and  is  limited  to 
the  second  fifth  of  esophageal  region.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  small 
number  and  comparatively  large  size  of  its  branches.  The  anterior 
branches  lie  on  the  outer  walls  of  the  esophageal  blood  lacunas,  while 
the  main  longitudinal  canal  on  each  side  lies  above  the  esophagus  and 
ventral  to  the  large  lateral  blood  lacuna.  After  extending  backward 
for  a  distance  of  about  0.3  mm.  (in  an  individual  100  mm.  long)  the 
branches  in  the  esophageal  lacunae  join  the  main  nephridial  trunk 
which  passes  to  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  lateral  blood  lacuna.  The  blood 
ressels  around  esophagus  extend  posteriorly  only  as  far  as  the  most 
posterior  of  these  branches.  The  main  nephridial  trunk  on  each  side 
then  becomes  situated  in  the  connective  tissue  just  above  the  lacuna  and 
extends  backward  in  this  position,  and  without  branching,  for  a  dis- 


NEMERTEANS 


195 


tance  fully  equal  to  that  occupied  by  its  branches,  or  about  0.35  mm. 
The  efferent  nephridial  duct  passes  directly  outward  from  the  posterior 
end  of  the  longitudinal  canal  and  opens  externally  a  little  dorsally  to 
the  lateral  margin  of  body. 

Cephalic  glands  remarkably  voluminous,  reaching  deep  into  tissues 
of  head  —  fully  three-fourths  the  distance  from  exterior  to  rhyncho- 
daeum  —  and  extending  posteriorly  almost  to  the  anterior  end  of  the 
brain  region,  where  they  cease  abruptly  and  completely. 

Body  Walls. — The  dark  pigment  which  gives  the  deep  color  to 
the  body,  and  which  is  not  soluble  in  alcohol,  cedar  oil  or  xylol,  is 
situated  among  the  cutis  glands  in  the  outer  longitudinal  muscular 
layer  in  small  amount,  but  its  chief  position  is  in  a  conspicuous  layer 
just  outside  the  circular  muscles.  In  the  head  it  is  scattered  through 
the  deeper  muscles  and  connective  tissues.  It  is  especially  abundant 
between  the  cephalic  furrows  and  the  rrrynchodaaum. 

In  the  anterior  esophageal  region  the  cutis  glands  reach  inward 
entirely  through  the  outer  longitudinal  muscular  layer,  except  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  lateral  margins. 

Frontal  sense  organs  not  developed  as  special  sensory  pits. 

Nervous  system  presents  no  marked  peculiarities.  Dorsal  nerve  is 
fairly  conspicuous  immediately  behind  brain,  but  is  very  little  developed 
farther  back. 

Reproductive  Organs. — From  specimens  collected  in  August,  the 
genital  products  had  evidently  been  recently  discharged. 

Habitat.  —  Dredged  in  30  fms.  off  Point  Fermin,  near  San  Pedro, 
Calif.  But  few  specimens  were  found,  and  these  inhabited  strong, 
parchment-like  tubes  among  broken  shells.  Found  also  in  20  fms.  in 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif.  (J.  F.  Abbott.) 

The  species  somewhat  resembles  the  variety  of  Linezis  bilineatus 
figured  by  Burger  in  his  Naples  Monograph  (pi.  v,  fig.  15)  in  regard 
to  the  markings  on  the  anterior  portions  of  the  body,  but  is  much  less 
slender,  and  shows  many  anatomical  differences. 

21.    LINEUS   WILSONI  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xvi,  figs.  10,  ii. 

Body  only  moderately  slender,  rounded  anteriorly,  flattened  in  in- 
testinal region,  but  with  rounded  lateral  margins.  Body  is  sometimes 
wider  in  the  intestinal  region  than  the  figure  indicates.  Head  long 
and  slender,  not  marked  off  from  body,  but  somewhat  narrower  just 
back  of  brain ;  cephalic  furrows  correspondingly  long.  Intestinal 


196  COE 

region  commonly  much  wrinkled  and  with  numerous  constrictions. 
Posterior  extremity  not  very  slender. 

Body  fragile,  often  constricted  at  the  white  rings  described  below, 
and  it  is  through  these  rings  that  the  rupture  usually  takes  place. 
Several  individuals  broke  spontaneously  at  the  third  ring,  while  the 
rings  in  front  and  behind  remained  intact.  This  third  ring  seemed  to 
be  the  usual  position  of  the  first  rupture. 

Mouth  large,  situated  immediately  behind  brain. 

Proboscis  pore  subterminal,  near  ventral  margin  of  terminal  white 
border.  Proboscis  slender,  color  very  pale,  with  a  tinge  of  yellow. 
Proboscis  sheath  extends  very  nearly  to  the  posterior  extremity  of  the 
body.  Ocelli  wanting. 

Color.  —  General  color  of  dorsal  surface  deep  chestnut  brown,  slaty 
brown,  purplish  brown,  or  occasionally  dark  drab,  the  shade  varying 
considerably  in  different  parts  of  body.  Some  individuals  are  choco- 
late brown  in  esophageal  region  and  are  much  paler  brown  posteriorly. 
The  under  side  of  the  body  is  sometimes  dark  brown  like  the  dorsal 
surface,  but  is  usually  paler,  with  a  tinge  of  gray,  and  is  occasionally 
light  drab.  Those  individuals  which  have  the  less  deep  coloring  on 
the  dorsal  surface  have  a  correspondingly  lighter  tone  on  the  under 
side  of  the  body.  When  the  intestinal  lobes  show  through  they  appear 
to  be  still  lighter  in  color. 

Head  bordered  anteriorly  by  a  narrow  terminal  band  of  white  which 
also  extends  back  along  the  borders  of  the  cephalic  slits.  The  white 
color  extends  back  a  little  farther  in  the  median-  line  than  elsewhere, 
except  on  the  margins.  Sometimes  the  white  color  extends  backward 
to  the  posterior  ends  of  the  slits,  both  above  and  below,  so  that  when 
the  slits  are  open  they  appear  white  in  color  (pi.  xvi,  fig.  10) .  White 
terminal  border  is  a  little  less  broad  on  ventral  than  on  dorsal  surface 
and  is  less  conspicuous  owing  to  the  paler  color  of  the  ventral  surface. 
Head  is  often  paler  brown  in  front  of  brain,  much  deeper  brown  an- 
teriorly next  the  white  terminal  border,  and  is  brighter  red  in  the  brain 
region  (both  above  and  below) ,  where  the  rosy  coloring  of  this  organ 
shows  through  the  superficial  darker  brown  color. 

A  series  of  very  fine  white  rings  encircles  the  body  at  intervals 
throughout  most  of  its  length.  These  rings  occasionally  show  slight 
thickenings  in  the  dorsal  median  line,  but  this  is  not  usually  the  case. 
The  first  of  these  very  narrow  rings  appears  nearly  as  far  behind  the 
brain  as  is  this  organ  from  the  tip  of  snout.  The  succeeding  rings  are 
commonly  separated  from  each  other  by  about  the  diameter  of  the  body 
in  ordinary  states  of  contraction. 


NEMERTEANS  197 

Anteriorly  the  rings  usually  encircle  the  whole  body,  but  farther 
back  they  are  merely  indicated  on  ventral  surface  by  very  fine  grayish 
lines  of  much  less  distinctness  than  on  dorsal  surface.  In  intestinal 
region  they  are  sometimes  separated  by  more  than  twice  the  diameter 
of  body  when  moderately  extended. 

In  some  individuals  the  white  rings  are  very  indistinct,  in  others  they 
are  merely  indicated  on  dorsal  surface  and  are  not  present  at  all  below, 
while  they  are  wanting  entirely  in  the  posterior  portions  of  the  body. 
The  fact  that  fission  usually  takes  place  through  these  white  rings  indi- 
cates that  there  must  be  some  peculiarity  of  the  body  walls  in  these 
regions  other  than  a  lack  or  differentiation  of  pigment.  This  is  true 
of  other  species  of  the  genus  and  of  other  genera,  notably  Carinella. 
Body  is  often  constricted  at  these  points  previous  to  rupture. 

After  preservation  the  delicate  white  rings  disappear,  and  the  body 
assumes  a  slaty  black  appearance,  sometimes  more  grayish  below,  and 
with  the  distinct  terminal  white  border. 

Size.  —  Length  commonly  7—I5  cm.;  width  about  2-6  mm. 

Body  Walls.  —  Cephalic  glands  not  well  developed.  Cutis  glands 
limited  to  a  rather  thin  but  dense  layer  external  to  the  outer  longi- 
tudinal muscles.  They  do  not  encroach  on  this  muscular  layer  to  any 
great  extent  even  in  the  intestinal  region,  nor  do  they  sink  in  among 
the  muscular  fibers.  The  pigment  to  which  the  color  of  the  body  is 
due  resides  in  the  connective  tissue  among  the  cutis  glands. 

Nephridial  and  Blood  Systems. — The  nephridia  are  well  devel- 
oped, and  extend  through  more  than  half  the  esophageal  region. 
They  reach  anteriorly  well  toward  the  mouth,  and  send  large  branches 
among  the  esophageal  lacunae.  In  each  of  two  specimens  sectioned 
there  was  a  single  pair  of  large  efferent  ducts  a  little  in  front  of  the 
middle  of  the  esophageal  region.  In  another  specimen  a  single  acces- 
sory duct  was  found  on  one  side,  situated  a  considerable  distance  behind 
the  normal  pair  and  toward  the  posterior  end  of  the  nephridia.  The 
single  pair  of  efferent  ducts  is  usually  situated  somewhat  anterior  to 
the  middle  of  the  nephridial  region. 

Cephalic  and  esophageal  blood  lacunae  large;  numerous  large  blood 
lacunae  also  surround  the  mouth.  Proboscis  sheath  vessel  leaves  the 
rhynchocffil  a  little  in  front  of  the  intestinal  region. 

Nervous  system  and  sense  organs  show  few  deviations  from  those  of 
related  species.  There  is  a  large  commissure  of  the  esophageal  nerves 
just  in  front  of  the  mouth.  The  cephalic  furrows  are  very  deep  and 
long.  Frontal  sense  organs  are  present  and  well  developed.  They  are 
situated  in  three  well  marked  pits,  of  which  one  is  situated  above  the 


198  COE 

proboscis  pore  and  one  on  each  side,  as  in  many  related  species,  but 
are  well  separated  from  the  proboscis  pore. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  had  evidently  been  re- 
cently discharged  from  specimens  collected  in  August. 

Habitat.  —  Common  at  Monterey,  Calif.,  among  kelp  'hold-fasts' 
attached  to  stones  on  sandy  or  rocky  bottom  in  2  fms.  Pacific  Grove, 
in  crevices  of  rocks  and  under  stones  at  low  water.  Dredged  in  several 
localities  off  San  Pedro  in  2  to  20  fms. 

The  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Prof.  C.  B.  Wilson,  of  Westfield, 
Mass.,  well  known  for  his  work  on  Nemertean  development,  to  whom 
I  am  indebted  for  several  specimens  of  this  and  of  other  Nemerteans, 
and  for  valuable  notes  on  a  number  of  the  species  described  in  this 
paper. 

22.     MICRURA  NIGRIROSTRIS  sp.  nov. 
pi.  xvii,  figs.  7,  8. 

Body  of  small  size,  only  moderately  slender,  rounded  anteriorly, 
only  slightly  flattened  in  intestinal  region;  head  commonly  a  little 
wider  than  parts  immediately  following ;  tip  of  snout  rather  narrow  ; 
cephalic  slits  of  moderate  length;  mouth  as  usual,  its  anterior  end 
situated  opposite  posterior  ends  of  cephalic  slits ;  proboscis  long, 
flesh-colored.  Caudal  cirrus  was  not  found  in  the  few  living  indi- 
viduals examined,  but  is  probably  present  in  uninjured  individuals. 

Color.  —  Dorsal  surface  of  esophageal  region  bright  blood-red ;  in- 
testinal region  of  same  color,  but  deeper,  and  sometimes  with  a  tinge 
of  purplish.  Ventral  surface  of  same  color,  but  usually  paler  and 
duller  in  tone.  Head  of  same  blood-red  color  as  esophageal  region, 
with  a  narrow,  but  very  sharp  and  conspicuous,  transverse  band  of 
white  near  tip  of  snout.  In  ordinary  states  of  contraction  this  white 
band  is  crescentic  or  V-shaped,  its  convex  side  pointing  backward  in 
the  median  line.  It  is  a  little  wider  laterally  than  in  the  middle,  and 
is  limited  to  the  dorsal  surface,  only  its  ends  showing  from  below. 
Immediately  in  front  of  this  is  a  narrow,  blood-red  area  bounded  behind 
and  laterally  by  the  narrow  white  band,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  red 
area,  and  situated  on  the  exact  tip  of  snout,  is  a  small,  rounded,  dark 
brown  or  black  spot.  On  this  dark  terminal  spot  are  scattered  a  few 
minute  whitish  flecks.  The  brown  or  black  spot  is  only  slightly  visible 
on  ventral  surface,  as  it  lies  a  little  more  toward  the  dorsal  than  the 
ventral  side  of  the  exact  tip  of  snout  (pi.  xvii,  figs.  7,  8). 

Color  after  preservation  brownish,  but  the  narrow  white  ring  near  tip 
of  snout  and  the  terminal  black  or  dark  brown  spot  are  still  retained. 


NEMERTEANS  199 

Ocelli. — None. 

Size.  —  Length  of  the  few  individuals  found  40-80  mm. ;  diameter 
about  2-3  mm. 

Proboscis  sheath  extends  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  body,  and  is 
well  developed  throughout.  The  circular  muscles  of  the  proboscis 
sheath  increase  to  a  remarkable  degree  near  the  posterior  end  of  the 
stomach  region,  but  the  fibers  do  not  extend  beneath  the  alimentary 
canal  as  in  several  species  described  above.  After  reaching  a  great 
thickness  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  stomach  region  they  suddenly  de- 
crease to  a  very  thin  layer  at  the  commencement  of  the  intestinal 
region.  It  will  be  observed  that  although  the  fibers  do  not  surround 
the  alimentary  canal,  yet  the  thickening  of  the  circular  layer  occurs  in 
exactly  the  same  region  as  in  L.  rubescens  and  other  species,  and  is 
probably  homologous  with  the  inner  circular  muscles  of  those  species. 

Proboscis.  —  There  are  only  two  muscular  layers  present,  the  inner 
longitudinal  muscles  being  completely  wanting.  Both  the  dorsal  and 
ventral  fibrous  crossings  between  the  circular  muscles  and  the  outer 
fibrous  layer  are  well  developed.  A  rather  thick  basement  layer  is 
situated  between  the  nervous  plexus  and  the  inner  epithelium.  Another 
peculiarity  of  the  proboscis  in  the  single  specimen  sectioned  is  that 
there  is  a  marked  differentiation  of  the  epithelium  on  one  side  through- 
out its  whole  length.  This  narrow  strip  of  differentiated  cells  is  quite 
conspicuous  in  each  cross  section,  from  the  fact  that  in  it  the  epithelium 
is  much  higher  than  elsewhere  and  behaves  very  differently  to  stains 
than  do  the  other  cells.  This  specialized  area  is  composed  of  very 
slender  cells,  strongly  resembling  the  sensory  cells  found  in  various 
parts  of  the  body,  and  having  numerous  small  nuclei  among  their  bases. 

Body  Walls.  —  The  cutis  glands  form  a  compact  layer  beneath  the 
integument,  and  do  not  sink  inward  among  the  fibers  of  the  outer 
longitudinal  muscles  as  they  do  in  many  related  species.  Pigment 
which  gives  the  brownish  color  to  the  body  after  preservation  is 
situated  in  the  connective  tissue  among  the  cutis  glands. 

Cephalic  glands  are  well  developed,  and  extend  posteriorly  nearly 
to  the  brain.  Cephalic  furrows  are  narrow,  and  are  not  deep.  Except 
at  their  posterior  ends,  they  reach  less  than  half  the  distance  from 
surface  to  rhynchodaaum  or  brain. 

Alimentary  Canal.  —  The  two  divisions  of  the  esophagus  described 
for  Lineus  rubescens,  L.  Jlavescens  and  other  forms  are  also  well 
marked  in  the  present  species.  The  change  from  esophagus  proper  to 
stomach  is  abrupt,  and  the  two  sections  are  separated  by  a  conspicuous 
sphincter  of  connective  tissue.  The  position  of  this  sphincter  is  at 


2OO  COE 

about  two-fifths  the  distance  from  snout  to  intestinal  region,  and  is  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  efferent  nephridial  ducts.  The  histo- 
logical  peculiarities  of  the  various  portions  of  the  alimentary  canal 
have  been  described  on  previous  pages  for  the  two  species  mentioned 
above.  The  change  from  stomach  to  intestine  is  gradual,  and  the  true 
intestinal  pouches  do  not  begin  until  after  the  appearance  of  a  num- 
ber of  shallow  pouches  in  the  walls  of  the  stomach. 

Blood  and  Nephridial  Systems.  —  The  nephridia  are  very  limited 
in  extent,  being  confined  to  the  posterior  half  of  the  esophageal  region 
proper.  Large  nephridial  tubules  ramify  among  the  esophageal  blood 
lacunae,  and  are  collected  into  a  main  canal  on  each  side.  At  the  pos- 
terior end  of  this  canal  a  single  efferent  duct  passes  to  the  exterior 
above  the  lateral  nerves  as  usual.  The  nephridiopores  are  thus  situ- 
ated in  the  region  where  the  esophagus  opens  into  the  stomach.  The 
proboscis  sheath  vessel  leaves  the  rhynchocoel  at  the  same  place. 
Here,  too,  the  esophageal  lacunae  unite  into  a  pair  of  ventro-lateral 
vessels  which  pass  back  through  the  stomach  region,  and  into  which 
the  lateral  vessels  empty  at  the  beginning  of  the  intestinal  region.  In 
the  single  specimen  sectioned  a  pair  of  conspicuous  longitudinal  folds 
appear  in  the  stomach  epithelium  immediately  internal  to  the  ventro- 
lateral  vessels,  and  in  many  places  the  vessels  themselves  are  situated 
within  these  folds. 

Nervous  System.  —  Brain  and  principal  nerves  as  in  related  species. 
The  median  dorsal  nerve  is  remarkably  conspicuous  throughout  the 
length  of  the  body.  The  internal  median  nerve,  which  rests  on  the 
dorsal  side  of  the  proboscis  sheath,  is  also  conspicuous.  It  is  best  de- 
veloped in  the  stomach  region. 

Cerebral  sense  organs  present  no  peculiarities. 

Reproductive  Organs.  —  Sexual  products  were  not  developed  in 
individuals  collected  in  August,  and  had  evidently  been  discharged 
some  time  previously. 

Habitat.  —  Among  '  hold-fasts '  of  kelp  and  other  algae,  low  water 
to  ?  fms.,  Dead  Man's  Island,  San  Pedro,  Calif.,  not  common;  on 
floating  kelp  'hold-fasts'  off  San  Pedro  Harbor,  one  specimen. 

23.     CEREBRATULUS  ALBIFRONS  Coe 
pi.  xvn,  fig.  9. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  in,  p.  82  ;  pi.  iv,  figs.  3,  4,  1901  ;  also  preceding 
article,  which  has  identical  paging. 

Specimens  collected  in  mud  in  San  Pedro  Harbor,  California, 
measured  upward  of  30  cm.  in  length.  Similar  specimens  were 


NEMERTEANS  2OI 

dredged  at  several  localities  off  San  Pedro  in  2  to  20  fms.  In  these 
individuals  the  coloring  of  the  body,  and  the  extent  of  the  white  ter- 
minal border  on  head  were  somewhat  different  from  that  described  for 
the  specimen  from  Alaska.  The  rather  small  mouth  with  its  grayish 
lips  was  situated  some  little  distance  posterior  to  the  white  terminal 
border  of  head,  and  as  far  back  as  the  posterior  ends  of  the  cephalic 
furrows. 

Color  of  body  was  usually  very  dark,  smoky  brown,  with  a  tinge  of 
purple,  but  was  sometimes  almost  black.  A  more  reddish  median 
line  was  indicated  only  when  body  was  much  extended.  Lateral 
margins  were  not  pale.  Both  dorsal  and  ventral  surface  of  head  pure 
white  for  about  three-fourths  the  distance  to  posterior  ends  of  cephalic 
furrows.  Proboscis  pinkish  in  color. 

A  single  specimen  belonging  to  this  species  was  dredged  in  50  fms. 
between  San  Pedro  and  Santa  Catalina  Island,  Calif.  This  specimen 
was  jet  black  in  color  except  on  the  head,  which  had  the  characteristic 
white  cephalic  border  exactly  as  here  described. 

The  species  has  previously  been  recorded  only  from  Sitka,  Alaska 
(p.  85  of  previous  article),  where  a  single  specimen  was  found  under 
a  stone  at  low  water.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  mud  between  tides  in 
San  Pedro  Harbor.  Calif. 


2O2 


COE 


INDEX  TO   GENERA  AND   SPECIES,     PART  II. 

Synonyms  are  in  italics  ;  species  new  to  science,  and  pages  on  which  generic 
or  specific  descriptions  occur,  are  in  black  face  type. 


Amphiporus  124,  126 

angulatus  116,  118,  122,  123 

bimaculatus  118,  122 

brunneus  116,  118,  122 

cruentatus  154,  120,  122,  123,  126 

drepanophoroides  116,  118,  122 

exilis  115,  118 

formidabilis  115,  116,  118,  122 

imparispinosus  115,  118,  122 

leuciodus  115,  118 

nebulosus  122,  148 

paulinus  155,  114,  122,  126 

tigrinus  122 
Carcinonemertes  150,  124,  126 

carcinophila  154 

epialti  151,  120,  122,  126,  157 
Carinella  124,  125 

albocincta  136,  119,  121,  125 

capistrata,  118,  121,  129,  138 

Cingulata  138,  119,  121,  125,  137 

dinema  115,  118 

frenata  129, 119,  121,  125, 136, 140 
141 

rubra   115, 121,  136,  141 

sexlineata  115,  118,  121,  129,  138 

speciosa  115 

superba  129,  138,  139 
Carinoma  124,  134 

griffini  115,  118 

mutabilis  115,  118,  121 
Cephalothrix  124,  142 

linearis  118,  121,  123 
Cerebratulus  124,  174 

albifrons  200,  118,  123 

herculeus  117,  123 

impressus  117 

lacteus  1 86 

longiceps  123 

marginatus  117,  118,  123 

montgomeryi  123 

occidentalis  123 
Emplectonema  124 

biirgeri  115,  121 

gracile  115,  118,  121,  123 

•violaceum  115 

viride  115 
Lineus  124,  128 

albolineatus  193,  120,  123,  128 

bilineatus  195 


Lineus  flavescena    184,  120,   123,   128, 
181,  191 

pictifrons  188,  120,  123,  128 

rubescens  179,  120,  123,  128,  186, 
187,  191 

striatus  117 

torquatus  123 

viridis  117,  123 

wilsoni  195,  120,  123,  128 
Micrura  124,  128 

alaskensis  118,  123,  186 

caeca  186 

impressa  117,  123 

nigrirostris  198,  120,  123,  128 

verrilli  117,  118,  123 
Nemertopsis  142,  124,  125 

gracilis  142,  119,  121,  126 

peronea  142,  143,  144 
Oerstedia  170 

dorsale  169,  122,  127 

reticulatum  170,  120,  122,  127 
Paranemertes  144,  124,  126 

californica  144,  120,  122,  126 

carnea  122,  144 

pallida  121,  144 

peregrina  144,  116,  118,  121 
Planaria  dorsalis  169 
Taeniosoma  124,  127 

princeps  122 

punnetti  173,  120,  122,  127 
Tetrastemma  124,  126 

aberrans  122 

bicolor  122 

fcilineatum  164,  120,  122,  127 

caecum  122 

dorsale  169,  120,  122,  123,  127 

nigrifrons  159,  120,  122,  127 

quadrilineatum  166,  120,  122,  127 

quadristriatum  169 

reticulatum  170,  120,  122,  127 

signifer  156,  120,  122,  126 

vittatum  169 
Zygeupolia  124,  128 

littoralis  177,    120,    122,    123,   128, 

1 86 
Zygonemertes  124 

albida  121 

thalassina  121 


PLATE   XIV 

FIG.  I.  Linens  rubcscens  sp.  nov.  A  large  individual  of  the  deep  red  variety. 
Pacific  Grove,  Calif.  Enlarged  five  times.  Compare  figs.  3,  4,  pi. 
xv. 

2.  CarineUa  cingulata   sp.  nov.      Mature    female,  containing   ripe  ova. 

Monterey  Bay,  Calif.     Twice  natural  size. 

3.  C.  cingulata.     Anterior  portion  of  body  from  ventral  surface.      En- 

larged three  times. 

4.  C.  cingulata.     Lateral  view  of   anterior   portion   of   body.     Enlarged 

three  times. 

5.  Tetrastemma  quadrilincatum    sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif.     Ten  times 

natural  size. 

6.  Tetrastemma  bilineatum  sp.  nov.     San  Diego,  Calif .    Ten  times  natural 

size. 

7.  Tetrastemma  (  CErstedia]  reticulatum  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif.    Ten 

times  natural  size. 

8.  T.  reticulatum.     Anterior  portion  of  body  of   individual  of  the  variety 

with  confluent  markings.     Twelve  times  natural  size. 

9.  Tetrastemma  signifer^.  nov.    San  Pedro,  Calif.    Three  times  natural 

size. 

10.  T.  signifer.    Side  view  of  head,  showing  position  and  extent  of  char- 

acteristic cephalic  marking.     Enlarged  ten  times. 

11.  T.  signifer.     Dorsal  view  of  head,  showing  typical  form  of  cephalic 

marking.     Enlarged  ten  times. 

(204) 


H  A.E.  VOLXI 


PLATE    XIV 


-• 


LITH  BRITTON  £.REY.  8  F 


NEMERTEANS 


PLATE   XV 

FIG.  l.  Nemerfopsis  gracilis  sp.  nov.      Pacific  Grove,  Calif.     Enlarged  three 
and  one-half  times. 

2.  Paranemertes  californica  sp.  nov.     San  Diego,  Calif.     Natural  size. 

3.  Lineus  rubescens  sp.  nov.     Head  of  bright  red  variety  with  few  ocelli. 

Monterey,  Calif.     Enlarged  ten  times.     Compare  fig.  i,  pi.  xiv. 

4.  L.  rubescens.     Head  of  pale,  pinkish  variety,  with  regularly  arranged 

ocelli.     San  Pedro,  Calif.     Enlarged  eight  times. 

5.  Carinella  frenata  sp.  nov.     Mature  female.     The  rosy  color  of  dorsal 

surface  in  intestinal  region  is  largely  due  to  color  of  ova.  San  Pedro, 
Calif.  Natural  size. 

6.  C.  frenata.     Anterior  portion  of  body  after  preservation  in  formalin. 

The  body  is  strongly  contracted,  and  shows  the  dark  color  which  ap- 
pears on  body  back  of  the  third  black  ring  after  preservation.  San 
Pedro,  Calif.  Twice  enlarged. 

7.  Tctrastemma  nigrifrons  sp.   nov.     Variety  pallidum.      Monterey,  Calif. 

Enlarged  five  times.     Compare  figs.  6-9,  pi.  xvi,  and  fig.  i,  rl.  xvn. 

(206) 


H.AE.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE  XV 


LFTH  BRTT  TDK  &  R£X  B  T 


NEMERTEANS 


PLATE   XVI 

FIG.     I.    Tceniosoma  funnetti  sp.  nov.     Caught  on   fishing-line  by  Chinamen, 
Monterey  Bay,  Calif.     Somewhat  less  than  natural  size. 

2.  T.  punnetti.     Ventral  side  of  head.     Natural  size. 

3.  T.  punnetti.     Ventral  side  of  head  when  strongly  contracted.     Twice 

natural  size. 

4.  Carinella  albocincta  sp.  nov.     Body  somewhat  contracted.     Dredged 

between  San  Pedro  and  Santa  Catalina  Island,  Calif.,  in  50-100 
fathoms.  Nearly  twice  natural  size. 

5.  C.  albocincta.     Ventral  side  of  head.      Twice  natural  size. 

6.  Tetrastemma  nigrifrons  sp.  nov.     Anterior  portion  of  body  of  the  red- 

dish variety.  Monterey,  Calif.  Enlarged  seven  times.  Compare 
fig.  7,  pi.  xiv,  fig.  i,  pi.  xvn. 

7.  T.  nigrifrons.     Ventral  side  of  head.     Enlarged  seven  times. 

8.  T.  nigrifrons.      Variety    bicolor.      Monterey,    Calif.      Enlarged   four 

times.     Compare  fig.  7,  pi.  xiv,  fig.  i,  pi.  xvn. 

9.  T.  nigrifrons.     Variety  bicolor.     Ventral  side  of  head. 

10.  Lineus  -wilsoni  sp.  nov.     Pacific  Grove,  Calif.     Slightly  enlarged.    In 

the  process  of  reproduction  this  drawing  has  made  the  body  of  the 
worm  to  appear  much  too  uneven  and  irregular  both  in  outline  and 
color. 

11.  L.  wilsoni.     Side  view  of  head.     Twice  natural  size. 

(208) 


H  AE.  VOLXI 


PLATE  XVI 


8 


MTH  BRITTaN  ^RETx'R  V 


NEMERTEANS 


PLATE   XVII 

FIG.  I.  Tetrastemma  nigrifrons  sp.  nov.  Variety  purpureum.  Dorsal  side  of 
anterior  portion  of  body;  head  nnich  contracted.  Monterey,  Calif. 
Enlarged  five  times.  Compare  fig.  7,  pi.  xiv,  figs.  6-9,  pi.  xvi. 

2.  Linens  albolineatus  sp.  nov.     Dorsal  side  of  anterior  portion  of  body. 

Dredged  in  thirty  fathoms  off  Point  Fermin,  near  San  Pedro,  Calif. 
Enlarged  four  times. 

3.  Lineus flavescens  sp.  nov.     Dredged  in  fifty  fathoms  between  San  Pedro 

and  Santa  Catalina  Island,  Calif.     Enlarged  three  times. 

4.  L.  JJavescens.     Dorsal  view  of  anterior  portion  of  body  showing  arrange- 

ment of  ocelli,  position  of  ganglia,  and  the  two  portions  of  esophageal 
region.  Enlarged  ten  times. 

5.  Lineus  pictifrons  sp.  nov.     Large  individual.     San  Pedro,  Calif.     En- 

larged one  and  one-half  times.  The  longitudinal  yellow  lines  are  ex- 
tremely delicate  (and  sometimes  entirely  wanting)  in  life,  and  appear 
much  too  distinct  in  this  figure. 

6.  L.  pictifrons.     Dorsal  surface  of  head.     Enlarged  three  times. 

7.  Micrura  nigrirostris  sp.  nov.     San  Pedro,  Calif.     Enlarged  five  times. 

8.  M.  nigrirostris.     Ventral  side  of  anterior  portion  of  body.     Enlarged 

five  times. 

9.  Cerebratuhis  albifrons  Coe.     Ventral  side  of  anterior  portion  of  body. 

San  Pedro  Harbor,  Calif.     Natural  size. 

(210) 


H  AE.  VOL  XI 


PLATE  XVI! 


LITH  BRTTTON  &RIT,-  B  r 


NEMERTEANS 


PLATE   XVIII 

FIG.  i.  Paranemertes  calif ornica  Coe.  Transverse  section  of  body  a  short 
distance  behind  brain,  showing  the  two  distinct  layers  of  longitudinal  muscles 
(Im  and  lm' )  of  body  walls  separated  by  a  thick  layer  of  parenchyma  (par). 
Numerous  anastomosing  bloodvessels  (bv)  are  imbedded  in  this  layer  of  paren- 
chyma, as  well  as  in  that  lying  internal  to  the  inner  longitudinal  muscular  layer ; 
bm,  basement  layer ;  In,  lateral  nerve ;  e,  esophagus ;  /,  integument ;  re,  rhyn- 
choccel.  X  3°- 

FIG.  2.  P.  calif  ornica.  Transverse  section  of  proboscis  through  basis  of 
central  stylet.  The  section  shows  the  six  pouches  of  accessory  stylets  symmet- 
rically arranged  between  the  outer  and  inner  longitudinal  muscular  layers  (oltn 
and  z7;«).  The  space  between  the  stylet  pouches  is  closely  packed  with  large 
gland  cells  (gl)  filled  with  deeply  staining  secretion.  In  the  center  of  the  pro- 
boscis, surrounded  by  the  radially  disposed  bundles  of  the  inner  longitudinal 
muscles,  is  a  section  of  the  basis  of  the  central  stylet  (a),  and  to  the  right  of  this 
a  section  of  the  duct  (x)  leading  from  the  middle  to  the  anterior  chamber  of  the 
proboscis;  oep,  outer  epithelium  of  proboscis.  X9°- 

FIG.  3.  P.  californica.  Longitudinal,  and  nearly  horizontal,  section  of  body 
walls  in  the  region  of  the  intestinal  ca;cum,  the  lateral  diverticula  of  which  (ic) 
are  arranged  with  great  regularity  in  the  parenchyma  immediately  internal  to 
the  lateral  nerve  (In}.  A  thick  layer  of  parenchyma  (far)  lies  between  the 
diverticula  of  the  intestinal  csecum  and  the  muscular  walls  (lm '  and  cm  ')  of  the 
proboscis  sheath  ;  bv,  blood  vessels  ;  In,  lateral  nerve  ;  lm,  longitudinal  muscles  ; 
cm,  circular  muscles  ;  bm,  basement  layer  ;  /',  integument.  X  3°- 

FIGS.  4,  5.  P.  californica.  Central  stylets  and  bases  (see  pi.  xxi,  figs.  3-9). 
Xpo. 

FIG.  6.  Tjzniosoma  punnetti  Coe.  Lateral  view  of  anterior  portion  of  body 
after  clearing  in  cedar  oil,  showing  distribution  of  the  numerous  small  ocelli 
immediately  ventral  to  dark  marking  on  snout,  which  is  marked  off  from  suc- 
ceeding portion  of  head  by  an  annular  constriction.  The  mouth  (m)  is  indicated. 

x*. 

(212) 


H.   A.   E.   VOL.   XI 


PLATE    XVIII 


rc 


COE.  DEL. 


NEMERTEANS 


HELIOTYPE    CO. 


PLATE   XIX 

FIG.  i.  Carcinonemertes  epialti  Coe.  Diagram  of  body,  showing  ocelli,  brain 
lobes,  alimentary  canal  (in  dotted  lines)  and  genital  glands.  X  J5- 

FIG.  2.  C.  epialti.  Optical  section  of  proboscis  removed  from  the  worm  ; 
ac,  me,  fc,  anterior,  posterior,  and  middle  chambers  respectively;  g,  gland  cells; 
c,  canal  connecting  anterior  and  middle  chambers ;  ps,  remnants  of  proboscis 
sheath  attached  to  posterior  chamber ;  ct,  connective  tissue  in  which  posterior 
chamber  is  imbedded  ;  b,  basis  of  central  stylet.  X  225- 

FIG.  3.  C.  epialti.  Horizontal  section  of  proboscis  lying  between  the  brain 
lobes  (br)  in  its  natural  position,  and  showing  the  posterior  chamber  lying  at 
right  angles  to  the  general  axis  of  the  proboscis.  Reference  letters  as  in  fig.  2. 

X225- 

FIG.  4.  C.  epialti.  Transverse  section  of  body  immediately  back  of  brain. 
The  posterior  chamber  of  the  proboscis  ( pc)  is  firmly  imbedded  in  the  surround- 
ing connective  tissue.  Three  lobes  of  the  very  short  intestinal  caecum  (ic)  are 
seen ;  e,  esophagus  lined  with  cilia ;  cm,  Im,  circular  and  longitudinal  layers  of 
muscles;  sg,  submuscular  glands;  In,  lateral  nerve;  *,  integument.  X  15°- 

FIG.  5.  C.  epialti.  Oblique  section  through  anterior  portion  of  body;  r, 
opening  of  rhynchodseum;  eg,  cephalic  glands ;  ac,  pc,  anterior  and  posterior 
proboscis  chambers  ;  sg,  submuscular  glands  ;  vc,  ventral  commissure  of  brain  ; 
e,  esophagus  ;  ic,  rudimentary  intestinal  caecum  ;  in,  intestine.  X  I25- 

FIG.  6.  C.  epialti.  Several  stylets  with  their  bases,  showing  variations  in 
form  and  size.  X4°°' 

FIG.  7.  Transverse  section  of  body  of  C.  epialti,  showing  the  thick  layer  of 
submuscular  glands  (sg)  and  the  ovaries  (ov)  with  large  ova.  The  intestine  (in) 
is  reduced  to  a  narrow  canal.  Other  reference  letters  as  in  fig.  4.  X  I5°- 

FIG.  8.  C.  epialti.  Transverse  section  of  body,  showing  the  large  number  of 
spermaries  (t)  and  their  distribution  through  the  body  parenchyma.  Reference 

letters  as  in  fig.  4.     X  I5°- 

(214) 


H.  A.   E.  VOL.   XI 


PLATE  XIX 


1C 


,,          •:<£" 
In-    K<>* 


•4? 


HELIOTYPE    CO. 


NEMERTEANS 


,:.*,      , 


PLATE   XX 

FIG.  i.  Amphiporus  cruentatus  Verrill.  Optical  section  of  stylet  apparatus 
of  proboscis  after  extrusion.  To  the  right  of  the  basis  is  seen  duct  leading  for- 
ward from  middle  to  anterior  proboscis  chamber.  X  22°- 

FIGS.  2-5.  A.  cruentatus.  Outlines  of  central  stylets  and  bases,  showing  varia- 
tion in  size  and  form  in  different  individuals.  X  22°- 

FIG.  6.  A.  cruentatus.  Outline  of  head,  showing  comparative  size  and  posi- 
tion of  ocelli.  X  3°- 

FIG.  7.  Tetrastemma  reticulatum  Coe.  Optical  section  of  stylet  apparatus 
of  proboscis.  X  22°- 

FIGS.  8,  9.  T.  reticulatum.  Outlines  of  central  stylets  and  bases  in  two  indi- 
viduals. X  22°- 

FIGS.  10,  ii.  Nemertopsis  gracilis  Coe.  Outlines  of  bases  of  central  stylets 
in  two  individuals.  X  3°°- 

FIGS.  12,  13.  Tetrastemma  quadrilineatum  Coe.  Outlines  of  central  stylets 
and  bases  in  two  individuals.  X  43°- 

FIGS.  14,  15.  Paranemertes  peregrina  Coe.  Outlines  of  central  stylets  and 
bases,  showing  the  peculiar  braided  appearance  of  stylet.  Both  central  and  ac- 
cessory stylets  present  this  peculiarity.  The  braided  appearance  is  probably  due 
to  a  deep  spiral  fluting,  the  translucence  of  the  stylets  allowing  the  flutings  of 
both  upper  and  lower  surfaces  to  appear  as  if  actually  crossing.  X  3°°. 

FIG.  16.  Tetrastemma  nigrifrons  Coe.  Outline  of  central  stylet  and  basis 
(see  pi.  xxi,  figs.  15-23).  X  22°' 

(216) 


H.  A.   E.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE  XX 


HELIOTYPE    CO. 


NEMERTEANS 


PLATE  XXI 

FIG.  I.  Paranemertes  californica  Coe.  Dorsal  view  of  anterior  portion  of 
bodj,  showing  position  of  the  two  small  ocelli  on  tip  of  snout.  Position  of 
cephalic  furrows  indicated  by  dotted  lines  ;  br,  brain  ;  /«,  lateral  nerve.  X  I2- 

FIG.  2.  P.  calif  ornica.  Dorsal  view  of  tip  of  snout,  showing  the  two  frag- 
mented ocelli.  X  I2- 

FIG.  3.  P.  californica.  Stylet  apparatus  of  proboscis,  showing  central  stylet 
and  basis  and  four  pouches  of  accessory  stylets.  X  45- 

FIGS.  4-8.  P.  californica.  Central  stylets  and  bases  from  five  individuals, 
showing  variations  in  size  and  shape.  X  9°- 

FIG.  9.  P.  californica.  Accessory  stylets  more  highly  magnified,  showing 
the  peculiarly  striated  basal  portion  of  each.  The  central  stylets  in  figs.  4-8 
are  perfectly  similar  to  these.  X  22°- 

FIGS.  10-12.  Tetrastemma  signifer  Coe.  Central  stylets  and  bases  from  three 
individuals.  X 22O> 

FIGS.   13-14-   T.  bilincatum  Coe.    Outlines  of  bases  of  central  stylets.    X  380. 

FIG.   15.   T.  nigrifrons  Coe.     Stylet  apparatus  of  proboscis.     X  5°- 

FIGS.  16-17.  T.  nigrifrons  Coe.  Central  stylets  and  bases,  showing  more 
opaque  posterior  portions.  X  I8°- 

FIGS.   18-19.   T.  nigrifrons.     Outlines  of  accessory  stylets.     X  22o. 

FIGS.  20-23.  T.  nigrifrons.  Outlines  of  central  stylets  and  bases,  showing 
variation  in  form  and  size.  Figs.  20-22  from  very  small  individuals  ;  fig.  23 
from  the  largest  specimen  collected.  X  22°- 

(218) 


H.  A.   E.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE  XXI 


HELIOTYPE    CO. 


NEMERTEANS 


PLATE   XXII 

FIG.  i.  Ltneus  rubescens  Coe.  Transverse  section  of  head  in  front  of  brain, 
showing  distribution  of  cutis  glands  (cugl},  the  highly  developed  cephalic  glands 
(cgl*),  and  the  duct  (a)  leading  forward  beneath  the  rhynchodaeum  (rfi).  This 
duct  is  probably  the  common  efferent  canal  for  the  secretions  of  the  more  pos- 
terior cephalic  glands  ;  cf,  cephalic  furrow ;  bl,  blood  lacuna  ;  cm,  circular  muscles. 
XSo. 

FIG.  2.  Carinella  frenata  Coe.  Portion  of  transverse  section  of  head,  show- 
ing the  deep  ciliated  pit  (cf)  from  which  a  ciliated  sensory  canal  (cc)  leads  inward 
to  the  brain  region,  where  it  becomes  surrounded  with  sensory  nerves  (sn)  from 
the  dorsal  side  of  brain  to  form  a  highly  specialized  sense  organ  ;  /',  integument; 
_/?,  layer  of  fibrous  connective  tissue  surrounding  brain  ;  cm,  circular  muscles  ; 
br,  fibrous  core  of  brain,  surrounded  except  internally  by  a  thick  layer  of  nerve 
cells  ;  bm,  basement  membrane.  X  60. 

FIG.  3.  Carinella  frenata.  Portion  of  transverse  section  of  body  through 
lateral  sense  organ;  /,  integument,  sharply  contrasted  with  the  layer  of  special- 
ized sensory  cells  lining  the  sensory  pit;  /«,  lateral  nerve;  Zv,  lateral  blood 
vessel ;  sep,  epithelium  of  stomach  ;  icm  and  ocm,  inner  and  outer  circular  mus- 
cular layers  ;  Im,  longitudinal  muscles.  X  60. 

FIG.  4.  Tetrastemma  bih'neatum  Coe.  Portion  of  transverse  section  of  body. 
The  two  pigment  bands  (pig)  which  give  the  body  its  characteristic  markings 
are  situated  in  the  midst  of  the  longitudinal  muscles  (Im),  on  either  side  of  the 
proboscis  sheath  (re) ;  tne,  intestinal  epithelium  ;  other  reference  letters  as  in 

fig-   2.      X23°. 

(220) 


H.  A.   E.  VOL.  XI 


PLATE  XXII 


t-yl 


sp|ps?fit 


NEMERTEANS 


HARRIMAN  ALASKA  EXPEDITION 
WITH  COOPERATION  OF  WASHINGTON  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


THE  NEMERTEANS 

OF  THE 
EXPEDITION 


BY 


WESLEY  R.  COE,  PH.D. 


NEW  YORK 

DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO. 
1904